71700B Catalogo General

Product catalogue
2 0 2 1 -02
w w w.spminstrument.com
Trademarks
Airius, CondID, Condmaster, DuoTech, EVAM, HD ENV, Intellinova, Leonova, Leonova Diamond, Leonova Emerald,
SPM, and SPM HD are trademarks of SPM Instrument AB.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
© Copyright SPM Instrument AB. ISO 9001 certified.
Patents
www.spminstrument.com/patents
SPM Instrument AB • Box 504 • SE-645 25 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data subject to change without notice.
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2021-01. 71700 B
Product catalogue
Contents
1 Portable instruments
2 Continuous monitoring systems
3 Software
4 Shock pulse transducers, adapters and tools
5 Vibration transducers and transmitters, DuoTech
6 Accessories for remote monitoring
7 Cables, connectors and tools
8 Precut shims
9 Instruments approved for potential explosive atmosphere
SPM Instrument AB • Box 504 • SE-645 25 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data are subject to change without notice.
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © SPM Instrument AB. 71700 B
1
1
Portable Instruments
Bearing Checker
74
74
M TLT 19
M dBi 0
TR A 40k
dBm 81
dBc -1
TLT
207
184
BC200 BC250
EAR12
Bearing Checker is a portable instrument for fast and easy Output connector: mini-B USB (adapter allows 3.5
measurement of bearing condition in preventive mainte- mm stereo jack for headphones)
nance. The instrument is push button controlled and basic Shock pulse measurement
measurement data are entered manually. Measurement technique: dBm/dBc, measuring range
–9 to 90 dBsv, +3 dBsv
Bearing Checker measures shock pulses, either with a
Transducer type: built-in probe, external 40000
built-in probe (BC200) or with an external transducer. The or 42000 transducer, TRA73,
instrument can also be used as an electronic stethoscope TRA74, or TRA75
for detecting machine sound irregularities. Condition indication: green, yellow, and red symbols
Measuring results are indicated by green-yellow-red Stethoscope

symbols along with detailed evaluation of measurement Earphone mode: 7 level amplification
values. Measurement results can also be transferred to a Transducer type: built-in probe or external
file for further processing, e.g. in Microsoft Excel. 40000 transducer
For prepared kits containing instruments, carrying case, Part numbers

charger, charger cable, etc., see TD-573. BC200 Bearing Checker with probe, excl. options
BC250 Bearing Checker without probe, excl. options
Technical specifications
Material, casing: copolyester/TPE Options
Size: BC200: 207x74x 41 mm CAB52 Measuring cable, 1.5 m, mini coax - BNC slip-on
(8.1x 2.9 x1.6 in) CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
BC250: 184x74x41 mm CAS24 Carrying case, plastic with foam inlay set for 1
(7.2 x 2.9 x1.6 in) BC/VC instrument, 326x222x116 mm
Weight: BC200: 335 g (11.8 ounces) CAS29 Carrying case, plastic with foam inlay set for 2
BC250: 300 g (10.6 ounces) BC/VC instruments, 437x379x130 mm
Protection class: IP65 EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404)
Keypad: sealed, snap action TRA73 External transducer with probe (TD-250)
Display: 2.4" Color TFT LCD Display TRA74 Transducer with quick connector (TD-251)
Power supply: 3.63 V Lithium Ion, USB TRA75 Transducer with quick connector, angled (TD-252)
rechargeable 18103 Cable adapter, mini-B USB to 3.5 mm stereo jack
Battery life: > 25 hours of normal use 18226 Kit for screen protection (2 pcs screen protector)
Operating temperature: –10° to +50 °C (14° to 122 °F) 90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
General functions: battery status display, trans- 93363 Cable adapter, mini coax - BNC
ducer line test, metric or Impe- 93062 Cable adapter, BNC - TNC, plug-jack
rial units of measurement,
menus with symbols, storage of Spare parts
up to 10 measurement values 18128 Rubber sleeve, built-in probe
Input connector: mini coax, for external
shock pulse transducers
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2021-01. TD-554 B Rev.4
VibChecker
74
74
TRA: EXTERNAL
M BIAS: 12.20 V
M VIB
ISO10816 P.3 G.1 RIGID
ACC RMS
59.00
ISO VEL RMS 19.00 mm/s
DISP RMS 71.00 um
PEAK 81.00 m/s2
P-P 29.00 m/s2
TRM100
207
184
VC200 VC250
TRM120
VibChecker is an instrument for fast and easy measurement of Display: 2.4" Color TFT LCD Display
machine condition in preventive maintenance. It is based on Keypad: sealed, snap action
the recommendations of ISO 2372 and ISO10816 standards Material, casing: copolyester/TPE
Protection class: IP65
for broad band measurements of vibration. These standards
Power supply: 3.63 V Lithium Ion, USB
make the assumption that limited information, obtained eas-
rechargeable
ily and at a low cost, is often as useful as a detailed analysis Battery life: > 25 hours of normal use
using expensive equipment and elaborate techniques. Internal transducer: accelerometer type MEMS
Input connector: mini coax, for external transducer
The instrument measures either with a built-in probe (VC200)
External transducers: vibration transducer TRM100/
or with an external transducer. It is push button controlled TRM120 or IEPE (ICP®) type
and basic measurement data are entered manually. Evaluated transducers with voltage output
measuring results are indicated by green-yellow-red symbols, Output connector: mini-B USB
and a time signal and its FFT spectrum are produced for easy Operating temperature: –10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)
pattern recognition. Measurement results can also be trans- Size: VC200: 207x74x41 mm
ferred to a file for further processing, e.g. in Microsoft Excel. (8.1x 2.9 x1.6 in)
VC250: 184x74x41 mm
For prepared kits containing instruments, carrying case, (7.2 x 2.9 x1.6 in)
charger, charger cable, etc., see TD-573. Weight: VC200: 335 g (11.8 ounces)
VC250: 300 g (10.6 ounces)
Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz Part numbers
Readings: RMS / peak / peak-to-peak VC200 VibChecker with probe, excl. options
Measuring range (sinus signal and 100 mV/g accelerometer): VC250 VibChecker without probe, excl. options
Velocity RMS 100 mm/s (4 ips) at 80 Hz
(inaccuracy 0.15 mm/s ±3%) Options
Acceleration RMS 100 m/s2 (10 g) at 10-1000 Hz CAB52 Measuring cable, 1.5 m, mini coax - BNC slip-on
Displacement RMS 100 um (4 mil) at 80 Hz CAB78 Measuring cable, 1.5 m, mini coax - 2 pin
Condition evaluation: according to ISO 2372 and CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
ISO 10816 Part 2, 3, 4 > 600 rpm CAS24 Carrying case, plastic with foam inlay set for 1
Spectrum: linear, 200/400/800 lines, BC/VC instrument, 326x222x116 mm
Hanning window, Hz/cpm, zoom, CAS29 Carrying case, plastic with foam inlay set for 2
RPM markers BC/VC instruments, 437x379x130 mm
Time signal: 512/1024/2048 samples, zoom, TRM100 Transducer with integral magnet, straight, 1.5 m
marker TRM120 Transducer with integral magnet, angled, 1.5 m
General functions: battery status, transducer check, 18226 Kit for screen protection (2 pcs screen protector)
metric or imperial units, language 90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
independent menus, storage of 93363 Cable adapter, mini coax - BNC
up to 10 measuring samples 93062 Cable adapter, BNC - TNC, plug-jack
Condition indication: green, yellow and red symbols
Spare parts
18128 Rubber sleeve, built-in probe
Bearing Checker/VibChecker kits
TLT 19 TRA: EXTERNAL

M M BIAS: 12.20 V
M dBi 0
TR A 40k
M VIB ISO10816 P.3 G.1 RIGID
ACC RMS
59.00
ISO VEL RMS 19.00 mm/s
dBm 81 DISP RMS 71.00 um
CAS29 TLT
dBc -1
PEAK
P-P
81.00 m/s2
29.00 m/s2
18103
CAB94
90647
BC200 BC250 VC200 VC250
BC200-KIT-1 VC200-KIT-1
BC200 BearingChecker with probe (TD-554) VC200 VibChecker with probe (TD-555)
TRA74 Sensor with quick connector for adapters (TD-251) TRM120 Angled transducer with integral magnet, 1.5 m (TD-303)
EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404) CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m 90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm
18103 Cable adapter, mini-B USB to 3.5 mm stereo jack
VC200-KIT-2
CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm
VC200 VibChecker with probe (TD-555)
BC200-KIT-2 CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
BC200 BearingChecker with probe (TD-554) 90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
TRA73 External sensor with probe (TD-250) CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm
EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404)
VC250-KIT-1
CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
VC250 VibChecker without probe (TD-555)
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
TRM120 Angled transducer with integral magnet, 1.5 m (TD-303)
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
BC200-KIT-3 CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm
BC200 BearingChecker with probe (TD-554)
BC/VC-200-KIT-1
BC200 BearingChecker with probe (TD-554)
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
VC200 VibChecker with probe (TD-555)
TRA74 Sensor with quick connector for adapters (TD-251)
TRM120 Angled transducer with integral magnet, 1.5 m (TD-303)
BC250-KIT-1 EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404)
BC250 BearingChecker without probe (TD-554) CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
TRA74 Sensor with quick connector for adapters (TD-251) 90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404) 18103 Cable adapter, mini-B USB to 3.5 mm stereo jack
CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
BC/VC-250-KIT-1
BC250 BearingChecker without probe (TD-554)
VC250 VibChecker without probe (TD-555)
BC250-KIT-2 TRA73 External sensor with probe (TD-250)
BC250 BearingChecker without probe (TD-554) TRA74 Sensor with quick connector for adapters (TD-251)
TRA73 External sensor with probe (TD-250) TRM120 Angled transducer with integral magnet, 1.5 m (TD-303)
EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404) EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders (TD-404)
CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m CAB94 Charger cable, USB type A to mini-B USB, 1.5 m
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W 90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
18103 Cable adapter, mini-B USB to 3.5 mm stereo jack 18103 Cable adapter, mini-B USB to 3.5 mm stereo jack
CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm CAS29 Carrying case for 2 instruments, 437x379x130 mm
BC250-KIT-3
BC250 BearingChecker without probe (TD-554)
TRA73 External sensor with probe (TD-250)
90647 Charger, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 6 W
Leonova Diamond® – Platform
DIA300
DIA302
DIA303
DIA305
CAS28
CHA01/CHA02 /
CHA03 / CHA04 16675 CAS25
Leonova Diamond is a three-channel handheld machine condi- Parts of the Leonova system are specified on the technical data
tion analyser designed for use in harsh environments. The fol- sheets (TD) listed below:
lowing functions are always included for unlimited use: Instrument specifications TD-357
• Data logging with Condmaster® Ruby User selected functions TD-359
Shock pulse method SPM HD
• ISO 2372 vibration monitoring
frequency and time domain analysis TD-361
• Speed and temperature measurements SPM Shock pulse method dBm/dBc TD-406
• Analog signals, current and voltage SPM Shock pulse method LR/HR TD-362
• Automatic recording, up to 50 hours SPM Spectrum® TD-407
Vibration monitoring ISO 2372 TD-408
• Stethoscope function
Vibration monitoring ISO 10816 with spectrum TD-363
• Reading from and writing to CondID® memory tags Vibration monitoring ISO 6954 TD-484
• Recording of vocal comments 3-channel simultaneous vibration monitoring TD-364
The main Leonova functions are user selected, see TD-359. With Vibration Advanced TD-459
FFT spectrum with symptoms TD-460
synchronous measurement, enveloping, true zoom and up to a
HD ENV TD-511
25 600 line spectrum over DC up to 40 kHz, Leonova Diamond
Vibration Expert TD-365
has full vibration analysis capacity. The evaluation tables of the EVAM evaluated vibration analysis TD-401
ISO 10816 standards for broadband measurement of vibration HD ENV TD-511
velocity, acceleration and displacement are also incorporated. Run up/Coast down and Bump test TD-402
For single and dual plane rotor balancing, an easy-to-use HD Order tracking TD-403
graphical guide calculates balancing weights and their position. Frequency Response Function, FRF TD-402
For shaft alignment, Leonova Diamond uses advanced laser HD Analysis TD-514
technique with easy targeting, modulated line laser beam and Vibration Expert TD-365
SPM HD Expert TD-361
automatic precision calculation of shaft positions.
Orbit analysis / Shaft centerline plot TD-368
Part numbers Balancing, single and dual plane TD-369
Shaft alignment TD-370
DIA300 Leonova Diamond, SPM HDm/HDc
Recording function TD-409
DIA302 Leonova Diamond, Balancing, single and dual plane
Alignment Sensors TD-524
DIA303 Leonova Diamond, SPM LR/HR
Transducers and measuring cables TD-377
DIA305 Leonova Diamond, SPM HDm/HDc and LR/HR
Leonova Service Program TD-379
DIA162 Extra memory, 4 GB Tachometer/ Temperature probe TD-380
DIA163 Extra memory, 8 GB
16573 Optional battery pack Spare parts
16644 Battery adapter unit 16645 Protection foil for display
CHA01 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, Euro plug 14661 Wrist strap
CHA02 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, UK plug 81469 Silica gel (moisture absorbent) spare for CAS25
CHA03 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, US plug 90362 AC adapter, Euro plug, 100-240 V AC
CHA04 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, AU plug 90380 AC adapter, UK plug, 100-240 V AC
93484 Car charger cable 12V 90379 AC adapter, US plug, 100-240 V AC
90528 AC adapter, AU plug, 100-240 V AC
CAB94 Communication cable, USB - mini USB
16574 Battery charger
16675 Belt clip, complete
PRO52 Leonova Service Program
16646 Shoulder strap with safety buckle 71950 Leonova Diamond User guide
CAS25 Carrying case, plastic with foam insert 54 x 41x 21 cm Patents: DE#60304328.3 - US#7,054,761 - US#7,167,814 - US#7,200,519 - US#7,301,616 - US#7,313,484
US#7,324,919 - US#7,711,519 - US#7,774,166 - DE#60336383.0 - US#7,949,496 - DE#60337804.8
CAS28 Carrying case, soft with modular insert 37x20 x 27 cm GB#1474662 - GB#1474663 - DE#60338365.3 - ZA#2011/04946 - SE#0951017-3 - DE#60341502.4
GB#1474659 - SE#1000631-0 - US#8,762,104 - US#8,812,265 - US#8,810,396 - CN#ZL200980155994.1
81468 Code lock, TSA approved, for CAS25 CN#ZL201080019737.8 - KZ#020791 - RU#020791 - AU#2009330744 - RU#021908 - KZ#021908
US#9,200,980 - US#9,213,671 - CN#ZL201180006321.7 - KZ#022630 - RU#022630 - US#9,279,715
US#9,304,033 - KZ#024339 - RU#024339 - CN#ZL201380007381.X - AU#2015203801 - AU#2013215672
RU#201491377 - CN#ZL2012800347548 - US#6,873,931 - DE#602013021988.5 - DK/FI/FR/IT/NL/NO/ES/
GB#2810027 - SE#13744257.0 - AU#2015203361 - RU#027452 - GB#2505984 - US#9,772,219
Leonova Diamond® – Instrument specifications
Housing: ABS/PC/TPE, IP65 Bearing monitoring
Dimensions: 297 x 130 x 69 mm Measuring range: SPM HD: –30 to 110 dBsv
(44000 transducer)
Weight: 890 g
dBm/dBc: –9 to 99 dBsv
Keypad: Sealed, snap action LR/HR: –19 to 99 dBsv
Display: TFT colour, 480 x 272 pixels, Resolution: 0,2 dB/HD, 1 dB dBm/dBc and LR/
4.3 inch widescreen, adjustable HR
backlight
Transducer types: SPM 40000, 42000, 44000, probe
Main processor: 400 MHz ARM and quick connector transducers,
Memory: 256 MB RAM, 512 MB Flash, SD DuoTech
card 1GB expandable up to 8GB
Tacho input
Operating system: Microsoft Windows® CE
Measuring range: 1 to 150 000 PPM
DSP processor: 375 MHz floating point Resolution: 1 pulse
Communication: USB 2.0 Accuracy: ± (1 pulse + 0.01% of reading)
Power supply: Rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery Transducer types: TTP10, TTL pulses, keyphasor and
pack, 5200 mAh or power adapter proximity switch NPN/PNP.
Battery power: For min. 16 hours normal use (20°C) Output: TTL output for stroboscope and 12
VDC
Operating temperature: –20 to 55 °C , non condensing
Analog signals
Charging temperature: 0 to 45 °C Measurement range: 0 to 10 V DC, 0 to 20 mA
General features: Language selection, battery status Resolution: 18 bit A/D converter
indication, transducer line test,
Accuracy: ± 1% of reading + 0,1 V/mA
metric or imperial units
Meas. point identification: NFC transponder for communication Output/input
with CondIDTM tags, read/write Headphones/microphone: 3.5 mm stereo plug
distance max. 50 mm (2 inch)
Communication: Mini USB
Vibration monitoring
Vibration channels: 3 simultaneous Temperature measurement
Dynamic range: up to 120 dB, 24 bit A/D converter Inputs: TTP10 or via analog input
Frequency range: 0 (DC) to 40 kHz Stethoscope

Resolution: Max. 25 600 lines Transducer types: Shock pulse and vibration transducer
Vibration transducer input: < 24 Vpp. Transducer supply of Settings: Filter, volume and gain
2,5 mA for IEPE (ICP) type can be
set On/Off
Transducer types: Any transducers (disp., vel. or acc.)
with voltage output Patents: DE#60304328.3 - US#7,054,761 - US#7,167,814 - US#7,200,519 - US#7,301,616 - US#7,313,484
US#7,324,919 - US#7,711,519 - US#7,774,166 - DE#60336383.0 - US#7,949,496 - DE#60337804.8
GB#1474662 - GB#1474663 - DE#60338365.3 - ZA#2011/04946 - SE#0951017-3 - DE#60341502.4
Measuring techniqes: ISO 2372, ISO 10816, HD ENV, GB#1474659 - SE#1000631-0 - US#8,762,104 - US#8,812,265 - US#8,810,396 - CN#ZL200980155994.1
EVAM Evaluated Vibration Analysis, CN#ZL201080019737.8 - KZ#020791 - RU#020791 - AU#2009330744 - RU#021908 - KZ#021908
US#9,200,980 - US#9,213,671 - CN#ZL201180006321.7 - KZ#022630 - RU#022630 - US#9,279,715
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms, US#9,304,033 - KZ#024339 - RU#024339 - CN#ZL201380007381.X - AU#2015203801 - AU#2013215672
Orbit analysis, 3 channels RU#201491377 - CN#ZL2012800347548 - US#6,873,931 - DE#602013021988.5 - DK/FI/FR/IT/NL/NO/ES/
GB#2810027 - SE#13744257.0 - AU# 2015203361 - RU# 027452 - GB# 2505984 - US# 9,772,219
simultaneously, balancing
Tel +46 152 225 00 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2017-11. TD-357 B Rev.0
Leonova Diamond® – User-selected functions
PLATFORM Module
HD Ana
rt
D Expe
always included for unlimited use in Ruby
lysis
Vib
c
SPM H
HD
• Platform function (see TD355)
r ati
m/
on
HD
• RMS vibration, ISO 2372
Exp
M
Vibr
SP
HR
ert
• Speed measurement
atio
n Ad LR /
van SPM • Temperature measurement
ced
• Stethoscope function
• Analog signals, current and voltage
3 channel vibration PL ATFORM SPM dBm/dBc
Leonova Diamond • Time signal recording
• Measuring point identification with
SPM CondID® memory tags
16 Spe
08 ctru • Automatic recording, up to 50 hours
ISO1 m
• Check points, free text
• Recording of vocal comments
nt
Ba
54
centerl
lignme
lan
• Supports 2 channel simultaneous
69
Orbit/S lot
c in
ISO
vibration measurements MOD136

g
ine p
Shaft a
• Supports up to 12.800 lines, 20 kHz MOD139

haft
To obtain the optimal performance range and instrument Leonova automatically deducts credits from the tank when
price, Leonova users can select any or all of the condition its 'Measure' key is pressed. Thus, the user's operating costs
diagnosis and maintenance functions below, under two al- depend on the number of measurements taken. Credit tanks
ternative conditions of sale. The choice is between unlimited are refilled, and/or new functions added, by loading a coded
and limited use (Function & Use). file ordered via the local distributor.
When use is limited, the price for the function itself is much Unlimited and limited functions can be combined at will.
lower. Instead, the user prepays a tankful of 'credits'. Platform functions are always included and their use is
unlimited.
Functions for Unlimited Use Module in Ruby Functions for Limited Use (Function & Use)
DIA195 SPM HD Expert, time and MOD195 DIA295 SPM HD Expert, time and freq. domain analysis (3)
frequency domain analysis DIA297 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc (2)
DIA197 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc (Platform) DIA230 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc (1)
DIA130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc MOD130 DIA231 Shock pulse method LR/HR (2)
DIA131 Shock pulse method LR/HR MOD131 DIA232 SPM Spectrum (2)
DIA132 SPM Spectrum, MOD132 DIA233 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum (1)
12.800 lines / 20 kHz MOD139
DIA298 Vibration ISO 6954 (1)
DIA133 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum MOD133
DIA238 Orbit analysis (5), Shaft centerline plot (5)
DIA198 Vibration ISO 6954 MOD198
DIA292 3 channel simultaneous vibration (6)
DIA138 Orbit analysis / Shaft centerline plot MOD138
DIA293 Vibration Expert
DIA192 3 channel simultaneous vibration MOD192 incl. HD Order Tracking, Time signal and
DIA193 Vibration Expert MOD193 25 .600 lines / 40 KHz (no credit consumption)
HD ENV HD ENV (3)
EVAM evaluated vibration analysis EVAM evaluated vibration analysis (2)
25.600 lines / 40 KHz Post trigger (25)
HD Order Tracking Run up / coast down (50)
Time signal, Post trigger Bump test (25)
Run up/coast down, Frequency Response Function, FRF (25)
Bump test and FRF DIA294 Vibration Advanced
DIA194 Vibration Advanced MOD135+MOD139 incl. HD Order Tracking, Time signal and
HD ENV 12.800 lines / 20 kHz (no credit consumption)
FFT spectrum with symptoms HD ENV (3)
12.800 lines / 20 kHz, Time signal, FFT spectrum with symptoms (2)
HD Order Tracking, Post trigger Post trigger (25)
DIA140 HD Analysis MOD140 DIA240 HD Analysis
Vibration Expert Vibration Expert (3 – 50)
SPM HD Expert SPM HD Expert (3)
DIA109 Balancing, single and dual plane DIA209 Balancing, single and dual plane
DIA155 Shaft alignment Single plane (4 runs: 16 / 2 runs: 42)
Dual plane (80)
DIA255 Shaft alignment (30)
Credit consumption is stated within brackets.
DIA290 Credits for limited functions

DIA291 Credits for limited functions, refill
Leonova Diamond® – Shock pulse measurement, SPM HD®
Gear symptoms SPM HD time signal
The signal Output data

Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the HDm/HDc (part of platform)
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race- HDm is a scalar value expressed in decibels. It is the primary
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs value to use to determine the severity of a bearing damage.
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. It represents the highest shock pulses found during the
measuring cycle. This value is also used for triggering alarms.
Unlike vibration transducers, the shock pulse transducer HDc is a scalar value expressed in decibels. This value
responds at its carefully tuned resonance frequency of about represents the level where 200 shocks/second are present.
32 kHz, enabling a calibrated measurement of the shock It is useful to determine lubrication condition.
pulse amplitudes.
Shock pulse amplitude is due to three basic factors: Time Signal HD
Time signal HD is extremely useful to locate where in the
• Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm) bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases it is also
• Oil film thickness (separation between the metal surfaces possible to determine the nature of the damage (cracked
in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on lubricant inner race with spalling all around or a single crack etc.). The
supply and viscosity as well as alignment and pre-load. Time signal HD is a result of highly advanced digital algo-
rithms where repetitive shocks are enhanced and random
• The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (roughness, signals are suppressed.
stress, damage, loose metal particle).
Input data SPM Spectrum HD

SPM Spectrum HD is the result of applying FFT algorithms
The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized by on the Time Signal HD. The SPM HD spectrum is useful to
entering rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with 'reason- determine where a possible bearing damage is located. It
able accuracy'. This sets an initial value (HDi), the start of the is also useful for trending purposes (applying symptom and
ńormalized' condition scale. band values).
Technical specifications High Definition Order Tracking

Measuring range: –30 to 110 dBsv (44000 transducer) This function is primarily used for analysis on variable
Resolution: 0.2 dBsv speed machines and adjusts extremely well to quick
changes and variations in the RPM during measurement,
Accuracy: ± 1 dB see TD 403.
Transducer type: SPM 40000/42000/44000 probe
transducer and quick connector Evaluation
The initial value and the range of the three condition zones
transducer for adapters
(green-yellow-red) was established empirically by testing
Input data: rpm, plus bearing type and mean bearings under variable operating conditions. The maximum
diameter (or ISO bearing number) value places the bearing into the condition zone. The height of
Output quantity: HDm, HDc, Time Signal HD the carpet value and delta (HDm – HDc) indicated lubrication
SPM Spectrum HD quality or problems with bearing installation and alignment.
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800, 25600
Measuring time: 1 to 10000 rev (default same as FFT) Part numbers
DIA195 Shock pulse method SPM HD Expert, unlimited use
Symptom enhance-
DIA295 Shock pulse method SPM HD Expert, limited use
ment factor: Off, 1-10 (Default = off) DIA197 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc, unlimited use
DIA297 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc, limited use
Leonova Diamond® – Shock pulse measurement, dBm/dBc
Normalized condition scale
delta
Input: Rpm plus shaft diameter

(or ISO bearing number)
For over 40 years, the original Shock Pulse Method (SPM) Input data
has been very successfully used to obtain a fast, easy and The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized by
reliable diagnosis of the operating condition of rolling giving rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with 'reason-
element bearings. able accuracy'. This sets an initial value (dBi), the start of
the ńormalized' condition scale.
The signal
Evaluation
Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the
The initial value and the range of the three condition
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race-
zones (green - yellow - red) was established empirically,
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs
by testing bearings under variable operating conditions.
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude.
The maximum value places the bearing into the condition
Unlike vibration transducers, the shock pulse transducer zone. The height of the carpet value and delta (dBm minus
responds at its carefully tuned resonance frequency of dBc) indicated lubrication quality or problems with bearing
about 32 kHz, which allows a calibrated measurement of installation and alignment.
the shock pulse amplitudes.
Measurement Measuring time: 1.5 sec
The shock pulse meter counts the rate of occurrence (in- Measuring range: –9 to 99 dBsv
coming shock pulses per second) and varies the measuring
Resolution: 1 dBsv
threshold until two amplitude levels are determined:
Accuracy: ± 1 dB
• the shock carpet level (approx. 200 incoming shocks
Transducer types: SPM 40000/42000/44000, probe
per second. This level is displayed as dBc (decibel
transducer and quick connector
carpet value). transducer for adapters
• the maximum level (highest incoming shock under one
Input data: Rpm, shaft diameter (or ISO bearing
second). This level is displayed as dBm (decibel maxi- number)
mum value). Using a blinking indicator or earphones,
Output: Maximum value dBm, evaluated
the operator can establish a peak value by increasing
green - yellow -red, carpet value dBc,
the measuring threshold until no signal is registered. peak value, audible shock pulse signal
Because of the very large dynamic range, shock pulses (earphones).
are measured on a decibel scale (1000 x increase between Part numbers
0 and 60 dB). DIA130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc, unlimited use
DIA230 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc, limited use
Shock pulse amplitude is due to three basic factors:
• Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm)

• Oil film thickness (separation between the metal sur-
faces in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on
lubricant supply and also on alignment and pre-load.
• The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (rough-
ness, stress, damage, loose metal particle).
Leonova Diamond® – Shock pulse measurement, LR/HR
Evaluation boxes determined by bear-

ing geometry and speed
Calibration
The LR/HR method was developed from the original Shock A LUB no. of 0 means dry running, the value increases with
Pulse Method for condition diagnosis of rolling element oil film thickness. A COND no. of around 30 indicates surface
bearings. It allows a precision analysis of oil film condition stress or early damage, the value increases with damage
in the rolling interface and contains computation models severity. The general assessment is:
for finding the optimal lubricant. Poor lubrication is the CODE A Good bearing
root cause of most bearing failures. CODE B Poor lubrication
CODE C Dry bearing, risk of damage
Signal and measurement CODE D Damage.
Transducer and measuring procedure are the same as for
A program part, LUBMASTER, uses the shock values plus
the dBm/dBc method. The shock pulse meter counts the
data on lubricant type, viscosity, load and operating tem-
rate of occurrence (incoming shock pulses per second) and
perature to calculate the bearing's life expectancy under
varies the gain until two amplitude levels are determined:
present condition. It also calculates the effect of changes in
• HR = high rate of occurrence, quantifying the shock oil type and viscosity.
carpet (approx. 1000 incoming shocks per second).
• LR = low rate of occurrence, quantifying the strong Calibration
shock pulses (approx. 40 incoming shocks per second). The accuracy of the LR/HR method is increased by a calibra-
tion factor (COMP no.) used in case of bearings with minimal
LR and HR are 'raw values', measured in dBsv (decibel
load or poor quality measuring points (in both cases the
shock value).
signal strength is below normal). On the basis of the bear-
ing's catalogue data and the lubricant properties, Leonova
Input data
computes the normal shock level for a good bearing and
The LR/HR method requires more precise data on the compensates for an abnormally low signal before returning
bearing, because bearing geometry, as well as size and the evaluation results.
speed, affect the shock carpet and thus the analysis of oil
film condition in undamaged bearings. The rpm is needed, Technical specifications
plus a definition of the bearing type and size. This is best Measuring range: –19 to 99 dBsv
input by stating the ISO bearing number, which links to the
Measuring time: 1.5 sec
bearing catalogue in Condmaster.
Resolution: 1 dBsv
Evaluation Accuracy: ± 1 dB
Transducer types: SPM 40000 / 42000 / 44000, probe transducer
After measurement Leonova returns
and quick connector transducer for adapters
• a general description of bearing condition (CODE) Input data: rpm, plus bearing type and mean diameter (or
• a value for oil film condition (LUB) ISO bearing number)
• a value for surface damage (COND). Output: LR and HR (raw shock values),
CODE A to D, evaluated green - yellow - red.
LUB no. for oil film condition,
For time signal, use the DIA 195 module, see TD-361. COND no. for surface condition.
(Time signal, use DIA 195.)
Part numbers
DIA131 Shock pulse method LR/HR, unlimited use
DIA231 Shock pulse method LR/HR, limited use
Leonova Diamond® – SPM Spectrum
The purpose of SPM Spectrum is to verify the source of ured, not preset. The factors defining the bearing frequen-
high shock pulse readings. Shocks generated by damaged cies are obtained from the bearing catalogue in Condmaster
bearings will typically have an occurrence pattern matching by stating the ISO bearing number.
the ball pass frequency over the rotating race. Shocks from
e. g. damaged gears have different patterns, while random Evaluation
shocks from disturbance sources have none. The frequency patterns of bearings are preset in Cond-
master. Linking the symptom group 'Bearing' to the measur-
Signal and measurement ing point allows the user to highlight a bearing pattern by
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse transducer, clicking on its name. Other symptoms can be added when
calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier wave for appropriate, e. g. for gear mesh patterns. Finding a clear
transients caused by shocks. The output of this transducer match of a bearing symptom in the spectrum is proof that
is the same type of demodulated signal produced by 'en- the measured signal originates from the bearing.
veloping', with one important difference; both frequency
and amplitude response of the SPM transducer are precisely Technical specifications
tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain and shifting Compatible with: dBm/dBc or LR/HR
machine resonances to get a signal. Frequency range: 0 to 25, 32, 40, 50, 80,100, 125,
160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 625,
Leonova Diamond® first measures the shock amplitude by a 800,1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500,
shock pulse measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/HR 4000, 5000, 8000,10000, 20000 Hz,
method. The results are the bearing condition data, evalu- (40000 Hz only with DIA193)
ated green - yellow - red. Number of spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
The second measurement produces a time record that is 12800, 25600
subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The resulting Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
spectrum is used mostly for pattern recognition. Spectrum Flat Top
line amplitudes are influenced by too many factors to be Spectrum types displayed: Linear, power
reliable condition indicators, so all condition evaluation is Averages: Time synchronous, FFT linear, FFT
based on the dBm or the LR values. peak-hold
One unit for amplitude in an SPM spectrum is SD (Shock Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
Distribution unit), where each spectrum is scaled so that Saving options for spectrum: Full spectrum, peaks only
the total RMS value of all spectrum lines = 100 SD = the Amplitude scale unit: SD (Shock Distribution), SL (Shock
RMS value of the time record. The alternative is SL (Shock Level)
Level unit), the RMS value of the frequency component in Pattern recognition: Bearing frequencies and optional
decibel. Alarm levels are manually set for each symptom to patterns highlighted in the spec-
show evaluated results in green - yellow - red. Various types trum. Automatic configuration of
of spectra can be produced. The recommended setting is bearing symptoms linked to ISO
a spectrum with a resolution of at least 0.25 Hz, e. g. 3200 bearing no.
lines over 500 Hz, saving peaks only. Transducer type: Shock pulse transducers with
probe and quick connector, SPM
Input data 40000/42000/44000
Pattern recognition demands precise data on the bearing
Part numbers
and exact measurement of rpm. The rpm should be meas-
DIA132 SPM Spectrum, unlimited use
DIA232 SPM Spectrum, limited use
Leonova Diamond® – HD ENV
HD ENV time signal
With Leonova, the HD ENV method is offered as an analys- Patented algorithms:

ing function for either limited or unlimited use. It is a part Symptom enhancement
of the packages Vibration Expert DIA193/293 (TD-365) and Symptom enhancement is an algorithm that looks for re-
Vibration Advanced DIA194/294 (TD-459). petitive impacts in the time domain. As a result, random
signals are suppressed and repetitive signals enhanced. The
HD ENV is an ideal complement to conventional vibration
output is an HD Env Time signal, where relevant bearing
techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early stage such
and gear data are displayed.
machine problems which are generally difficult to find in
good time with non-enveloping techniques – for example High Definition Order Tracking
bearing damages and gear damage – the method utilizes This function is primarily used for analysis on variable speed
cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal processing machines and adjusts extremely well to quick changes and
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes. variations in the RPM during measurement, see TD-403.
Input data: Random Impact Rejection

A number of predefined filters are available to detect dam- Randomly occurring high readings which may cause false
ages or anomalies in different stages of development; two alarms are filtered out by means of the random impact
of which are specifically designed for bearing monitoring rejection algorithm.
and two of which are recommended for of non-bearing
related problems. Technical specifications
Frequency, upper*: in orders
Output data: Env. high pass filters*: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
HD Real Peak 10 000 Hz
The unit of measurement is HD Real Peak, a scalar value Env. band pass filters*: Filter 1 (5-100 Hz)
expressed in decibels. Representing the true highest peak Filter 2 (50-1000 Hz)
Filter 3 (500-10 000 Hz)
found in the enveloped signal, HD Real Peak is the primary
Filter 4 (5000 - 40 000 Hz)
value to use for determining the severity of a bearing or Averages: Time synch
gear damage. It is also used for triggering alarms. Spectrum lines*: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
12800, 25600
HD Env Time Signal
Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
HD Env Time Signal is extremely useful to locate where in Saving options: Full spectrum, time signal and
the bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases it FFT, condition parameters
is also possible to determine the nature of the damage (a Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144
single crack or spalling all around etc.). or IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
with voltage output, or DuoTech
HD Env Spectrum accelerometer
HD Env Spectrum is the result of applying FFT algorithms
*Spectrum lines, frequency and envelope filter limits are regulated by
on the Time Signal HD. The HD Env spectrum is useful to what is included in the above mentioned packages.
determine where a possible bearing damage is located.
It is also useful for trending purposes (applying symptom Part numbers
and band values). DIA199 HD ENV, unlimited use**
DIA299 HD ENV, limited use**
**Only for upgrading existing Vibration Expert DIA193/293 and
Vibration Advanced DIA194/294 packages with HD ENV functionality.
Leonova Diamond® – HD Analysis
HD ENV time signal
The HD Analysis module is a combination of the package • Time Signal HD is extremely useful to locate where in
Vibration Expert (DIA193/293, TD-365) and SPM HD Expert the bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases
(DIA195/295, TD-361). it is also possible to determine the nature of the damage
(cracked inner race with spalling all around or a single crack
HD ENV
etc.). The Time signal HD is a result of very advanced digi-
tal algorithms where repetitive shocks are enhanced and
random signals are suppressed.
• SPM Spectrum HD is the result of applying FFT algo-
good time with non-enveloping techniques - for example
rithms on the Time Signal HD. The SPM HD spectrum is
bearing damages and gear damage - the method utilizes
useful to determine where a possible bearing damage is
cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal processing
located. It is also useful for trending purposes (applying
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes (see below).
symptom and band values).
Signals buried in machine noise are revealed through high
definition digital enveloping, extracting and enhancing For more information about SPM HD, see TD-361.
the signals of interest from the overall machinery vibration
Patented algorithms
signal while preserving the true highest peaks.
HD ENV and SPM HD both incorporate sophisticated and
The unit of measurement is HD Real Peak, a scalar value patented algorithms which contribute to reliable and crystal
expressed in decibels. Representing the true highest peak clear readings:
found in the enveloped signal, HD Real Peak is the primary • High Definition Order Tracking: Used primarily for
value to use for determining the severity of a bearing or analysis on variable speed machines, HD Order Tracking
gear damage. It is also used for triggering alarms. is capable of handling ±50% RPM variations during data
aquisition. The number of orders to be covered is input
See TD-365 for more information about the Vibration
by the user.
Expert package, and TD-511 for more information about
• Symptom enhancement looks for repetitive signals in the
HD ENV.
time domain. As a result, random signals are suppressed
SPM HD and repetitive signals enhanced.
SPM HD Expert is a complement to the SPM HDm/HDc and • Random impact rejection filters out randomly occurring
LR/HR techniques. Advanced digital technique, RPM-based high readings which may cause false alarms.
sampling frequency and measuring time automatically
adjusted to RPM makes SPM HD particularly well suited Part numbers
for measurement on low speed applications. Extraordinary DIA140 HD Analysis, unlimited use
DIA240 HD Analysis, limited use
signal quality and 24 bit A/D conversion provides razor-
sharp resolution and exceptional detail in spectrums and
time signals.
The SPM HD method produces different types of results:

• HDm/HDc are part of the Leonova Diamond platform.
For further information, see technical data sheet TD-359.
SPM Instrument AB • Box 504 • S-645 25 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data are subject to change without notice.
Leonova Diamond® – Vibration ISO 2372
Broadband vibration measurement is the most widely used and vibration that will cause damage unless reduced (red
and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general range).
machine condition. There are two ISO recommendations • Measurements are made in three direction (horizontal,
concerning this type of machine condition monitoring; the vertical, axial). The highest value returned determines
much used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which machine condition.
is a ongoing replacement of the older standard.
• Default limit values for the change from green to yellow
In Leonova, vibration measurement according to ISO 2372 and from yellow to red are set automatically when one
is a platform function, always included for unlimited use. of the six machine classes is input under the measuring
point data.
The features are:
• Machine condition is diagnosed on the basis of broad- ISO 10816 is offered as a choice, see TD-363.
band measurements returning an RMS value of vibration
velocity in the frequency range of 10 to 1000 Hz. This is
called vibration severity.
Measurement quantities: Velocity, RMS value in mm/s over
• Machines are grouped into six vibration classes. 10 to 1000 Hz
• A table of limit values is presented for each vibration Transducer type: Vibration transducer SLD144 or
class, differentiating between acceptable vibration IEPE* (ICP®) type transducers
(green range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range), with voltage output
* Integral Electronic PiezoElectric
Leonova Diamond® – Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum
Broadband vibration measurement is the most widely used In Leonova, ISO part, machine group and foundation type
and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general are input using a multiple choice guide which displays the
machine condition. various ISO definitions and leads to the limit values.
There are two ISO recommendations concerning machine Exceeding the requirements of the ISO standard, Leonova
condition monitoring by this type of measurement; the Diamond also provides a 1600 line spectrum up to 10 kHz.
much used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which
is an ongoing replacement of the older standard.
Measurement quantities: Velocity, acceleration and
With Leonova, ISO 2372 measurement is a platform func-
displacement
tion, always included for unlimited use.
Spectrum unit: Velocity, mm/s or inch/s
Transducer type: Vibration transducer SLD144
ISO 10816 is an option with ordering numbers DIA 133
or IEPE* (ICP®) type transduc
(unlimited use) and DIA 233 (limited use).
ers with voltage output
Features of ISO 10816 are: Quick mode: Yes
• Measurements are made in three directions (horizon-
tal, vertical, axial).
Settings
• Machine condition is generally diagnosed on the Direction: Horizontal, vertical, axial
basis of broadband vibration measurements returning Part: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
an RMS value. ISO 10816 keeps the lower frequency Group: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
range flexible between 2 and 10 Hz, depending on Support: Rigid, Flexible
the machine type. The upper frequency is 1000 Hz.
• ISO 10816 operates with the term vibration magni- Part numbers
tude, which, depending on the machine type, can be DIA133 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum, unlimited use
an RMS value of vibration velocity, acceleration or DIA233 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum, limited use
displacement. If two or more of these parameters are
measured, vibration severity is the one returning the
relative highest RMS value. For certain machines, ISO
10816 also recognizes peak-to-peak values as condi-
tion criteria.
• The standard consists of several parts, each treating
a certain type of machines, with tables of limit values
differentiating between acceptable vibration (green
range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range), and
vibration that will cause damage unless reduced (red
range).
Leonova Diamond® – Vibration ISO 6954
The International Standard ISO 6954 contains guidelines Vibration ISO 6954 for Leonova Diamond includes the fol-
for the evaluation of vibration with regard to habitability lowing functionality:
on a passenger or merchant ship, as well as requirements - 3 channel simultaneous vibration monitoring
for the instrumentation and the method of measurement - Time signal
in normally occupied spaces. - Spectrum
Shipboard vibration that interferes with duties or reduces - Waterfall diagram
comfort is objectionable and often results in adverse
comments from crew and passengers. This International Technical specifications
Frequency range: 0 Hz (DC) to 500 Hz
Standard gives the guidelines for evaluating the habitability
Spectrum lines: 6400
of different areas on a ship. The habitability is evaluated Spectrum unit: Velocity, mm/s or inch/s
by the overall frequency-weighted RMS vibration values Transducer type: Vibration transducer 90546 or
from 1 Hz to 80 Hz. IEPE* (ICP®) type transducers
with voltage output
Vibration data acquired in accordance with this Interna- Time signal: Acc
tional Standard are also useful for Spectrum: Vel
• comparison with ship specifications, Save: Time signal and spectrum
• comparison with other vessels, and Window: Flat top
• further development and improvement of vibration FFT type: Amplitude
Averaging: Linear
standards.
Overlap: 50%
It is recommended that the classification to be applied to Number of averages: 9
the various areas of a ship be agreed between the inter- ISO weighting frequency: 1 to 80 Hz
ested parties (e.g. shipbuilder and ship owner) prior to any * Integral Electronic PiezoElectric
assessment of the habitability.
Part numbers
Leonova Diamond perform measurements and presents DIA198 Vibration ISO 6954, unlimited use
overall frequency-weighted RMS vibration values according DIA298 Vibration ISO 6954, limited use
to ISO6954 standard. These values are then to be exported
in xml format via the Leonova Service program for evalua-
tion in an external software program.
Leonova Diamond® – Vibration Expert
EVAM evaluated vibration analysis Post trigger

• Condition parameters, which are measured and comput- This function enables your system to be armed and trig-
ed values describing various aspects of machine vibration. gered to measure directly on the trigger point. When
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are this function is enabled on the measurement, the system
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of preset prepares the measurement with settling time and autogain
fault symptoms. adjustment, so when the trigger fires, the system can start
• Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red) and measuring directly.
condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of the Trigger level: 0 -1000 mm/s, m/s2,, µm
condition parameters and symptom values. Delay: 0 -30 sec
HD ENV High Definition Order Tracking
HD ENV an ideal complement to conventional vibration High Definition Order Tracking is a part of the Vibration
techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early stage such Expert package. For shock pulse measurements, it is in-
machine problems which are generally difficult to find in cluded in the SPM HD module DIA195/295. This function is
good time with non-enveloping techniques - for example primarily used for analysis on variable speed machines. The
bearing damages and gear damage - the method utilizes method uses multiples of rotational speed (orders), rather
cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal processing than absolute frequency (Hz). The number of orders to be
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes. shown is input by the user. Leonova will then automatically
Time signal set the sampling frequency to an exact multiple of the
This option enables you to see the measured data in the measured rpm. Order tracking will also minimize the risk
time domain. This is useful in all kinds of analysis. Two cur- of smearing when using FFT averaging.
sors are available. The package consists of:
Run up/coast down, Bump test and FRF • EVAM evaluated vibration analysis (TD-401)
Run up/coast down measurements, Bump test and • HD ENV (TD-511)
Frequency Response Function (FRF) are three vibration • 25600 Lines/40 KHz
analysis functions offered with Leonova Diamond®, in- • Run up/coast down (TD-402)
cluded in the Vibration Expert package. The bump test is • Bump test and Frequency Response Function (TD-402)
employed to check out the typical vibration response of a • High Definition Order Tracking (TD-403)
machine structure at standstill, by hitting it e. g. with rubber • Time signal
mallet (bump test). Run up/coast down records the changes • Post trigger
in vibration while the machine is run up to operating speed • Live Phase
or after it has been shut off and is slowing to a stop. All of • Cepstrum Analysis
these functions are selected from the menu of an ordinary • Time Signal Recording
vibration measurement assignment.
25600 lines/40 KHz Part numbers
This option expands spectrum resolution to 25600 lines and DIA193 Vibration Expert for unlimited use
the upper frequency limit to 40 KHz. Mostly for high speed DIA293 Vibration Expert for limited use
applications and detection of resonances and harmonies
in high frequencies.
Leonova Diamond® – Vibration Advanced
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms Time signal

FFT Spectrum with Symptoms is a vibration analysis func- This option enables you to see the measured data in the
tion offered with Leonova. This function generates three time domain. This is useful in all kinds of analysis. Two cur-
sets of machine condition data: sors are available.
• Condition parameters, which are measured and cal-
Post trigger
culated values describing various aspects of machine
This function enables your system to be armed and trig-
vibration.
gered to measure directly on the trigger point. When
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are
this function is enabled on the measurement, the system
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of preset
prepares the measurement with settling time and autogain
fault symptoms.
adjustment, so when the trigger fires, the system can start
• Trending of symptom values. Alarm levels are manually measuring directly.
set for evaluation in green - yellow - red. Trigger level: 0 -1000 mm/s, m/s2,, µm
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual Delay: 0 -30 sec
selection and define the type of data best suited for the The package consists of:
surveillance of an individual machine. • FFT spectrum with symptoms,
HD ENV 12 800 lines/20 KHz (TD-460)
HD ENV an ideal complement to conventional vibration • HD ENV (TD-511)
techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early stage such • HD Order Tracking (TD-403)
machine problems which are generally difficult to find in • Time signal
good time with non-enveloping techniques - for example • Post trigger
• Live Phase
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes. Part numbers
High Definition Order Tracking DIA194 Vibration Advanced for unlimited use
DIA294 Vibration Advanced for limited use
High Definition Order Tracking is a part of the Vibration
Advanced package. For shock pulse measurements, it is
included in the SPM HD module DIA195. This function is
primarily used for analysis on variable speed machines. The
method uses multiples of rotational speed (orders), rather
than absolute frequency (Hz). The number of orders to be
shown is input by the user. Leonova will then automatically
set the sampling frequency to an exact multiple of the
measured rpm. Order tracking will also minimize the risk
of smearing when using FFT averaging.
Leonova Diamond® – EVAM evaluated vibration analysis
With Leonova, the EVAM method is offered as an analysing Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms'
function for either limited or unlimited use. EVAM is a part For easy pattern recognition in spectra, EVAM supplies a
of the Vibration Expert package DIA193/293 (TD-365). range of predefined 'fault symptoms'. These are instructions
to highlight a spectrum line pattern and display the sum of
The EVAM method generates three sets of machine condi-
the lines' RMS values as a symptom parameter (which can be
tion data:
evaluated and trended). Most symptoms are automatically
configured by using the rpm as a variable. Some require
an input, e. g. the number of vanes on a rotor. Suitable
vibration.
symptoms and symptom groups are selected from a menu
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are in Condmaster when the measuring point is set up.
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre-
set fault symptoms. Machine specific condition codes
• Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red) In Condmaster, alarm limits can be set on all active param-
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of eters. Once measuring results are collected, an EVAM 'crite-
the condition parameters and symptom values. rion' can be created which compares new parameter values
with the statistical mean value and displays a dimensionless
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual condition value against a green - yellow - red scale.
selection and define the type of data best suited for the
surveillance of an individual machine. Technical specifications
Frequency limit, lower: 0, 0.5, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20 100 or 200 Hz
Condition parameters
Frequency limit, upper: 25, 32, 40, 50, 80,100, 125, 160, 200,
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequency
250, 320, 400, 500, 625, 800, 1000,
range. They can be individually activated and are shown in
1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000,
measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are:
8000, 10 000, 20 000, 40000 Hz
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
10 000 Hz
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration
Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement
Averages: Time synch, FFT linear, FFT peak-hold
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800, 25600
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
signal Quick mode: Yes, can be set on/off
SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal Saving options: Full spectrum, time signal, time signal
and FFT, condition parameters
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency
range. Spectrum types displayed: Linear, power, PSD, amplitude,
cepstrum
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected
for the time signal. Zoom: True FFT zoom, visual zoom
Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE
(ICP®) type transducers with voltage
output
Leonova Diamond® – FFT spectrum with symptoms
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms is a vibration analysis func- Most symptoms are automatically configured by using the
tion offered with Leonova Diamond, part of DIA194/294. rpm as a variable, for some an input is needed, e. g. the
number of vanes on a rotor.
This function generates three sets of machine condition data:
• Condition parameters, which are measured and cal- A special symptom group are the bearing symptoms (show-
culated values describing various aspects of machine ing e. g. ball pass frequencies over inner and outer race)
vibration. for which the Condmaster bearing catalogue contains all
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are need data.
found, highlighted and evaluated with the preset fault
Suitable symptoms and symptom groups are selected from
symptoms.
a menu in Condmaster when the measuring point is set up.
• Trending of symptom values. Alarm levels are manually
set for evaluation in green - yellow - red. Technical specifications
Frequency limit, lower: 0, 0.5, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 100 or 200
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual Hz
selection and define the type of data best suited for the Frequency limit, upper: 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 80,
surveillance of an individual machine. 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320,
400, 500, 625, 800, 1000, 1250,
Condition parameters 1600, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000,
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequency 8000, 10 000, 20000 Hz
range. They can be individually activated and are shown Band pass filters: 5-100, 50-1000, 500-10000,
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: 5000-40000
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity Envelope high pass 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
filters: 10 000 Hz
Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement Flat Top
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS Averages: time synch, FFT linear,
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibra- FFT exponential, FFT peak-hold
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
tion signal
12800
SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency Quick mode: Yes, can be set on/off
range. Saving options: Full spectrum, time signal, time
signal and FFT, condition param-
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit se- eters
lected for the time signal. Spectrum types: linear, power, PSD, amplitude,
cepstrum
Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms' Zoom: visual zoom
For easy pattern recognition in spectra, a range of ready Transducer types: vibration transducer SLD144 or
made 'fault symptoms' are downloaded from Condmaster. IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
These are instructions to highlight a spectrum line pattern with voltage output
and display the sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom Part numbers
parameter (which can be trended). DIA194 Vibration Advanced, unlimited use
DIA294 Vibration Advanced, limited use
Leonova Diamond® – 3 channel simultaneous vibration
Three channel simultaneous vibration monitoring is a Technical specifications

Leonova Diamond® function for unlimited use (DIA192) or Frequency limit, lower: 0, 0.5, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 100 or
limited use (DIA292). 200 Hz
Frequency limit, upper: 25, 32, 40, 50, 80,100, 125,
This type of measurement allows the user to study machine 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500,
movement in three dimensions by observing the difference 625, 800, 1000, 1025, 1600,
of the phase angles measured on the three channels. It can 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000, 8000,
also save time by measuring three different assignments 10 000, 20 000, 40000Hz
simultaneously. Three channel simultaneous vibration Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000,
monitoring requires the Vibration Expert package (DIA193 5000, 10 000 Hz
and DIA293). Envelope band pass filters: 5-100, 50-1000, 500-10000,
5000-40000 Hz
Measurement requires the setup of three vibration Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Ham-
assignments with identical parameters. The three channel ming, Flat Top
measuring cable CAB88 is used to connect the transducers Averages: time synch, FFT linear,
to the Leonova vibration transducer input. The procedure FFT peak-hold
is the same as for the corresponding measurement with Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
one or two transducer(s). 12800, 25600
Saving options for spectrum: Time signal, peaks only, full
After measurement, Leonova displays the RMS values for spectrum, time signal and FFT,
DISP, VEL and ACC for the channels. Three graphs are condition parameters
available for each measurement: Spectrum types displayed: linear, power, PSD, amplitude,
• Spectrum cepstrum
Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
• Time signal
Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144
• Phase spectrum or IEPE (ICP®) type transduc-
ers with voltage output
In the spectrum and time signal, the channels are overlayed
in blue, red and green. Part numbers
Normal setup is: DIA192 3 channel vibration monitoring, unlimited use
DIA292 3 channel vibration monitoring, limited use
Z = channel 1 CAB88 3 channel split measuring cable, Lemo , 0.25 m
X = channel 2 CAB110 Measuring cable, 8 pin-M12, 1.5 m, straight
Y = channel 3 CAB93 Measuring cable, 8 pin-2 pin, 1.5 m, straight
CAB82 Measuring cable, 8 pin-2 pin, 1.5 m, spiral
Leonova Diamond® – High Definition Order Tracking
The effect of order tracking
Measurements with order tracking disabled on a machine with rpm varia-

tion of 10% (550 – 600 rpm) during data collection time.
The same machine measured with order tracking activated, with rpm varia-
High Definition Order Tracking is part of the modules Vi- High Definition Order Tracking adjusts extremely well to quick
bration Expert, Vibration Advanced, SPM HD Expert and changes and variations in the RPM during measurement.
HD Analysis. This function is primarily used for analysis on
In the example shown above, the measuring point is config-
variable speed machines. The method uses multiples of
ured for vibration analysis with order tracking. Under ‘Meas-
rotational speed (orders), rather than absolute frequency
uring point data’, Order tracking is marked and the upper
(Hz). The number of orders to be shown is input by the
frequency is input in orders. The lower frequency is input in
user. Leonova will then automatically set the sampling fre-
Hz or CPM under ‘Measuring point data’. ‘Variable speed’
quency to an exact multiple of the measured rpm. Order
must be marked and rpm has to be measured.
tracking will also minimize the risk of smearing when using
FFT averaging. Leonova displays the spectrum within the selected number
of orders. A number of measurements can be displayed in
The purpose of using orders is to lock the display to the
a three dimensional waterfall diagram, where 1X (rpm) and
rotational speed (1X) and its multiples, which means that
its harmonics remain in the same position in the diagram.
the ordered components in the spectrum always remain in
The measurements are then saved by the user and can be
the same position in the display even if the rotational speed
transferred to Condmaster.
varies during measurement.
Two or several spectra from the same machine with variable

speed can therefore more easily be compared if they are
expressed in orders. Using order tracking, the frequency
range will always cover the symptoms of interest, regardless
of the rotational speed of the machine.
Leonova Diamond® – Orbit analysis and Shaft Centerline Plot
Orbit analysis and Shaft centerline plot is a vibration When the orbit assignment is set up in Condmaster Ruby,
measurement function offered with Leonova Diamond®, alarm limits can be set on the X and Y axes, resulting in an
for either unlimited (DIA138) or limited use (DIA238). The evaluated measurement (green - yellow- red scale).
resulting orbit graph shows the movement of the shaft’s
Shaft centerline plot is a function especially useful for as-
centerline and is used to detect failures like rubs, unbal-
sessment of lubrication during start-up of a machine with
ance, misalignment or oil whip on machinery with journal
journal bearings, the plot displays changes in radial rotor
bearings.
position over a range of speed. Settings for Shaft center-
Measurements are normally made on the buffered out- line plots are made in Leonova Diamond. The results can
puts of a machine protection system via the split cable be viewed in Condmaster after the measuring round is
CAB89 and two measuring cables CAB97, connected to uploaded.
the vibration input, plus cable CAB95 connected to the
tachometer input on Leonova Diamond. The buffered Technical specifications
outputs, channel X, channel Y and tachometer signal are
Orbit analysis
connected via BNC connectors.
Orders: 1 to 5, default 1
Measurements can also be made with e. g. accelerometers Filter types: None, band pass, low pass
to get a two dimensional graph of machine movement. This Signal unit: DISP, VEL, ACC
requires two channel simultaneous vibration measurement Trig threshold: Automatic
and two transducers placed at an angle of 90° to each other, Measuring time: 1 to 25 revolutions
and a trigger signal from a tachometer probe. RPM range: 15 to 48 000 rpm
Transducer types: Buffered outputs from API670 approved
Settings include transducer type, signal unit and filter protection systems alternative vibration
type, either bandpass (default) or lowpass. Orders is set transducers type SLD or other transducers
to 1 by default, but the user can select from 1 to 5 orders. with matching IS parameters
The number of revolutions parameter, max. 25, specifies Shaft centerline plot
the number of shaft revolutions to acquire and display in
Display functions: Shaft centerline plot
the orbit graph.
Signal unit: DISP
During measurement, the result window shows displace- RPM range: 1 to 120 000 rpm
ment in the x and y direction per revolution. When measure-
Measuring parameters: rpm (start/stop), interval
ment is complete, the average of the measured number of
Transducer types: Displacement transducers or
revolutions is shown.The orbit graph shows an overlay of IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
the graphs for each measured revolution and their average. with voltage output, alternative
The user can select each individual revolution as well as the buffered outputs from API670
average of all revolutions. approved protection systems
The selected graph is marked in blue, with a blue arrow Part numbers
showing the angle and the x/y values at that angle. The DIA138 Orbit analysis/Shaft Centerline Plot, unlimited use
user can move the arrow on the screen using the instru- DIA238 Orbit analysis/Shaft Centerline Plot, limited use
ment arrow keys. CAB 89 2 channel vibration split cable, 8 pin, 0.25 m
CAB 95 Tachometer cable, 5 pin- BNC, spiral 1.5 m
CAB 97 Measuring cable, 8 pin- BNC, spiral 1.5 m
Leonova Diamond® – Run up/coast down, Bump test and FRF
Run up / coast down measurements, Bump test and Frequency Technical specifications
Response Function are three vibration analysis functions offered Run up/coast down
with Leonova Diamond, included in the module Vibration Expert Frequency limit, lower: 0.5, 2 10 or 100 Hz
DIA193/293 (see TD-365). The bump test is employed to check out
Frequency limit, upper: 1 to 9999 orders
the typical vibration response of a machine structure at standstill,
Measuring interval: speed or time based
by hitting it e. g. with rubber mallet (bump test). Run up/coast
down records the changes in vibration while the machine is run up Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat
to operating speed or after it has been shut off and is slowing to Top
a stop. Frequency Response Function (FRF) is used to measure the Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
vibration response (natural frequencies) of a machine structure. Spectrum types displayed: linear
All functions are selected from the menu of an ordinary vibration Bump test
measurement assignment.
Frequency limit, lower: 0 Hz (DC)
Run up / coast down Frequency limit, upper: 25 to 40 000Hz
For this test, both the signal unit and the display unit for the Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800,
spectrum can be selected. Leonova Diamond uses both digital 25600
and analog integration, so the signal unit can be set independent
Spectrum types displayed: linear
of the transducer type used. The measuring interval can be either
Pre-trigger time: 5%, 10%, 20%, 25% of sampling time
time based (interval in seconds) or speed based (interval in rpm).
The speed range is also chosen, e. g. 400 to 3000 rpm. The first Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE*
result is a list of the numbered measurements, showing rpm and (ICP®) type transducers with voltage
RMS vibration value. The date and time of the first measurement output
are displayed. For each individual measurement, a spectrum can * Integral Electronic PiezoElectric
be called up. Another list and diagram show the phase angles in Frequency Response Function (FRF)
degrees. Finally, the user can call up diagrams for vibration ampli-
Scale units: Accelerance, Mobility, Compliance,
tude and angle, showing all measurements in time sequence. In
Effective Mass, Impedance,
all diagrams, a blue dot shows the position of the measurement
Stiffness, Coherence, Phase
marked on the list.
Frequency limit, lower: 0 Hz (DC)
Bump test
The user sets the measuring range in Hz, which automatically sets Frequency limit, upper: 8 to 40 000 Hz
the sampling time, e. g. 0.20 seconds for 2000 Hz/400 lines. A Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800,
pre-trigging time, 5% to 25% of the sampling time, is also chosen. 25600
The gain level is set by hitting the machine frame with varying force. Window types :
The peak amplitude of the measured signal is displayed (velocity in
Hammer Rectangle, Half-sine, Gaussian,
mm/s) and a trigger level can be set to 1% – 90% of the amplitude.
The actual test returns an FFT spectrum and a time signal (sampling Machine Exponential, Rectangle
time plus pre-trigging time). Pre-trigger time: % of sampling time
Frequency Response Function, FRF Double hit detection: % of impact force
Frequency Response Function (FRF) is used to measure the vibra- Transducer line test: bias
tion response (natural frequencies) of a machine structure, similar
Impact hammer: IEPE (ICP) type. Tranducer supply
to the ‘Bump test’. FRF however is more sophisticated, measuring
approx 2.5 mA
the response resulting from a known applied input by using an
impact hammer and a vibration transducer connected to Leonova Part numbers
Diamond’s vibration input using a split cable. DIA193 Vibration Expert, unlimited use
DIA293 Vibration Expert, limited use
Leonova Diamond® – Recording function
The Recording function is part of the platform, always Under 'Total' in the recording window, the desired number
included for unlimited use. It allows the user to measure of measurements is input, alternatively the total recording
and record measuring results over longer periods of time. time in minutes.
The recording function is an analysis tool which can show
Under 'Time between measurements' the interval is input
the interaction of various condition parameters over time.
in minutes. 0 minutes means 'as fast as possible'.
Leonova has six channels on four separate connectors, for
The measuring sequence is set by opening the list of
• shock pulse measurement available measuring techniques with NEW and selecting
• speed and temperature measurement techniques in any order. A technique can be used more
• vibration (three channels) than once in the sequence.
• analog measurement
Recording is started with the M/S key and can be termi-
Simultaneous measurement can be done on up to four nated with the 'Cancel' key (F4).
channels. Leonova displays the number of measurements taken and
The recording function for a single quantity, e. g. tempera- powers down when all are recorded. The batch is then
ture, is accessed and set up from the default file saved saved by the user and can be transferred to Condmaster.
under the respective technique window. To record different
quantities at the same time, a measuring point file with all
the different techniques activated is required.
Leonova Diamond® – Balancing
Single and dual plane balancing are optional Leonova func- In addition to the RMS value, a spectrum is shown to help
tions for either limited or unlimited use. In case of limited find the part of vibration that is due to unbalance. For the
use, credits are deducted for each vibration measurement. two run methods, the number of samples for obtaining a
time synchronous average is set to 4, minimum.
Leonova guides step-by-step through the balancing pro-
cedure. One can shift the rotation direction and change Leonova calculates a number of alternatives for correcting
the measured parameter from velocity to acceleration or the unbalance:
displacement.
• Trial weight: Input rotor diameter, weight and rpm to
Single plane balancing, 4 runs obtain the suitable trial weight in grams.
This method uses one measurement without trial weight to • Split the correction mass: Input the number of rotor
determine the vibration severity (mm/s RMS) of the rotor, partitions to distribute the correction mass between
followed by three measurements with trial weights at 0°, two of them.
120° and 240° to calculate the weight and position of the
• Weight removal: Drill hole diameter and depth calcu-
correction mass.
lated for various materials.
Single plane balancing, 2 runs • Radial displacement: Input the change in radial dis-
This method uses one measurement without trial weight tance to recalculate the weight.
to determine the vibration severity (mm/s RMS) of the ro- • Degrees to length: change from angle to length meas-
tor, followed by one measurement with a trial weight to ured along the rotor circumference.
calculate the weight and position of the correction mass.
• Keep trial weight: Calculate the correction mass with
It requires time synchronised vibration measurement (trig-
the trial weight remaining in place.
ger pulse supplied by a pulse from the SPM tachometer
probe or a proximity switch) to find the relative phase angle • Sum up weights: Replace all correction masses on the
between the two vibration measurements. rotor by one.
Dual plane balancing

The same two run method as used for single plane balanc- Part numbers
ing, but with vibration measurement and weight correction DIA109 Balancing, single and dual plane, unlimited use
in two planes. These measurements can be made by shifting DIA209 Balancing, single and dual plane, limited use
the vibration transducer or by connecting two transducers.
For all methods, a final run can be made to check the

balancing results and, if needed, get the data for further
adjustments. Leonova then saves a balancing log file.
Leonova Diamond® – Shaft alignment
LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA450
Shaft alignment is an optional Leonova function for either Part numbers

limited or unlimited use. In case of limited use, credits are DIA155 Shaft alignment, unlimited use
deducted for each alignment assignment. The function is
DIA255 Shaft alignment, limited use
user friendly and easy to learn.
LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA450 (TD-525)
The LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA450 contains alignment LLS10 1 pc. Alignment sensor, S position (TD-524)
sensors, brackets, chains, rods, battery charger, cables, LLM10 1 pc. Alignment sensor, M position (TD-524)
Bluetooth dongle and a tape measure – all in a convenient
90624 1 pc. Charger, dual USB, incl. interchangeble
carrying case. This kit fits a multitude of applications, e.g. AC plugs, 100–240V AC, 50-60 Hz, 17 W
compressors, gearboxes, generators, and pumps.
CAB94 2 pcs. Charger cable, USB Type A to Mini-B
The alignment sensors provide maximum accuracy using USB, length 1.5 m
a spread laser beam in combination with a 28.7 mm LLD10 1 pc. Bluetooth dongle for Leonova Diamond
detector. Compensation values for thermal growth can be LLB25 2 pcs. Shaft bracket for chain
input. High precision inclinometers measure the angle of LLB11 2 pcs. Extension chain, length 1000 mm
rotation of both assignment sensors at all times. This allows LLB12 2 pcs. Chain with tension adapter, length 500 mm
measurement in fully automatic mode, with much less than
LLB13 1 set Supporting rod, 80 mm, set of 4
a half-turn of the shaft. Measurement results are displayed
in 100ths of millimetres or 1000ths of an inch.
MAA70 1 pc. Tape measure
The Leonova instrument is the control and display unit. The
TOL21 1 pc. Torquing tool for chains and rods
alignment sensors communicate wirelessly with Leonova
81339 1 pc. Plastic box
Diamond via Bluetooth. The interaction between the
CAS25A-1 1 pc. Carrying case, plastic with foam insert
graphical display and the user is kept as simple as possible.
A self-explanatory display based on icons and graphics
LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA451
guides the user to make a perfect shaft alignment. Leonova The LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA451 contains the same
Diamond produces a log file with all alignment data for equipment as LLA450 but without the carrying case
documentation and printing. CAS25A-1.
Options
Measurement programs:
LLB26 Magnetic bracket
• Alignment of horizontally mounted machines (automatic
measurement or manual prompts) Spare parts
LLB20 Supporting rod, 80 mm
• Alignment of vertically and flange mounted machines
• Soft foot measurement
• Compensation for thermal growth
• Feet lock function
• Shaft alignment log
Leonova Diamond® Aligner
DIA301
CHA01 LineLazer Alignment Kit CAS25A-1
Leonova Diamond Aligner Kit DIA750 is a complete kit of Leonova Diamond Aligner Kit DIA750
equipment for shaft alignment. The kit contains instrument, DIA 301 Leonova Diamond Aligner, incl. wrist strap
alignment sensors, brackets, chains, rods, cables and a tape CHA 01 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, 100 - 240 V AC
LLA450 LineLazer Alignment Kit (see below)
measure, all in a carrying case. This kit fits a multitude of
71980 B User Guide 'Leonova Diamond Aligner'
applications, e.g. compressors, gearboxes, generators,
and pumps. LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA450 (TD-525)
LLS10 1 pc. Alignment sensor, S position (TD-524)
The alignment sensors use high precision digital CMOS
LLM10 1 pc. Alignment sensor, M position (TD-524)
linear image detectors. Compensation values for thermal 90624 1 pc. Charger, dual USB, incl. interchangeble
growth can be input. High precision inclinometers measure AC plugs, 100-240V AC, 50-60Hz, 17W
the angle of rotation of both alignment sensors at all times. CAB94 2 pcs. Charger cable, USB type A to Mini-B USB,
This allows measurement in fully automatic mode, with length 1.5 m
much less than a half-turn of the shaft. Measurement results LLD10 1 pc. Bluetooth dongle for Leonova Diamond
are displayed in 100ths of millimetres or 1000ths of an inch. LLB25 2 pcs. Shaft bracket for chain
LLB11 2 pcs. Extension chain, length 1000 mm
The Leonova instrument is the control and display unit. A LLB12 2 pcs. Chain with tension adapter, length 500 mm
user-friendly graphical interface guides the user through the LLB13 1 set Supporting rod, 80 mm, set of 4
entire alignment procedure. Automatic calculations and in- LLB14 1 set Supporting rod, 150 mm, set of 4
stant correction and alignment data result in a perfect shaft MAA70 1 pc. Tape measure
TOL 21 1 pc. Torquing tool for chains and rods
alignment. Leonova produces a log file with all alignment
81339 1 pc. Plastic box
data for printing a report. CAS25A-1 1 pc. Carrying case, plastic with foam insert
Measurement programs:
Options
• Alignment of horizontally mounted machines (auto-
16573 Optional battery pack for Leonova
matic measurement or manual prompts) 16644 Battery adapter unit for Leonova
• Alignment of vertically and flange mounted machines 93484 Car charger cable 12 V for Leonova
• Soft foot measurement 16675 Belt clip for Leonova, complete
16646 Shoulder strap with safety buckle
• Compensation for thermal growth
81469 Silica gel (moisture absorbent) spare for CAS25 A-1
• Feet lock function 81468 Code lock, TSA approved, for CAS25 A-1
• Shaft alignment log LLB26 Magnetic bracket
Spare parts
Patents: DE#60304328.3 - US#7,054,761 - US#7,167,814 - US#7,200,519 - US#7,301,616 - US#7,313,484 16645 Protection foil for instrument display
US#7,324,919 - US#7,711,519 - US#7,774,166 - DE#60336383.0 - US#7,949,496 - DE#60337804.8
GB#1474662 - GB#1474663 - DE#60338365.3 - ZA#2011/04946 - SE#0951017-3 - DE#60341502.4
14661 Wrist strap for Leonova
GB#1474659 - SE#1000631-0 - US#8,762,104 - US#8,812,265 - US#8,810,396 - CN#ZL200980155994.1
CN#ZL201080019737.8 - KZ#020791 - RU#020791 - AU#2009330744 - RU#021908 - KZ#021908
90362 AC adapter for Leonova, Euro plug, 100-240 V AC
US#9,200,980 - US#9,213,671 - CN#ZL201180006321.7 - KZ#022630 - RU#022630 - US#9,279,715
GB#2810027 - SE#13744257.0 - AU#2015203361 - RU#027452 - GB#2505984 - US#9,772,219
Leonova Diamond® – Services
The service program Leonova.exe is part of the basic function The credits required for a measuring round and the tank
package for Leonova Diamond. It is used to: status are displayed in Leonova under 'Function and use'.
There one can also set the values and time intervals for the
• Print and save balancing and alignment reports
´tank low´ warnings.
• Load credits and/or functions from the file ‘Leonova.txt’
The amount of credits deducted when the 'Measure' com-
• Upgrade a Leonova software package
mand is given depends on the method used, see table. For
• Display and print a credit log containing all events in con- balancing, credits are deducted for each vibration reading.
nection with measurement credits, up to 10000 The table shows the min. requirement.
• Make and reload safety copies of the Leonova files (file
extension .lsc) Functions with limited use Credit consumption
The operation of the service program is very simple: connect SPM HD Expert 2
Leonova to the PC, put it in communication mode, then click SPM HDm/HDc 2
on the desired service function. Follow the guidance on the
Shock pulse method dBm/dBc 1
screen.
Shock pulse method LR/HR 2
For example, a safety copy of the Leonova file can be sent SPM Spectrum 2
to SPM for technical advice. Upon reload, you choose which Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum 1
part of your safety copy should be reloaded.
HD Enveloping 3
The file ‘Leonova.txt’ can contain measuring credits and/or EVAM evaluated vibration analysis 2
Leonova functions that are new for the instrument or changed FFT spectrum with symptoms 2
from limited to unlimited use. It is coded to fit the individual
3-channel vibration measurement 6
instrument and ordered via the local SPM distributor.
Post trigger 25
Orbit analysis / Shaft Centerline Plot 5
Part numbers
PRO52 Leonova Diamond Service Program Run up / coast down 50
DIA290 Credits Bump test and Frequency Response Function 25
DIA291 Credits refill Balancing, single plain 4 runs 16
Balancing, single plain 2 runs 42
Balancing, dual plane 80
Shaft alignment 30
Leonova Emerald® – Platform
EME400
EME403
EME405
CAS28
CHA01/CHA02 /
CHA03 /CHA04 16675 CAS25
Leonova Emerald® is a handheld machine condition analyser Parts of the Leonova system are specified on the technical data
designed for use in harsh environments. Following functions sheets (TD) listed below:
are always included for unlimited use:
Instrument specifications TD-373
• Data logging with Condmaster® Ruby
User selected functions TD-375
• Shock pulse method SPM HDm/HDc and/or SPM LR/HR
• ISO 2372 vibration monitoring frequency & time domain analysis TD-435
• 1 channel vibration monitoring SPM Shock pulse method dBm/dBc TD-440
• Speed and temperature measurements SPM Shock pulse method LR/HR TD-436
• Stethoscope function SPM Spectrum ®
TD-441
• Measuring point identification with CondID® memory tags Vibration monitoring ISO 2372 TD-446
• Manual recording and check points Vibration monitoring ISO 10816 with spectrum TD-442
The main Leonova functions are user selected, see TD-375.With Recording TD-444
synchronous measurement, enveloping, true zoom and up to a Vibration Premium TD-366
12 800 line spectrum over DC up to 20 kHz, Leonova Emerald® HD ENV TD-512
has full vibration analysis capacity. SPM has also incorporated FFT with symptoms TD-367
the evaluation tables of the new ISO 10816 standards for HD Order tracking TD-439
broadband measurement of vibration velocity, acceleration Vibration Supreme TD-445
and displacement. For single rotor balancing, an easy to use HD ENV TD-512
graphical guide calculates balancing weights and their position. EVAM Evaluated Vibration TD-438
HD Order tracking TD-439
HD Analysis TD-515
Part numbers Vibration Supreme TD-445
EME400 Leonova Emerald, SPM HDm/HDc Shock pulse method SPM HD TD-435
EME403 Leonova Emerald, SPM LR/HR Balancing, single plane TD-443
EME405 Leonova Emerald, SPM HDm/HDc and LR/HR Leonova Service Program TD-437
16573 Optional battery pack Transducers and measuring cables TD-377
16644 Battery adapter unit Tachometer/ Temperature probe TD-380
CHA01 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, Euro-plug
CHA02 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, UK-plug Spare parts
CHA03 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, US-plug 16686 Protection foil display
CHA04 Battery charger incl. AC adapter, AU-plug 14661 Wrist strap
93484 Car charger cable 12V 81469 Silica gel (moisture absorbent) for CAS25
CAB94 Communication cable, USB - mini USB 90362 AC adapter, Euro-plug, 100-240 V AC
16675 Belt clip, complete 90380 AC adapter, UK-plug, 100-240 V AC
16646 Shoulder strap 90379 AC adapter, US-plug, 100-240 V AC
CAS25 Carrying case, plastic with foam insert 54 x 41x 21 cm 90528 AC adapter, Australia plug, 100-240 V AC
CAS28 Carrying case, soft with modular insert 37x20x27cm 16574 Battery charger
81468 Code lock, TSA approved, for CAS25 PRO52 Leonova Service Program
71971 Leonova Emerald User guide
Patents: DE#60304328.3 - US#7,054,761 - US#7,167,814 - US#7,200,519 - US#7,301,616 - US#7,313,484
US#7,324,919 - US#7,711,519 - US#7,774,166 - DE#60336383.0 - US#7,949,496 - DE#60337804.8
GB#1474662 - GB#1474663 - DE#60338365.3 - ZA#2011/04946 - SE#0951017-3 - DE#60341502.4
GB#1474659 - SE#1000631-0 - US#8,762,104 - US#8,812,265 - US#8,810,396 - CN#ZL200980155994.1
CN#ZL201080019737.8 - KZ#020791 - RU#020791 - AU#2009330744 - RU#021908 - KZ#021908
US#9,200,980 - US#9,213,671 - CN#ZL201180006321.7 - KZ#022630 - RU#022630 - US#9,279,715
GB#2810027 - SE#13744257.0 - AU# 2015203361 - RU# 027452 - GB# 2505984 - US# 9,772,219
Leonova Emerald® – Instrument specifications
Technical specifications Vibration monitoring

Housing: ABS/PC/TPE, IP65 Vibration channels: 1
Dimensions: 306 x 108 x 71 mm Dynamic range: < 120 dB, 24 bit A/D converter
Weight: 860 g Frequency range: 0 (DC) to 20 kHz
Keypad: Sealed, snap action Resolution: Max. 12 800 lines
Display: TFT colour, 240 x 320 pixels, Vibration transducer input: < 24 Vpp. Transducer supply of
3.5 inch, adjustable backlight 2,5 mA for IEPE (ICP) type can be
set On/Off
Main processor: 400 MHz ARM
Transducer types: Any transducers (disp., vel. or acc.)
Memory: 256 MB RAM, 512 MB Flash,
with voltage output
SD card 1 GB
Measuring techniqes: ISO 2372, ISO 10816, HD ENV,
FFT with symptoms, EVAM
DSP processor: 375 MHz floating point Evaluated Vibration Analysis,
Communication: USB 2.0 balancing
Power supply: Rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery Bearing monitoring

pack, 5200 mAh or power adapter
Measuring range: SPM HD: –30 to 110 dBsv (44000
Battery power: For min. 18 hours normal use (20°C) transducer)
Operating temperature: –20 to 55 °C ( –4 to 122 °F), non
condensing
Charging temperature: 0 to 45 °C (32 to 113 °F) LR/HR: –19 to 99 dBsv
General features: Language selection, battery status Resolution: 0,2 dB / HD,

indication, transducer line test, 1 dB / dBm/dBc and LR/HR
metric or imperial units Transducer types: SPM 40000, 42000, 44000, probe
Meas. point identification: NFC transponder for communi- and quick connector transducers,
cation with CondIDTM tags, read/ DuoTech
write distance max. 50 mm (2 inch) Tachometer input
Output/input Measuring range: 1 to 150 000 PPM
Headphones/microphone: 3.5 mm stereo plug Resolution: 1 pulse
Communication: Mini USB Accuracy: ± (1 pulse + 0.01% of reading)
Transducer types: SPM TTP10, TTL pulses, Keyphasor®
Temperature measurement
and proximity switch NPN/PNP.
Input: TTP10 Tachometer/Temp. probe
Output: TTL output for stroboscope and
Stethoscope 12 VDC
Transducer types: Shock pulse and vibration
Patents: DE#60304328.3 - US#7,054,761 - US#7,167,814 - US#7,200,519 - US#7,301,616 - US#7,313,484
transducers US#7,324,919 - US#7,711,519 - US#7,774,166 - DE#60336383.0 - US#7,949,496 - DE#60337804.8
GB#1474662 - GB#1474663 - DE#60338365.3 - ZA#2011/04946 - SE#0951017-3 - DE#60341502.4
Settings: Filter, volume and gain GB#1474659 - SE#1000631-0 - US#8,762,104 - US#8,812,265 - US#8,810,396 - CN#ZL200980155994.1
CN#ZL201080019737.8 - KZ#020791 - RU#020791 - AU#2009330744 - RU#021908 - KZ#021908
US#9,200,980 - US#9,213,671 - CN#ZL201180006321.7 - KZ#022630 - RU#022630 - US#9,279,715
GB#2810027 - SE#13744257.0 - AU# 2015203361 - RU# 027452 - GB# 2505984 - US# 9,772,219
Leonova Emerald® – User-selected functions
SPM HD SPM
Expert HDm/HDc
SPM
HD Analysis
LR / HR
Vibration SPM
Supreme
PLATFORM
dBm/dBc
Vibration SPM
Premium Spectrum
ISO 10816 Balancing

with spectrum Single Plane
To obtain the optimal performance range and instrument all of the condition diagnosis and maintenance functions
price for their purpose, Leonova users can select any or below. Platform functions are always included.
Platform Optional functions Module in Ruby

• SPM HDm/HDc and/or SPM LR/HR EME195 SPM HD Expert, MOD195
freq. and domain analysis
EME197 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc (Platform)
• Speed measurement
EME130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc MOD130
• Temperature measurement EME131 Shock pulse method LR/HR MOD131
• Stethoscope function EME132 SPM Spectrum MOD132
• Measuring point identification with CondID memory tags
® EME133 Vibration ISO 10816 MOD133
with spectrum
• Recording
EME134 Vibration Premium MOD135
• Manual recording, free quantity HD ENV
• Check points, free text FFT spectrum with symptoms
6400 lines, 10 kHz
• Recording of vocal comments HD Order tracking
• Supports up to 6400 lines , 10 kHz Time signal
Post trigger
EME193 Vibration Supreme MOD197
HD ENV
EVAM evaluated
vibration analysis
12800 lines, 20 kHz
+ all functions in EME134
EME140 HD Analysis MOD140
Vibration Supreme
SPM HD Expert
EME109 Balancing, single plane
Leonova Emerald® – Shock pulse measurement, SPM HD®

Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the HDm / HDc (part of platform)
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race- HDm is a scalar value expressed in decibels. It is the primary
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs value to use to determine the severity of a bearing dam-
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. age. It represents the highest shock pulses found during
the measuring cycle. This value is also used for triggering
Unlike vibration transducers, the shock pulse transducer alarms. HDc is a scalar value expressed in decibels. This value
responds at its carefully tuned resonance frequency of represents the level where 200 shocks/second are present.
about 32 kHz, enabling a calibrated measurement of the It is useful to determine lubrication condition.
shock pulse amplitudes.
Time Signal HD (part of EME195)
Shock pulse amplitude is due to three basic factors: Time signal HD is extremely useful to locate where in the
• Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm) bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases it
• Oil film thickness (separation between the metal surfaces is also possible to determine the nature of the damage
in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on lubricant (cracked inner race with spalling all around or a single crack
supply and viscosity as well as alignment and pre-load. etc.). The Time signal HD is a result of highly advanced
• The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (roughness, digital algorithms where repetitive shocks are enhanced
stress, damage, loose metal particle). and random signals are suppressed.
Input data SPM Spectrum HD (part of EME195)

The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized SPM Spectrum HD is the result of applying FFT algorithms
by entering rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with on the Time Signal HD. The SPM HD spectrum is useful to
'reasonable accuracy'. This sets an initial value (HDi), the determine where a possible bearing damage is located.
start of the ńormalized' condition scale. It is also useful for trending purposes (applying symptom
and band values).
Technical data
Measuring range: –30 to 110 dBsv (44000 transducer) High Definition Order Tracking (part of EME195)
Resolution: 0.2 dB This function is primarily used for analysis on variable speed
Accuracy: ± 1 dB machines and adjusts extremely well to quick changes and
Transducer type: SPM 40000/42000/44000 probe variations in the RPM during measurement, see TD 439.
transducer and quick connector
transducer for adapters Evaluation
Input data: rpm, plus bearing type and mean The initial value and the range of the three condition zones
diameter (or ISO bearing number) (green-yellow-red) was established empirically by testing
Output quantity: HDm, HDc, Time Signal HD bearings under variable operating conditions. The maxi-
SPM Spectrum HD
mum value places the bearing into the condition zone. The
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Measuring time: 1 to 10000 rev (default same as FFT) height of the carpet value and delta (HDm – HDc) indicated
Symptom enhance- lubrication quality or problems with bearing installation
ment factor: Off, 1-10 (Default = off) and alignment.
Part numbers
EME195 Shock pulse method SPM HD, Expert unlimited use
Leonova Emerald® – Shock pulse measurement, dBm/dBc
Normalized condition scale
delta
Input: Rpm plus shaft diameter

(or ISO bearing number)
For over 40 years, the original Shock Pulse Method (SPM) Input data
has been very successfully used to obtain a fast, easy and The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized by
reliable diagnosis of the operating condition of rolling giving rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with 'reason-
element bearings. able accuracy'. This sets an initial value (dBi), the start of
the ńormalized' condition scale.
The signal
Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the Evaluation
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race- The initial value and the range of the three condition
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs zones (green - yellow - red) was established empirically,
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. by testing bearings under variable operating conditions.
The maximum value places the bearing into the condition
Unlike vibration transducers, the shock pulse transducer
zone. The height of the carpet value and delta (dBm minus
responds at its carefully tuned resonance frequency of
dBc) indicated lubrication quality or problems with bearing
about 32 kHz, which allows a calibrated measurement of
installation and alignment.
the shock pulse amplitudes.
Measurement Technical specifications

The shock pulse meter counts the rate of occurrence (in- Measuring time: 1.5 sec
Measuring range: –9 to 99 dBsv
coming shock pulses per second) and varies the measuring
Resolution: 1 dBsv
threshold until two amplitude levels are determined: Accuracy: ± 1 dB
• the maximum level (highest incoming shock under one Transducer types: SPM 40000/42000/44000, probe
second). This level is displayed as dBm (decibel maxi- transducer and quick connector
mum value). Using a blinking indicator or headphones, transducer for adapters
the operator can establish a peak value by increasing Input data: Rpm, shaft diameter (or ISO bearing
the measuring threshold until no signal is registered. number)
Output: Maximum value dBm, evaluated
• the shock carpet level (approx. 200 incoming shocks
green - yellow -red, carpet value dBc,
per second. This level is displayed as dBc (decibel peak value, audible shock pulse signal
carpet value). (headphones).
Because of the very large dynamic range, shock pulses Part numbers
EME130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc, unlimited use
are measured on a decibel scale (1000 x increase between
0 and 60 dB).
• Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm)
• Oil film thickness (separation between the metal sur-
faces in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on
lubricant supply and also on alignment and pre-load.
• The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (rough-
ness, stress, damage, loose metal particle).
Leonova Emerald® – Shock pulse measurement, LR/HR
Evaluation boxes determined by

bearing geometry and speed
Calibration
The LR/HR method was developed from the original Shock A LUB no. of 0 means dry running, the value increases
Pulse Method for condition diagnosis of rolling element with oil film thickness. A COND no. of around 30 indicates
bearings. It allows a precision analysis of oil film condition surface stress or early damage, the value increases with
in the rolling interface and contains computation models damage severity. The general assessment is:
for finding the optimal lubricant. Poor lubrication is the CODE A Good bearing
root cause of most bearing failures. CODE B Poor lubrication
CODE C Dry bearing, risk of damage
Signal and measurement
CODE D Damage.
the dBm/dBc method. The shock pulse meter counts the A program part, LUBMASTER, uses the shock values plus
rate of occurrence (incoming shock pulses per second) and data on lubricant type, viscosity, load and operating tem-
varies the gain until two amplitude levels are determined: perature to calculate the bearing's life expectancy under
present condition. It also calculates the effect of changes
• LR = low rate of occurrence, quantifying the strong
in oil type and viscosity.
shock pulses (approx. 40 incoming shocks per second).
• HR = high rate of occurrence, quantifying the shock Calibration
carpet (approx. 1000 incoming shocks per second). The accuracy of the LR/HR method is increased by a cali-
LR and HR are 'raw values', measured in dBsv (decibel bration factor (COMP no.) used in case of bearings with
shock value). minimal load or poor quality measuring points (in both
cases the signal strength is below normal). On the basis of
Input data the bearing's catalogue data and the lubricant properties,
The LR/HR method requires more precise data on the Leonova computes the normal shock level for a good bear-
bearing, because bearing geometry, as well as size and ing and compensates for an abnormally low signal before
speed, affect the shock carpet and thus the analysis of oil returning the evaluation results.
film condition in undamaged bearings. The rpm is needed,
plus a definition of the bearing type and size. This is best Technical specifications
input by stating the ISO bearing number, which links to the Measuring range: –19 to 99 dBsv
bearing catalogue in Condmaster. Measuring time: 1.5 sec
Resolution: 1 dBsv
Evaluation Accuracy: ± 1 dB
After measurement Leonova returns Transducer type: SPM 40000 / 42000 / 44000, probe trans-
• a general description of bearing condition (CODE) ducer and quick connector transducer
for adapters
• a value for oil film condition (LUB)
Input data: rpm, plus bearing type and mean diam-
• a value for surface damage (COND). eter (or ISO bearing number)
Output: LR and HR (raw shock values), CODE A
For time signal and FFT, use the EME195 module (TD-435). to D, evaluated green - yellow - red.LUB
no. for oil film condition, COND no. for
surface condition.
(Time signal, use EME195.)
Part numbers
EME131 Shock pulse method LR/HR, unlimited use
Leonova Emerald® – SPM Spectrum
The purpose of SPM Spectrum is to verify the source of ing and exact measurement of rpm. The rpm should be
high shock pulse readings. Shocks generated by damaged measured, not preset. The factors defining the bearing
bearings will typically have an occurrence pattern matching frequencies are obtained from the bearing catalogue in
the ball pass frequency over the rotating race. Shocks from Condmaster by stating the ISO bearing number.
e. g. damaged gears have different patterns, while random
Evaluation
shocks from disturbance sources have none.
The frequency patterns of bearings are preset in Cond-
Signal and measurement master. Linking the symptom group 'Bearing' to the meas-
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse trans- uring point allows the user to highlight a bearing pattern by
ducer, calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier clicking on its name. Other symptoms can be added when
wave for transients caused by shocks. The output of this appropriate, e. g. for gear mesh patterns. Finding a clear
transducer is the same type of demodulated signal pro- match of a bearing symptom in the spectrum is proof that
duced by 'enveloping', with one important difference; both the measured signal originates from the bearing.
frequency and amplitude response of the SPM transducer
are precisely tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain Technical specifications
and shifting machine resonances to get a signal. Compatible with: dBm/dBc or LR/HR
Frequency range: 0 to 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32,
Leonova Emerald® measures the shock amplitude by a 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160,
shock pulse measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/ 200, 250, 320, 400, 500,
HR method. The results are the bearing condition data, 625, 800,1000, 1250, 1600,
evaluated green - yellow - red. 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000,
8000,10000, 20000 Hz
Simultaneously measurement produces a time record that Number of spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
is subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The resulting 12800
spectrum is used mostly for pattern recognition. Spectrum Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning,
line amplitudes are influenced by too many factors to be Hamming, Flat Top
Spectrum types displayed: Linear, power
reliable condition indicators, so all condition evaluation is
Averages: FFT linear, FFT peak-hold
based on the dBm or the LR values. Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
One unit for amplitude in an SPM spectrum is SD (Shock Saving options, spectrum: Full spectrum, peaks only
Amplitude scale unit: SD (Shock Distribution), SL
Distribution unit), where each spectrum is scaled so that
(Shock Level)
the total RMS value of all spectrum lines = 100 SD = the Pattern recognition: Bearing frequencies and
RMS value of the time record. The alternative is SL (Shock optional patterns highlighted
Level unit), the RMS value of the frequency component in in the spectrum. Automatic
decibel. Alarm levels are manually set for each symptom to configuration of bearing
show evaluated results in green - yellow - red. Various types symptoms linked to ISO bear-
of spectra can be produced. The recommended setting is ing no.
Transducer type: Shock pulse transducers with
a spectrum with a resolution of at least 0.25 Hz, e. g. 3200
probe and quick connector,
lines over 500 Hz, saving peaks only.
SPM 40000/42000/44000
Input data Part numbers
Pattern recognition demands precise data on the bear- EME132 SPM Spectrum, unlimited use
Leonova Emerald® – HD ENV
With Leonova, the HD ENV method is offered as an ana- Patented algorithms:

lysing function for unlimited use. It is a part of the pack- Symptom enhancement
ages Vibration Premium EME134 (TD-366) and Vibration Symptom enhancement is an algorithm that looks for re-
Supreme EME193 (TD-445). petitive impacts in the time domain. As a result, random
signals are suppressed and repetitive signals enhanced. The
output is an HD Env Time signal, where relevant bearing
and gear data are displayed.
good time with non-enveloping techniques – for example High Definition Order Tracking
bearing damages and gear damage – the method utilizes This function is primarily used for analysis on variable speed
cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal processing machines and adjusts extremely well to quick changes and
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes. variations in the RPM during measurement, see TD-439.
Input data: Random Impact Rejection

A number of predefined filters are available to detect dam- Randomly occurring high readings which may cause false
ages or anomalies in different stages of development; two alarms are filtered out by means of the random impact
of which are specifically designed for bearing monitoring rejection algorithm.
and two of which are recommended for of non-bearing
related problems. Technical specifications
Frequency upper*: in orders
Output data: Env. high pass filters*: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
HD Real Peak 10 000 Hz
The unit of measurement is HD Real Peak, a scalar value Env. band pass filters*: Filter 1 (5-100 Hz)
expressed in decibels. Representing the true highest peak Filter 2 (50-1000 Hz)
Filter 3 (500-10 000 Hz)
found in the enveloped signal, HD Real Peak is the primary
Filter 4 (5000 - 20 000 Hz)
value to use for determining the severity of a bearing or Averages: Time synch
gear damage. It is also used for triggering alarms. Spectrum lines*: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
12800
HD Env Time Signal
HD Env Time Signal is extremely useful to locate where in Saving options: Full spectrum, time signal and
the bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases it FFT, condition parameters
is also possible to determine the nature of the damage (a Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144
single crack or spalling all around etc.). or IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
with voltage output, or DuoTech
HD Env Spectrum accelerometer
HD Env Spectrum is the result of applying FFT algorithms
*Spectrum lines, frequency and envelope filter limits are regulated by
on the Time Signal HD. The HD Env spectrum is useful to
what is included in the above mentioned packages.
It is also useful for trending purposes (applying symptom
Part numbers
and band values).
EME199 HD ENV, unlimited use**
**Only for upgrading existing Vibration Premium EME134 and Vibration
Supreme EME193 packages with HD ENV functionality.
Leonova Emerald® – HD Analysis
The HD Analysis module is a combination of the Vibration • Time Signal HD is extremely useful to locate where in
Supreme package (EME193, TD-445) and SPM HD Expert the bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases
(EME195, TD-435). it is also possible to determine the nature of the damage
(cracked inner race with spalling all around or a single crack
HD ENV
etc.). The Time signal HD is a result of very advanced digi-
tal algorithms where repetitive shocks are enhanced and
random signals are suppressed.
• SPM Spectrum HD is the result of applying FFT algo-
rithms on the Time Signal HD. The SPM HD spectrum is
useful to determine where a possible bearing damage is
located. It is also useful for trending purposes (applying
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes (see below).
symptom and band values).
Signals buried in machine noise are revealed through high
definition digital enveloping, extracting and enhancing For more information about SPM HD, see TD-435.
the signals of interest from the overall machinery vibration
Patented algorithms
signal while preserving the true highest peaks.
HD ENV and SPM HD both incorporate sophisticated and
The unit of measurement is HD Real Peak, a scalar value patented algorithms which contribute to reliable and crystal
expressed in decibels. Representing the true highest peak clear readings:
found in the enveloped signal, HD Real Peak is the primary • High Definition Order Tracking: Used primarily for
value to use for determining the severity of a bearing or analysis on variable speed machines, HD Order Tracking
gear damage. It is also used for triggering alarms. is capable of handling ±50% RPM variations during data
aquisition. The number of orders to be covered is input
See TD-445 for more information about the Vibration Su-
by the user.
preme package, and TD-512 for more information about
• Symptom enhancement looks for repetitive signals in the
HD ENV.
time domain. As a result, random signals are suppressed
SPM HD and repetitive signals enhanced.
SPM HD Expert is a complement to the SPM HDm/HDc and • Random impact rejection filters out randomly occurring
LR/HR techniques. Advanced digital technique, RPM-based high readings which may cause false alarms.
sampling frequency and measuring time automatically
adjusted to RPM makes SPM HD particularly well suited Part numbers
for measurement on low speed applications. Extraordinary EME140 HD Analysis
signal quality and 24 bit A/D conversion provides razor-
time signals.
The SPM HD method produces four different types of

results:
• HDm/HDc are part of the Leonova Emerald platform.
For further information, see technical data sheet TD-371.
Leonova Emerald® – Recording function
Recording is an Leonova function included in the platform. Under 'Total' in the recording window, the desired number
It allows the user to measure and record measuring results of measurements is input, alternatively the total recording
over longer periods of time, up to 50 hours. The recording time in minutes.
function is an analysis tool which can show the interaction
Under 'Time between measurements' the interval is input
of various condition parameters over time.
in minutes. 0 minutes means 'as fast as possible'.
Leonova has three channels on three separate connectors,
The measuring sequence is set by opening the list of
for:
available measuring techniques with NEW and selecting
• shock pulse measurement
techniques in any order. A technique can be used more
• speed and temperature measurement
than once in the sequence.
• vibration (one channel).
Recording is started with the M/S key and can be termi-
Simultaneous measurement can be done on up to two nated with the 'Cancel' key (F4).
channels.
Leonova displays the number of measurements taken and
The recording function for a single quantity, e. g. tempera- powers down when all are recorded. The batch is then
ture, is accessed and set up from the default file saved saved by the user and can be transferred to Condmaster.
under the respective technique window. To record different
The Recording function is part of the platform, always
quantities at the same time, a measuring point file with all
included for unlimited use.
the different techniques activated is required.
®
Leonova Emerald – Vibration ISO 2372
Broadband vibration measurement is the most widely used • Measurements are made in three direction (horizontal,
and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general vertical, axial). The highest value returned determines
machine condition. There are two ISO recommendations machine condition.
concerning this type of machine condition monitoring; the • Default limit values for the change from green to yellow
much used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which and from yellow to red are set automatically when one
is a ongoing replacement of the older standard. of the six machine classes is input under the measuring
point data.
In Leonova, vibration measurement according to ISO 2372
is a platform function, always included for unlimited use. ISO 10816 is offered as an option, see TD-442.
The features are: Technical specifications
• Machine condition is diagnosed on the basis of broad- Measurement quantities: Velocity, RMS value in mm/s over
band measurements returning an RMS value of vibration 10 to 1000 Hz
velocity in the frequency range of 10 to 1000 Hz. This Transducer type: Vibration transducer SLD144 or
is called vibration severity. IEPE* (ICP®) type transducers
with voltage output
• Machines are grouped into six vibration classes.
• A table of limit values is presented for each vibration * Integral Electronic PiezoElectric
class, differentiating between acceptable vibration
(green range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range),
and vibration that will cause damage unless reduced
(red range).
Leonova Emerald® – Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum
Vibration Group 4 Group 3 Group 2 Group 1

Velocity Integrated Driver External Driver Motors Motors
RMS 160 ≤ H < 315 mm H ≥ 315 mm
mm/s inch/s Rigid Flexible Rigid Flexible Rigid Flexible Rigid Flexible
18 0.71
11 0.43
7.1 0.28
4.5 0.18
3.5 0.14
2.8 0.11
2.3 0.09
1.4 0.06
0.71 0.03
Broadband vibration measurement is the most widely used In Leonova, ISO part, machine group and foundation type
and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general are input using a multiple choice guide which displays the
machine condition. various ISO definitions and leads to the limit values.
There are two ISO recommendations concerning machine Exceeding the requirements of the ISO standard, Leonova
condition monitoring by this type of measurement; the Emerald also provides a 1600 line spectrum.
much used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which
is an ongoing replacement of the older standard. Technical specifications
Measurement quantities: Velocity, acceleration, and
With Leonova, ISO 2372 measurement is a platform func- displacement
tion, always included for unlimited use. Spectrum unit: Velocity, mm/s or inch/s
Transducer type: Vibration transducer SLD144
ISO 10816 is an option with ordering numbers EME 133 or IEPE* (ICP®) type transduc
(unlimited use). ers with voltage output
Features of ISO 10816 are: Quick mode: Yes, can be set on/off
• Measurements are made in three directions (horizon-
tal, vertical, axial). Settings
Direction: Horizontal, vertical, axial
• Machine condition is generally diagnosed on the Part: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
basis of broadband vibration measurements returning Group: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
an RMS value. ISO 10816 keeps the lower frequency Support: Rigid, Flexible
range flexible between 2 and 10 Hz, depending on
the machine type. The upper frequency is 1000 Hz.
Part numbers
• ISO 10816 operates with the term vibration magni- EME133 Vibration ISO10816 with spectrum, unlimited use
tude, which, depending on the machine type, can be
an RMS value of vibration velocity, acceleration or
displacement. If two or more of these parameters are
measured, vibration severity is the one returning the
relative highest RMS value. For certain machines, ISO
10816 also recognizes peak-to-peak values as condi-
tion criteria.
• The standard consists of several parts, each treating
a certain type of machines, with tables of limit values
differentiating between acceptable vibration (green
range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range), and
vibration that will cause damage unless reduced (red
range).
Leonova Emerald® – Vibration Premium
Measurements with order tracking disabled on a machine with rpm varia-

High Definition Order Tracking Time signal

High Definition Order Tracking is a part of the Vibration This option enables you to see the measured data in the
Premium package. For shock pulse measurements, it is time domain. This is useful in all kinds of analysis. Two cur-
included in the SPM HD module EME195. This function is sors are available.
primarily used for analysis on variable speed machines. The
Post trigger
method uses multiples of rotational speed (orders), rather
than absolute frequency (Hz). The number of orders to be
shown is input by the user. Leonova will then automatically
set the sampling frequency to an exact multiple of the
measured rpm. Order tracking will also minimize the risk
of smearing when using FFT averaging.
measuring directly.
FFT with Symptoms Trigger level: 0 -1000 mm/s, m/s2,, µm
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms is a vibration analysis func- Delay: 0 -30 sec
tion offered with Leonova.
The package consists of:
This function generates three sets of machine condition • FFT with symptoms (TD-367)
data: • High Definition Order Tracking (TD-439)
• Condition parameters, which are measured and calculated • HD ENV (TD-512)
values describing various aspects of machine vibration. • Time signal
• Post trigger
Part numbers
fault symptoms.
EME134 Vibration Premium
set for evaluation in green - yellow - red.
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual
surveillance of an individual machine.
HD ENV
HD ENV an ideal complement to conventional vibration
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes.
Leonova Emerald® – Vibration Supreme
EVAM evaluated vibration analysis: The method uses multiples of rotational speed (orders),
With Leonova, the EVAM method is offered as an analysing rather than absolute frequency (Hz). The number of orders
function for unlimited use. EVAM is a part of the Vibration to be shown is input by the user. Leonova will then auto-
Supreme package EME193. matically set the sampling frequency to an exact multiple
• Condition parameters, which are measured and com- of the measured rpm. Order tracking will also minimize the
puted values describing various aspects of machine risk of smearing when using FFT averaging.
vibration.
12800 lines/20 KHz
This option expands spectrum resolution to 12800 lines and
the upper frequency limit to 20KHz. Mostly for high speed
fault symptoms.
applications and detection of resonances and harmonies
• Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red) and in high frequencies.
condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of the
condition parameters and symptom values. Time signal
This option enables you to see the measured data in the
time domain. This is useful in all kinds of analysis. Two
cursors are available.
Post trigger
Machine specific condition codes
In Condmaster, alarm limits can be set on all active pa-
rameters. Once measuring results are collected, an EVAM
'criterion' can be created that compares new parameter
values with the statistical mean value and displays a dimen-
sionless condition value against a green - yellow - red scale.
measuring directly.
HD ENV Trigger level: 0 -1000 mm/s, m/s2, µm
HD ENV an ideal complement to conventional vibration Delay: 0 -30 sec
The package consists of:
• EVAM evaluated vibration analysis (TD-438)
bearing damages and gear damage - the method utilizes • HD ENV (TD-512)
cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal processing • High Definition Order Tracking (TD-439)
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes. • 12800 Lines/20 KHz
• Time signal
High Definition Order Tracking
High Definition Order Tracking is a part of the Vibration • Post trigger
Supreme package. For shock pulse measurements, it is
Part numbers
included in the SPM HD module EME195. This function
EME193 Vibration Supreme
is primarily used for analysis on variable speed machines.
Leonova Emerald® – FFT spectrum with symptoms
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms is a vibration analysis func- Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms'
tion offered with Leonova, part of EME134 or EME193. For easy pattern recognition in spectra, a range of ready
This function generates three sets of machine condition data: made 'fault symptoms' are downloaded from Condmaster.
• Condition parameters, which are measured and cal- These are instructions to highlight a spectrum line pattern
culated values describing various aspects of machine and display the sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom
vibration. parameter (which can be trended).
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are Most symptoms are automatically configured by using the
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre- rpm as a variable, for some an input is needed, e. g. the
set fault symptoms. number of vanes on a rotor.
set for evaluation in green - yellow - red. A special symptom group are the bearing symptoms (show-
ing e.g. ball pass frequencies over inner and outer race)
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual for which the Condmaster bearing catalogue contains all
selection and define the type of data best suited for the need data.
Condition parameters a menu in Condmaster when the measuring point is set up.
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequen-
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown Technical specifications
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: Frequency limit, lower: 0, 0.5, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 100 or 200 Hz
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity Frequency limit, upper: 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 80, 100,
125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 625,
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500,
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement 4000, 5000, 8000, 10 000 Hz
Band pass filters: 5-100, 50-1000, 500-10000, 5000-40000
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibra- 10 000 Hz
tion signal Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
Averages: Time synch, FFT linear,
SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal FFT exponential, FFT peak-hold
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400
range. Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
Quick mode: Yes, can be set on/off
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit se- Saving options: Full spectrum, time signal, time
lected for the time signal. signal and FFT, condition parameters
Spectrum types displayed: Linear, power, PSD
Zoom: Visual zoom
Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE
(ICP®) type transducers with voltage
output
As options, the frequency range can be extended to
20000 Hz/12800 spectrum lines with EME193.
Part numbers
EME134 Vibration Premium
Leonova Emerald® – EVAM evaluated vibration analysis
With Leonova Emerald®, the EVAM method is offered as an Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms'
analysing function for unlimited use. EVAM is a part of the For easy pattern recognition in spectra, EVAM supplies a
Vibration Supreme package EME193 (TD-445). range of predefined 'fault symptoms'. These are instruc-
tions to highlight a spectrum line pattern and display the
The EVAM method generates three sets of machine condi-
sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom parameter
tion data:
(which can be evaluated and trended). Most symptoms are
automatically configured by using the rpm as a variable.
Some require an input, e. g. the number of vanes on a rotor.
vibration.
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are a menu in Condmaster when the measuring point is set up.
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre-
set fault symptoms. Machine specific condition codes
• Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red) In Condmaster, alarm limits can be set on all active pa-
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation rameters. Once measuring results are collected, an EVAM
of the condition parameters and symptom values. 'criterion' can be created which compares new parameter
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual sionless condition value against a green - yellow - red scale.
surveillance of an individual machine. Technical specifications
Frequency limit, lower: 0, 0.5, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20 100 or 200 Hz
Condition parameters Frequency limit, upper: 8,10,16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 80,100,
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequen- 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500,
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown 625, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: 2500, 4000, 5000, 8000, 10 000,
20 000 Hz
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
10 000 Hz
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration Envelope bandpass filters: 5 -100, 50 -1000, 500 -10 000,
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement 5000 - 40 000 Hz
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS
Flat Top
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibra- Averages: Time synch, FFT linear, FFT peak-
tion signal hold
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency Quick mode: Yes, can be set on/off
range. Saving options: Full spectrum, time signal, time
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit se- signal and FFT, condition param-
lected for the time signal. eters
Spectrum types displayed: Linear, power, PSD, amplitude
Zoom: True FFT zoom, visual zoom
Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or
any IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
with voltage output
Leonova Emerald® – High Definition Order Tracking
Measurements with order tracking disabled on a machine with rpm

variation of 10% (550 – 600 rpm) during data collection time.
The same machine measured with order tracking activated, with

rpm variation of 10% (550 – 600 rpm) during data collection time.
High Definition Order Tracking is part of the modules Vibration High Definition Order Tracking adjusts extremely well to
Premium EME134 (TD-366), Vibration Supreme EME193 quick changes and variations in the RPM during measure-
(TD-445), HD Analysis EME140 (TD-515) and SPM HD ment.
Expert EME195 (TD-435). This function is primarily used
In the example shown above, the measuring point is config-
for analysis on variable speed machines. The method uses
ured for vibration analysis with order tracking. Under ‘Meas-
multiples of rotational speed (orders), rather than abso-
uring point data’, Order tracking is marked and the upper
lute frequency (Hz). The number of orders to be shown is
frequency is input in orders. The lower frequency is input in
input by the user. Leonova will then automatically set the
Hz or CPM under ‘Measuring point data’. ‘Variable speed’
sampling frequency to an exact multiple of the measured
must be marked and rpm has to be measured.
rpm. Order tracking will also minimize the risk of smearing
when using FFT averaging. Leonova displays the spectrum within the selected number
of orders. A number of measurements can be displayed in
The purpose of using orders is to lock the display to the
a three dimensional waterfall diagram, where 1X (rpm) and
rotational speed (1X) and its multiples, which means that
its harmonics remain in the same position in the diagram.
the ordered components in the spectrum always remain in
The measurements are then saved by the user and can be
the same position in the display even if the rotational speed
transferred to Condmaster.
varies during measurement.
Two or several spectra from the same machine with variable

speed can therefore more easily be compared if they are
expressed in orders. Using order tracking, the frequency
range will always cover the symptoms of interest, regardless
of the rotational speed of the machine.
Leonova Emerald® – Balancing
Single plane balancing are optional Leonova Emerald func- Leonova calculates a number of alternatives for correcting
tions for unlimited use. the unbalance:
• Trial weight: Input rotor diameter, weight and rpm to
Leonova guides step-by-step through the balancing pro-
obtain the suitable trial weight in grams.
cedure. One can shift the rotation direction and change
• Split the correction mass: Input the number of rotor
the measured parameter from velocity to acceleration or
partitions to distribute the correction mass between
displacement.
two of them.
Single plane balancing, 4 runs • Weight removal: Drill hole diameter and depth calcu-
This method uses one measurement without trial weight to lated for various materials.
determine the vibration severity (mm/s RMS) of the rotor,
• Radial displacement: Input the change in radial dis-
followed by three measurements with trial weights at 0°,
tance to recalculate the weight.
120° and 240° to calculate the weight and position of the
• Degrees to length: change from angle to length meas-
correction mass.
ured along the rotor circumference.
Single plane balancing, 2 runs • Keep trial weight: Calculate the correction mass with
This method uses one measurement without trial weight the trial weight remaining in place.
to determine the vibration severity (mm/s RMS) of the • Sum up weights: Replace all correction masses on the
rotor, followed by one measurement with a trial weight to rotor by one.
calculate the weight and position of the correction mass.
It requires time synchronised vibration measurement (trig- Part numbers
ger pulse supplied by a pulse from the SPM tachometer EME109 Balancing, single plane, unlimited use
probe or a proximity switch) to find the relative phase angle
between the two vibration measurements.
Leonova Emerald® – Services
The service program Leonova.exe is part of the basic func- For example, a safety copy of the Leonova file can be sent
tion package for Leonova Emerald. It is used to: to SPM Instrument for technical advice. Upon reload, you
• Print and save balancing reports choose which part of your safety copy should be reloaded.
• Upgrade a Leonova software package
The file ‘Leonova.txt’ can contain Leonova functions that are
• Make and reload safety copies of the Leonova files (file new for the instrument. It is coded to fit the individual instru-
extension.lsc) ment and ordered via the local SPM Instrument distributor.
The operation of the service program is very simple: connect
Part numbers
Leonova to the PC, put it in communication mode, then PRO52 Leonova Service Program
click on the desired service function. Follow the guidance
on the screen.
Leonova Diamond®/Emerald® – Transducers and measuring cables
TAD19 TAD15 TAD11 TAD12

TAD13
TRC100 TAD17
TRC150
TTP11
TTP10
14765
TRA79
TRA79 - L
81319
SLD144S
TRA78
TRX17
TRA78 - L
Shock pulse monitoring Current and voltage monitoring

CAB80 Measuring cable, mini coax - BNC slip on, 1.5 m CAB85 Cable for analog signals, 5 pin - 2 x banana,
CAB81 Measuring cable, mini coax - BNC 1.5 m 1.5 m, spiral (Diamond)
CAB101 Measuring cable, mini coax - TNC, 1.5 m
Speed and temperature monitoring
TRA78 Shock pulse transducer with probe, cable length
TTP10 Tachometer / Temp. Probe, 1.5m cable (TD-380)
1.5 m (TD-400)
TTP12 Tachometer / Temp. Probe, 5 m cable (TD-380)
TRA78-L Shock pulse transducer with probe, L = cable
TAD11 Contact center, rpm, short, 30 mm
length, max. 20 m (TD-400)
TAD15 Contact center, rpm, long, 60 mm
TRA79 Shock pulse transducer with quick connector for
TAD19 Contact center, rpm, extra long, 170 mm
measuring adapters, cable length 1.5 m (TD -
TAD12 Contact wheel m/min.
410)
TAD13 Contact wheel yd./min
TRA79-L Shock pulse transducer with quick connector for
adapters, L = cable length, max. 20 m (TD -410) TAD17 Contact wheel ft./min
EAR12 Headphones with headband (TD -404) TAD16 Reflecting tape, 5 sheets
EAR13 Headpones with helmet brackets (TD -404) CAB90 Stroboscope cable 5 pin - phones 3.5 mm,
EAR15 Headphones with neckband (TD -404) 1.5 m, spiral
EAR16 Headset with headband (TD-382) CAB92 Proximity switch cable, 5 pin - M12, 1.5 m, spiral
EAR17 Headset with helmet brackets (TD-382) CAB95 Keyphasor cable 5 pin - BNC 1.5 m, spiral
EAR18 Headset with neckband (TD-382) Proximity sensors, see TD -383 and TD -384.
EAS10 Hygiene set for headset and headphones
Balancing
Vibration monitoring 81319 Magnetic base
SLD144S Vibration transducer with side entry, M8 14765 Holder for tachometer probe TTP10
TRC100 DuoTech accelerometer excl. cable (TD-518)
Spare parts
13108 Sleeve for probe tip (TRA 78)
TRX17 Probe for SLD vibration transducer, M8
TTP11 Contact adapter for TTP 10
CAB110 Measuring cable, 8 pin - M12, 1.5 m, straight
CAB79 Cable for TRA 78, 1.5 m
CAB93 Measuring cable, 8 pin - 2 pin, 1.5 m, straight
CAB100 Cable for TTP 10, 1.5 m, spiral
CAB108-L Measuring cable, 8 pin-M12, L = 2, 5, 10 or 20
(length in meter), straight CAB103 Cable for TRA 79, 1.5 m
CAB109-L Measuring cable, 8 pin-M12, L = 2, 5, 10 or 20
CAB105 Cable for TTP12, 5 m
(length in meter), angled Others
CAB82 Measuring cable, 8 pin - 2 pin, 1.5 m, spiral CAB94 USB communication cable, 1 m
CAB83 Measuring cable, 8 pin - 2 pin 10 m CAB96 Communication cable for 'iLearn'
CAB83 -L Measuring cable, 8 pin - 2 pin (L = length in meter) LLA450 LineLazer Alignment Kit (TD -525) (Diamond)
CAB89 2 channel split cable, 8 pin , 0.25 m (Diamond)
CAB88 3 channel split cable, 8 pin , 0.25 m (Diamond)
CAB97 Measuring cable, 8 pin - BNC, 1.5 m, spiral
Vibration transducers, see TD -260.
Magnetic mounting bases, see TD-548.
Magnetic mounting bases
TRX37-41 TRX42-46
1 2
TRX47-52 TRX53-58
1. Notched only for TRX52
2. Notched only for TRX58
Two-rail, 25 mm diameter, 13 kg (29 lbs) pull strength Three-rail, 25 mm diameter, 10 kg (22 lbs) pull strength
The two rail type magnetic mounting bases are usually The three rail type magnetic mounting base are usually
utilized on curved surfaces, such as motor and compressor utilized on curved or uneven surfaces.
housings, although they are also suitable for flat surfaces. TRX53 Magnetic mounting base, M6
TRX37 Magnetic mounting base, M6 TRX54 Magnetic mounting base, M8
TRX38 Magnetic mounting base, M8 TRX55 Magnetic mounting base, M10
TRX39 Magnetic mounting base, M10 TRX56 Magnetic mounting base, UNF 1/4
TRX40 Magnetic mounting base, UNF 1/4 TRX57 Magnetic mounting base, UNC 5/16
TRX41 Magnetic mounting base, UNC 5/16 TRX58 Magnetic mounting base for triaxial
transducers, UNF 10-32
Flat, 25 mm diameter, 13 kg (29 lbs) pull strength
The flat magnetic mounting bases are optimal for smooth, Technical specifications
flat surfaces. Material: stainless steel
Temperature: up to 100 °C
TRX42 Magnetic mounting base, M6 Grip: knurled edge
TRX43 Magnetic mounting base, M8
TRX44 Magnetic mounting base, M10 Options
TRX45 Magnetic mounting base, UNF 1/4 16065 Mounting disc for 26 mm diameter magnetic
TRX46 Magnetic mounting base, UNC 5/16 mounting base (TRX37-46 and TRX53-58)
18033 Mounting disc for 35 mm diameter magnetic
Two-rail, 35 mm diameter, 25 kg (55 lbs) pull strength
mounting base (TRX47-52)
The two rail type magnetic mounting bases are usually
utilized on curved surfaces, such as motor and compressor
housings, although they are also suitable for flat surfaces.
A large diameter enables magnetic mounting on two heat
sinks for an electric motor, for example.
TRX50 Magnetic mounting base, UNF 1/4
TRX51 Magnetic mounting base, UNC 5/16
TRX52 Magnetic mounting base for triaxial
transducers, UNF 10-32
Tachometer and Temperature Probe TTP10 / TTP12
TAD19 TAD15 TAD11
TAD12
TAD13
TTP10
TAD17
TTP12
TTP11
TAD16
The Tachometer and Temperature Probe TTP10/12 is used

together with Leonova Diamond® and Emerald® instruments
for optical or contact measurement of the rate of rotation and
for contact measurement of peripheral speed. It also has a
built-in temperature sensor.
Optical measurement of the rate of rotation
A laser light beam is directed against a reflecting tape on the
rotating object, from a distance of 30-2000 mm and from an 5-75°
angle of 5-75°.
Contact measurement of rpm
The contact adapter TTP11 with a rubber tipped contact
center, TAD-11/15/19, is attached onto the probe and then
held against the center of a shaft end or a wheel.
Contact measurement of peripheral speed
The contact adapter TTP11 with contact wheel is held against
the circumference of a shaft, a belt, etc. The speed is read
out in units, depending on which contact wheel is used:
TAD-12/13/17.
The Tachometer and Temperature Probe TTP10/12 is also
used together with Leonova Diamond/Emerald for tempera-
ture measurements with a thermopile element in the range
–20 to +300 °C.
Part numbers
TTP10 Tachometer and Temperature Probe, incl. TTP11
and cable, spiral 1–2 m
TTP12 Tachometer and Temperature Probe, incl. TTP11
and cable, straight 5 m
TAD11 Contact center, rpm, short, 30 mm
TAD19 Contact center, rpm, extra long, 170 mm
ø 100
ø25
ø 50
TAD17 Contact wheel ft./min

TAD16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
TTP11 Contact adapter (spare part) 200 400 800
CAB100 Cable, spiral (spare part for TTP10)
Measuring accuracy, temp. ± 2,5° C*
Technical specifications Dimensions 137 x 50 mm,
Measuring range, rpm max. 100 000 (pulses) optical 179 x 50 mm incl. TTP11
Measuring distance, rpm 30 to 2000 mm Operating temperature 0 to + 40 °C
Indicator, rpm blue LED Weight 160 g (TTP10), 300 g (TTP12)
Measuring range, temp. –20 to +300 °C D:S 8:1
* If RF emission is present at 625MHz to 655MHz, the accuracy is possibly

reduced to ±2.5°C – 10% of full scale
Triaxial Vibration Transducer 90546
M12 connector
Key
Pin 1
Pin4
Pin 3
Pin 2
Locator pin
SPM 90546 is a low noise triaxial vibration transducer in

rugged design with broad frequency response. It features a
versatile M12 connector and an external case in a thick shell
for high resistance to impact. Designed for both route-based
and permanent-mount applications, this triaxial acceler-
ometer hosts three general purpose, 100 mV/g vibration
TRX 52/ TRX 52/
sensors with ±10% sensitivity tolerance. It has EMI/RFI and TRX58 TRX58
ESD protection.
16941/
16974
Dynamic 16974
16941
Sensitivity, ± 10%, 25° C 100 mV/g
Acceleration range 60 g peak
Amplitude nonlinearity 1%
Output connector 4 pin, M12 male
Frequency response:
Mating connector M12 S female
Z Axis ± 3 dB 2-10 000 Hz
Recommended cabling 4 conductor, shielded
X and Y axis ± 3 dB 2-7 000 Hz
Accessories supplied Captive screw, calibration
Transverse sensitivity, max 7% of axial
data
Electrical
Connections
Power requirement:
Axis X, power/signal Connector pin 1
Voltage source 18-30 V DC
Axis Y, power/signal Connector pin 2
Current regulating diode 2-5 mA
Axis Z, power/signal Connector pin 3
Electrical noise, equiv. g nominal:
Common (all channels) Connector pin 4
Broadband 2.5 Hz to 25 kHz 160 μg
Ground Shell
Spectral 10 Hz 10 μg /√Hz
100 Hz 2.0 μg /√Hz Part numbers
1000 Hz 1.5 μg /√Hz 90546 Triaxial vibration transducer
Output impedance, max 400 Ω CAB 91 Cable for 90546, 8-pin/4-pin M12 connectors
Bias output voltage 12 V DC 16941 Mounting foot for 90546, screw
Grounding Case isolated, internally 16974 Mounting foot for 90546, glue
shielded 90510 Connector M12 S female, straight
Turn-on time < 1 sec
Environmental Magnetic mounting bases for triaxial transducers,
Temperature range –50 to 120 °C see TD-548.
Vibration limit 500 g peak
Shock limit 5000 g peak
Electromagnetic sensitivity,
equiv. g. 100 μg /gauss
Sealing Hermetic
Base strain sensitivity, max 0.0005 g /μ strain
Physical
Weight 124 g
Case material 316L stainless steel
Mounting UNF 10 - 32
Stroboscope 18432
237
77
81
18432 is a sophisticated stroboscope with many functions, tuning, external TTL pulse input, tachometer display and
yet remains easy to use. The stroboscope provides excellent x2 ÷2 functions. Eight memory positions offers rapid recall
brightness, exceptional features, robust construction and ex- of user-defined frequencies.
tra long battery life. The unique one-touch joystick-type but-
The stroboscope has a removable, rechargeable battery
ton allows simple operation for fast fractional RPM tuning.
pack that provides up to two hours of continuous use,
The large, bright, backlit, 6-digit alphanumeric LCD display depending on the flash rate.
shows the flash rate and operational mode for internal
Technical specifications Memory: saves eight programmable flash rates

Internal mode and last flash rate at power down
Flash range: 100 to 12 500 fpm Output pulse: 350 μsec positive pulse, 5 Vdc typical
Accuracy: the greater of ±0.5 fpm or ±0.01% of Operation time: approx. 120 min @ 1800 fpm and 60
reading min @ 6000 fpm with fully charged
Resolution: 0.1 fpm batteries
Display update: continuous Recharge time: approx. 4 h
Battery charger: 100 to 240 VAC (50 to 60 Hz), incl. four
External/tachometer mode interchangeable adapters
Flash range: 5.0 to 12500 fpm - external flash rates Weight: 544 g (incl. battery)
to 0 are acceptable
Tachometer: 5 to 250000 rpm - no flash
Accuracy: the greater of ±0.1 fpm or ±0.01% of Part numbers
reading 18432 Stroboscope incl. battery pack and carrying case
Display update: approx. 1 second CAB90 Stroboscope cable for Leonova Diamond/Emerald
External input: 0 to 5 volt TTL compatible (12V pk max), 5 pin - phones 3.5 mm, 1.5 m, spiral
1 μsec min pulse width, positive edge
triggered Spare parts
General 90666 Rechargeable NiMH battery pack
Flash lamp life: approx. 100 million flashes 90667 Xenon lamps, 2 pcs
Flash duration: 10 to 30 microseconds
Display: 6 digit alphanumeric backlit LCD
Indicators: low battery, on target indicator, locked
on, external mode, tachometer mode,
÷2 ×2
Adjustment: four quadrant pressure sensitive joy-
stick button adjusts flash rate, x2 and ÷2
Battery: removable 6Vdc rechargeable NiM
battery pack
Light power: 150 mJ/flash up to 3000 fpm, 7.9
Watts @ 6000 fpm
Accessories for remote measuring points
16323 16157
14102 14318/17834
90554 90617 90555
13778
93091 93113 10647 13777 93035
16324
13781 93090 93061
Part Description Connector Backing Mounting Cap IP class DIA/EME TD

number type measuring sheet
cable
90554 Connector M12 Solder Counternut 90555 IP67 CAB92 TD384
90617 Connector M12 Cable 0.5 m Counternut 90555 IP67 CAB92 TD384
90555 Protection cap M12 TD480
13777 Connector TNC TNC Counternut 93035/10647 IP64, mated CAB80 / CAB81 TD081
93091 Connector TNC Crimp Flange 93035/10647 IP64, mated CAB80 / CAB81 TD019
93113 Connector TNC Crimp Counternut 93035/10647 IP68, mated CAB80 / CAB81 TD019
10647 Attaching ring TD154

for 93113
93035 Protection cap TNC TD081
13781 Connector BNC TNC Counternut 93061 IP64, mated CAB80 / CAB101 TD081
93090 Connector BNC Crimp Counternut 93061 IP64, mated CAB80 / CAB101 TD019
93061 Protection cap BNC TD154
16323 Connector 2-pin Crimp Counternut 16157 CAB93 TD154
16157 Protection cap 2-pin
14102 Terminal cabinet 16 M12 Counternut TD154

14318 Terminal cabinet 2 M12, 14 Counternut IP66 TD154
BNC/TNC/2-pin
17834 Terminal cabinet, 2 M12, 14 Counternut IP66 TD561
IS version BNC/TNC/2-pin
13778 Terminal bracket BNC/TNC/2-pin Counternut TD154
16324 Terminal bracket M12 Counternut TD154
LineLazer alignment sensors
40 40
86 86
36 36
81.5 81.5
81.5
81.5
LLS10 LLM10
46
40
36
36
69 69
The alignment sensors LLS10 and LLM10 are two measuring Technical specifications
units for shaft alignment either with the multi-function Laser type: line laser, visible red light
datalogger Leonova Diamond or with the LineLazer app. Laser output power: ≤ 1 mW
The alignment sensors are identical with exception of the Laser safety class: Class II
Laser wavelength: 635 nm (Typ.)
position of laser detector and the knob for adjustment of
Detector type: CMOS Linear image sensor
the laser on the alignment sensor marked M. The sensors Detector resolution: 7 µm
communicate wirelessly with Leonova Diamond and the Detector accuracy: ≤ 0.3% ±7µm
LineLazer app via Bluetooth. Detector protection: optical filtering (from ambient light)
Detector size (length): approx. 28.7 mm (≈ 1.13 in)
The alignment sensors provide maximum accuracy using a
Measuring range: up to 10m (32.8 ft)
spread laser beam in combination with a 28.7 mm detector. Inclinometer type: MEMS
Through digital filtering, the laser beam can be distinguished Inclinometer resolution: 0.01°
from interfering light sources. Both alignment sensors are Inclinometer accuracy: ≤ ± 0.2°
transmitters/detectors. Firmware: built in self diagnosis and functions
for calibration, signal processing
The alignment sensors have dual axis high precision Internal batteries: Li-ion, rechargable
inclinometers which measure the angle of rotation of both Operating time: > 12 hours normal use
alignment sensors at all times. This allows measurement in Operating temp.: −10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
fully automatic mode, with much less than a half-turn of the Keyboard: sealed membrane
shaft. Measurement results are displayed in 100 ths of mil- Control indicators: LED, red / yellow/ blue
Connector type: mini-B USB for communication and
limetres or 1000 ths of an inch.
battery charge
The alignment sensor control panel has LED indicators show- Communication: Bluetooth v4.0 Class II
ing battery status and communication mode. The batteries Housing: PC plastic / anodized aluminium
Protection: IP65
are recharged with the USB charger 90624.
Dimensions: LLS10; 86 x 81.5x 40mm
The LineLazer alignment kits contains alignment sensors, (3.4 x 3.2 x1.6 in)
brackets, chains, rods, battery charger, cables and a tape LLM10; 86 x 81.5x 46mm
measure – all in a convenient carrying case. The Bluetooth (3.4 x 3.2 x1.8 in)
Weight: approx. 230 g
dongle LLD10 for Leonova Diamond is included in LineLazer
alignment kit LLA450 and LLA451. These kits fits a multitude Part numbers
of applications, e.g. compressors, gearboxes, generators LLA450 LineLazer alignment kit for Leonova Diamond
and pumps. (TD-525)
LLA451 LineLazer alignment kit for Leonova Diamond,
without carrying case (TD-525)
LLA500 Alignment kit for LineLazer alignment app (TD-578)
LineLazer Alignment kit
LLS10 LLB26
LLM10
LLB12 TOL21
90624
LLB14
LLB13
MAA70
LLB11
LLB25 LLD10 CAS25A-1
The LineLazer Alignment kit LLA450 contains alignment precision inclinometers measure the angle of rotation of
sensors, brackets, chains, rods, battery charger, cables, both detector units at all times. This allows measurement
Bluetooth dongle and a tape measure – all in a convenient in fully automatic mode, with much less than a half-turn
carrying case. This kit fits a multitude of applications, of the shaft. Measurement results are displayed in 100ths
e.g. compressors, gearboxes, generators, and pumps. of millimetres or 1000ths of an inch. Specifications for the
Compensation values for thermal growth can be input. High alignment sensors, see TD-524.
LineLazer Alignment kit LLA 450 for Leonova Diamond

LLS10 1 pc. Alignment sensor, S position (TD-524) MAA70 1 pc. Tape measure
LLM10 1 pc. Alignment sensor, M position (TD-524) TOL21 1 pc. Torquing tool for chains and rods
90624 1 pc. Charger, dual USB, incl. interchangeble 81339 1 pc. Plastic box
AC plugs, 100–240V AC, 50-60 Hz, 17 W CAS25A-1 1 pc. Carrying case, plastic with foam insert
CAB94 2 pcs. Charger cable, USB Type A to Mini-B
USB, length 1.5 m Options
LLD10 1 pc. Bluetooth dongle for Leonova Diamond LLB26 Magnetic bracket
LLB25 2 pcs. Shaft bracket for chain
LLB11 2 pcs. Extension chain, length 1000 mm Spare parts
LLB12 2 pcs. Chain with tension adapter, length 500 mm LLB20 Supporting rod, 80 mm
LLB13 1 set Supporting rod, 80 mm, set of 4 LLB21 Supporting rod, 150 mm
LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA 451 for Leonova Diamond

The LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA451 contains the same equipment
as LLA450 but without the carrying case CAS25A-1.
CondID® – Condition Memory
7
Distance
max. 50 mm
45
30
CondID® is a contact free memory tag used for measuring

point recognition and condition memory, used with Leonova
Infinity and the “Logger” and “Expert” versions of Tester T30 Measuring
and Analyzer A30. Leonova Diamond and Leonova Emerald adapter
can not write data to CondID, but the tags can be used for CAP-02
measuring point recognition.
The memory tag is hung on the adapter cap or strapped in a

suitable place on the machine. It should not be mounted flat
against a metal surface. A distance of min. 3 mm between
metal surfaces and CondID is recommended.
CondID responds to a recognition signal when an SPM da-

talogger is held close to the tag. It contains all basic data
for its measuring point: number, name, and all measuring
techniques connected with it, complete with all input data.
If the measuring point is already loaded in the datalogger, it
will be displayed, else it will be added to those in the data Specifications:
logger memory. CondID also saves the measuring results Memory: 116 bytes
when the WRITE function is used after taking the readings. Supported techniques: dBm/dBc, LR/HR, ISO2372,
ISO10816, EVAM / FFT,
SPM data loggers automatically receive a communication RPM, user defined 1 & 2
code from Condmaster when a measuring round is down- and checkpoints (A30/T30,
loaded. Using the WRITE function, the data for the displayed Leonova Infinity)
measuring point are sent to a tag, thus linking it to the Resonance frequency: 125 ±6 kHz
measuring point. On uploading the round to Condmaster, Reading distance: max. 50 mm
the measuring point is marked with a CondID icon. To break Material: Glass fibre reinforced epoxy
the link, one simply removes this icon before downloading Protection class: IP66
the point. The tag can then be linked with another point. Operating temperature –40 to 85 °C
Environment: Suitable for indoors and
All tags are safeguarded and can only be read with SPM outdoors use
instruments. In addition, the user can set read and write Dimensions: 30 x 45 x 2 mm
passwords in Condmaster. These passwords are automati-
Part number: SPM 14489
cally sent to data logger and tag.
Patent no.: ZL97195901.3, US#6,499,349, US#6,725,723
The tag memory is 116 characters. If this is exceeded, e.g. by
long measuring point names, a menu will show that exceed-
ing data is excluded, starting with truncating the measuring
point name. The user can then edit the measuring point data
to fit the tag memory.
Tel +46 152 225 00 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2014-08. TD-151 B Rev.0
Headphones in eardefenders
EAR12 EAR13 EAR15
EAR12 /13 /15 are specially selected headphones providing

excellent sound reproduction even in noisy environments.
• lndividually sprung headband wires of stainless sprung

steel provide an even distribution of pressure around the
ears. Steel headband wires retain their resilience better
than plastic through a wide temperature range.
• Low, two-point fasteners and easy height adjustment with
no protruding parts.
• Soft, wide foam and fluid-filled sealing rings with built-in
pressure-evening channels provide low pressure, effective
Snap-mount (Z3E)
sealing and ideal comfort.
• Connection cord, 0.5 to 1.6 m, with a 3.5 mm stereoplug.
The headphones are tested and approved in accordance

with PPE directive (EU)2016/425, RoHS directive 2011/65/EU, positions: working position, ventilation position and parking
LVD directive 2014/35/EU, and EMC directive 2014/30/EU position. When in use, the cups must be placed in working
to meet the demands for CE labelling. position. Press the wires inward until you hear a click on
both sides. Make sure that the cup and the headband wire
Heaphones with headband, EAR12
in working position are not pressing on the helmet lining or
EAR12 is a headphone set with two earphones. It has a
the edge of your hardhat so that leakage can occur. Parking
collapsible headband for convenient storage when you are
position should not be used if the cups are damp inside after
not using the headphones with eardefenders.
an intense period of use.
Heaphones with neckband, EAR15
EAR15 is a headphone set with two earphones. It is Part numbers
equipped with neckband for use with or without helmet. EAR12 Headphones with headband
EAR13 Headpones with helmet brackets
Headphones for helmet, EAR13 EAR15 Headphone with neckband
The headphones EAR13 is a headphone set with one EAS10 Hygiene set (consists of two sets of attenuating
connected earphone. The headphones fit most safety helmets cushions and snap-in sealing rings)
available in the market today. The headphones have standard
Spare parts
snap-mounts (Z3E) and are adapted to a specific helmet by a
90386 Connection cord with 3.5 mm stereoplug
simple manipulation.
To mount the headphone, snap the helmet attachment into

the slot on the helmet. Note, The cups can be set in three
Headset with microphone
91015
EAR-16 EAR-17 EAR-18
EAR16/17/18 are specially selected headsets for Leonova

Diamond / Emerald, providing excellent sound reproduction
even in noisy environments. The headphones are equipped
with microphone for voice recording of comments to the
measuring points.
• Individually sprung headband wires of stainless sprung

than plastic through a wide temperature range.
no protruding parts. Snap-mount (Z3E)
pressure-equalizing channels provide low pressure, effec-
tive sealing and ideal comfort.
• Connection cord, 0.75 to 1.4 m, of soft spiral polyure- To mount the headphone, snap the helmet attachment into
thane with a 3.5 mm stereo plug. the slot on the helmet. Note! The cups can be set in three
positions: working position, ventilation position and parking
The headsets are tested and approved in accordance with
position. When in use, the cups must be placed in working
PPE directive 89/686/EEC and EMC directive 89/336/EEC
position. Press the wires inward until you hear a click on
to meet the demands for CE labelling.
Headset with headband, EAR16 in working position are not pressing on the helmet lining or
EAR16 is a headset with two parallel connected earphones the edge of your hard hat so that leakage can occur. Parking
and a microphone. It has a collapsible headband for position should not be used if the cups are damp inside after
convenient storage when you are not using the headset. an intense period of use.
Headset, EAR18
EAR18 is a headset with two parallel connected earphones Part numbers
and a microphone. It has a neckband for use with or without EAR16 Headset with headband
helmet. A soft headband with velcro is optional. EAR17 Headset with helmet brackets
EAR18 Headset with neckband
Headset for helmet, EAR17 EAS11 Hygiene set (consists of two sets of attenuating
The headset with microphone EAR17 is a headset with two cushions and snap-in sealing rings.)
parallel connected earphones and a microphone. The head- 91015 Headband with velcro for EAR18
set fits most safety helmets available in the market today.
The headphones have standard snap-mounts (Z3E) and are
adapted to a specific helmet by simple manipulation.
SPM Electronic Stethoscope ELS 14
ELT10
ELS14
CAS24
EAR12 EAR13 EAR15
The SPM Electronic Stethoscope ELS14 is a sensitive and The stethoscope comes with an internal micro SD card and
easy to use listening device for locating the source of me- recording capabilities, enabling sounds to be played back
chanical noise. Bearing condition, gear and pump noise and from the device and also stored as sound files for later or
the operation of relays and solenoids are just a few of the further evaluation.
many sounds that may be identified, amplified and assessed.
Headphones equipped with ear defenders effectively shut
Low, middle, high or no filter can be selected in order to out ambient noise.
single out relevant frequencies.
Part numbers Technical specifications

ELS14 KIT Complete kit: electronic stethoscope ELS14 incl. Frequency range: 30 Hz to 20 kHz
batteries and SD card, probe set ELT10, head- Enclosure: PC/ABS, IP55
phones EAR12 and carrying case CAS24. Keypad: sealed, snap action
ELS14 Electronic Stethoscope incl. batteries and SD card LED indicators: power on, volume, filter mode,
ELT10 Probe set, 60 and 290 mm recording, low battery
EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders Volume control: adjustable in 10 steps
EAR13 Headphones with eardefenders for helmet Auto power off: 10 min after use
EAR15 Headphones with eardefenders with neckband Filters: low, middle, high, unfiltered
CAS24 Carrying case, plastic with modular insert, Recording: max. 10 files, up to 7.5 min./file
326x222x116 mm File format: WAV
Memory: micro SDHC card
Spare parts Output connector: 3.5 mm stereo mini plug for
EAS10 Hygiene set (consists of two sets of attenuating headphones
cushions and snap-in sealing rings) Battery: 2xAA / R6 cells
90604 Memory card, micro SDHC 4 GB, incl. SD Battery life: > 30 hours (continuous use)
adapter Ambient temp.: –10° to + 60 °C (14° to 140 °F)
Dimensions: 213x48x38 mm excl. probe
Weight: 295 g incl. batteries and 60 mm
probe
2
2
Continuous Monitoring Systems
Intellinova® Parallel EN – System unit INCEN8
230
250
288
The Intellinova Parallel EN system unit is a powerful measur- Group Measurement enables measurement assignments to
ing unit for continuous monitoring of machine condition. trigger multiple system units. The Live View in Condmas-
The unit communicates with Condmaster Ruby® via standard ter Ruby is used for monitoring the state of all connected
Ethernet in a LAN network. For a complete online monitoring devices.
solution, including system unit INCEN8 and a cabinet, see
The system unit is equipped with parallel measuring logic,
technical data sheet TD-566.
alarm, storing and analysis logic. The unit has status LED
By collecting vibration and/or shock pulse readings from up indicators and USB connection for setup of the system.
to eight channels connected in parallel to two digital signal
The communication application Condmaster Entity Server
processors, and four RPM channels, INCEN8 allows condition
transmits measuring assignments to, and reads the results
measurement on complex applications. Utilizing dual proces-
from, the system unit. The Entity Server also controls the
sor capacity on eight channels in parallel provides maximum
measurement operations, data processing and storage.
flexibility. Two digital inputs and two digital outputs can be
used for connection to machine stop, alarm light, or other Both vibration and shock pulse measurements can be
external devices, directly or via external relays. The system performed using DuoTech® accelerometers.
unit also has two analog inputs which can be used to accept
process parameters.
Memory: SD card, SDXC Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
Communication: USB 2.0, Ethernet TCP / IP, 1000 Flat Top
Mbps Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT
Power range: 12 to 35 V DC, max. 50 W exponential, FFT peak-hold
Operating temperature: −20 to +60 °C (−4 to +140 °F) Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800,
Storage temperature: −20 to +85 °C (−4 to +185 °F) 25600
Relative humidity: 10 to 90% (non-condensing) Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE
Dimensions (w x h x d): 288x230x40 mm (ICP) type transducers
(11.3x9.1x1.6 in)
RPM
Condition monitoring Inputs: 4, parallel
Measuring channels: 8, parallel Transducer type: proximity switch or tachometer
Measuring methods: ISO2372, ISO10816, HD ENV, FFT sensor
with symptoms, EVAM vibration Measuring range: 0.1 to 1 500 000 rpm (when 1
analysis, SPM HD, LR/HR HD, Orbit pulse/rev)
Measuring functions: Time based measurement, Group
measurement, Linked measurement, Digital channels
Idle time measurement, etc. Inputs/outputs: 2/2
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz Analog channels
Measuring range: ≥60g peak-peak (using 100mV/g Inputs: 2
transducer) Measuring range: 0 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g
transducer) Part number INCEN8
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2019-08. TD-565 B Rev.1
Intellinova® Parallel EN – System INSEN8
400
8
3 L N
7
5
4 6
400 210
1. System unit INCEN8 4. 2 x Cable inlet PG29 7. 1 x Blind plug PG11

2. Cabinet IND8 5. 4xBlind plug PG29 8. Power supply unit
3. DIN rail 6. 2 x Cable inlet PG11
INSEN8 is an advanced online system for continuous The system communicates with Condmaster Ruby via
monitoring of machine condition. The Intellinova system is standard Ethernet in a LAN network. The Group Measure-
comprised of system unit INCEN8, cabinet IND8, internal ment function enables measurement assignments to trigger
cabling and terminals for power supply. It is complete with multiple system units. In Condmaster, the Live View is used
power supply unit and DIN rail. for monitoring the state of all connected devices.
By collecting vibration and/or shock pulse readings from The system unit is equipped with parallel measuring logic,
up to eight channels connected in parallel to two digital alarm, storing and analysis logic. It has status LED indica-
signal processors, and four RPM channels, the system allows tors and USB connection for setup of the system. Technical
condition measurement on complex applications. Utilizing specifications for INCEN8, see technical data sheet TD-565.
dual processor capacity on eight channels in parallel pro- Accessories for INSEN8, see technical data sheet TD-289.
vides maximum flexibility. Two digital inputs and two digital
IND8 is an industrial enclosure designed for encapsulation of
outputs can be used for connection to machine stop, alarm
INCEN8. The cabinet, intended for wall mounting, is robust
light, or other external devices, directly or via external relays.
and sealed for use in harsh environments.
The system also has two analog inputs which can be used
to accept process parameters.
Technical specifications Options

Design, enclosure: powder-coated/stainless steel, IP65 INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
Power supply unit: 100 -240 VAC/24 V DC, INO32 Power switch, incl. cabling
60 W, 50-60 Hz INO33 Displacement signal interface (TD-549)
Cable channels: 3 pcs, plastic INO34 Wireless 4G router (TD-550)
Cable inlets: 2xPG29 INO35 LAN Ethernet switch (TD-503)
2xPG11 15885 Cable inlet, PG11, for cable 6-11.5 mm, IP68,
Weight: approx. 11 kg (24 Ibs) brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing (TD-289)
18034 Cable inlet, PG29, for 8 measuring cables diam.
Part numbers 5.5 mm, IP65, brass/nickel-plated (TD-289)
INSEN8 Intellinova Parallel EN system (INCEN8+IND8) 18035 Cable inlet, PG29, diam. 16-26 mm, IP68, brass/
INSEN8SS Intellinova Parallel EN system (INCEN8+IND8SS) nickel-plated (TD-289)
INCEN8 System unit 81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
IND8 Cabinet in powder-coated steel,
400x400x 210 mm (15.7x15.7x8.3 in)
IND8SS Cabinet in stainless steel,
400x400x 210 mm (15.7x15.7x8.3 in)
Intellinova® Parallel EN – System unit INCEN16
94 93 92 91 102 101 100 99 121 120 119 118 117 131 130 129 128 127 141 140 139 138 137 151 150 149 148 147
83 82 81 80 79 78 77
98 97 96 95 106 105 104 103
90 89 88 87 86 85 84
126 125 124 123 122 136 135 134 133 132 146 145 144 143 142 156 155 154 153 152
VIO−
VIO+
PWR
250
ETHERNET SPEED
ETHERNET LINK
TRANSDUCER INPUTS
ETH
400
The Intellinova Parallel EN system unit is a powerful measur- Group Measurement enables measurement assignments to
ing unit for continuous monitoring of machine condition. trigger multiple system units. The Live View in Condmas-
The unit communicates with Condmaster Ruby® via standard ter Ruby is used for monitoring the state of all connected
Ethernet in a LAN network. For a complete online monitor- devices.
ing solution, including system unit INCEN16 and cabinet
IND16, see technical data sheet TD-545.
alarm, storing and analysis logic. The unit has status LED
By collecting vibration and/or shock pulse readings from up indicators and USB connection for setup of the system.
to sixteen parallel channels and eight RPM channels, the
The communication application Condmaster Entity Server
system allows condition measurement on complex applica-
transmits measuring assignments to, and reads the results
tions. Four digital inputs and four digital outputs can be
from, the system unit. The Entity Server also controls the
used for connection to machine stop, alarm light, or other
measurement operations, data processing and storage.
external devices, directly or via external relays. The system
also has four analog inputs which can be used to accept Both vibration and shock pulse measurements can be
process parameters. performed using DuoTech® accelerometers.
Memory: SD card, SDXC Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
Communication: USB 2.0, Ethernet TCP/IP, 1000 Flat Top
Mbps Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT
Power range: 12 to 35 V DC, max. 50 W exponential, FFT peak-hold
Operating temperature: −20 to +60 °C (−4 to +140 °F) Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800,
Storage temperature: −20 to +85 °C (−4 to +185 °F) 25600
Relative humidity: 10 to 90% (non-condensing) Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE
Dimensions (w x h x d): 400x275x40 mm (ICP) type transducers
(15.7x10.8x1.6 in)
RPM
Condition monitoring Inputs: 8, parallel
Measuring channels: 16, parallel Transducer type: proximity switch or tachometer
Measuring methods: ISO2372, ISO10816, HD ENV, FFT sensor
with symptoms, EVAM vibration Measuring range: 0.1 to 1 500 000 rpm (when 1
analysis, SPM HD, LR/HR HD, Orbit pulse/rev)
Measuring functions: Time based measurement,
Digital channels
Group measurement, Linked
Inputs/outputs: 4/4
measurement, Idle time
measurement, etc. Analog channels
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz Inputs: 4
Measuring range: ≥60g peak-peak (using 100mV/g Measuring range: 0 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V
transducer)
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g Part number INCEN16
transducer)
600
3
7 8
5
6
4
500* 210
1. System unit INCEN16 4. Cable inlets 18034 (PG29) 7. Power switch (optional)
2. Cabinet IND16 5. Blind plugs for additional inlets 8. Power supply unit
3. DIN rail 6. Cable inlets 15885 (PG11) and *600 mm in stainless steel
18122 (M20)
comprised of system unit INCEN16, cabinet IND16, internal ment function enables measurement assignments to trigger
cabling and terminals for power supply. It is complete with multiple system units. In Condmaster, the Live View is used
power supply unit and DIN rail. for monitoring the state of all connected devices.
By collecting vibration and/or shock pulse readings from up The system unit is equipped with parallel measuring logic,
to 16 parallel channels and eight RPM channels, the system alarm, storing and analysis logic. It has status LED indica-
allows condition measurement on complex applications. tors and USB connection for setup of the system. Technical
Four digital inputs and four digital outputs can be used for specifications for INCEN16, see technical data sheet TD-543.
connection to machine stop, alarm light, or other external Accessories for INSEN16, see technical data sheet TD-289.
devices, directly or via external relays. The system also has
IND16 is an industrial enclosure in powder-coated steel
four analog inputs which can be used to accept process
designed for encapsulation of INCEN16. The cabinet,
parameters.
intended for wall mounting, is robust and sealed for use
in harsh environments. It is also available in stainless steel.

Design, enclosure: powder-coated steel or stainless steel, INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
IP65 INO32 Power switch, incl. cabling
Power supply unit: 100 -240 VAC/24 V DC, 60 W, 50-60 Hz INO33 Displacement signal interface (TD-549)
Cable channels: 2 pcs, plastic INO34 Wireless 4G router* (TD-550)
Cable inlets: 2xPG29 (18034) INO35 Gigabit switch* (TD-503)
1xPG11 (15885) 15808 Cable inlet, PG7, for cable 2.5-6.5 mm, IP68,
1xM20 (18122) brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing (TD-289)
Weight: approx. 22 kg (49 Ibs) 15885 Cable inlet, PG11, for cable 6-11.5 mm, IP68,
brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing (TD-289)
Part numbers 18034 Cable inlet, PG29, for 8 measuring cables diam.
INSEN16 Intellinova Parallel EN system 5.5 mm, IP65, brass/nickel-plated (TD-289)
(INCEN16+IND16) 18035 Cable inlet, PG29, diam. 16-26 mm, IP68, brass/
INSEN16SS Intellinova Parallel EN system nickel-plated (TD-289)
(INCEN16+IND16SS) 18122 Cable inlet, M20, for cable 4-10 mm, IP68, brass/
INCEN16 System unit nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing
IND16 Cabinet in powder-coated steel, 81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
500x600x210 mm (19.7x23.6x8.3 in) * INO34 and INO35 cannot be used together
IND16SS Cabinet in stainless steel,
600x 600x210 mm (23.6x23.6x8.3 in)
3
Transcend
1GB
1
4
2
V- V+
8
NL
600
4
18/36Vdc 35W
IP00
MAC xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
SPM Instrument
Strängnäs Sweden
6
5 7
500 210
1. INCEN32 (2xINCEN16 system units) 4. DIN rails 7. Cable inlets PG11 and M20
2. Cabinet IND32 5. Cable inlets PG29 8. Power supply unit
3. LED panel INO53 6. Blind plugs for additional inlets
comprised of INCEN32 (2xINCEN16 system units), cabinet ment function enables measurement assignments to trigger
IND32, internal cabling and terminals for power supply. It is multiple system units. In Condmaster, the Live View is used
complete with power supply unit and DIN rail. for monitoring the state of all connected devices.
By collecting vibration and/or shock pulse readings from up The system unit is equipped with parallel measuring logic,
to 32 parallel channels and 16 RPM channels, the system alarm, storing and analysis logic. It has status LED indica-
allows condition measurement on complex applications. tors and USB connection for setup of the system. Technical
Eight digital inputs and eight digital outputs can be used for specifications for INCEN16, see technical data sheet TD-543.
connection to machine stop, alarm light, or other external Accessories for INSEN32, see technical data sheet TD-289.
devices, directly or via external relays. The system also has
IND32 is an industrial enclosure in powder-coated steel
eight analog inputs which can be used to accept process
designed for encapsulation of two system units INCEN16.
parameters.
The cabinet, intended for wall mounting, is robust and
sealed for use in harsh environments.

Design, enclosure: powder-coated steel, IP65 INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
Power supply unit: 100 -240 VAC/24 V DC, INO17 Key phasor interface, incl. 12V power supply unit*
60 W, 50-60 Hz INO32 Power switch, incl. cabling
Cable channels: 3 pcs, plastic INO33 Displacement signal interface (TD-549)
Cable inlets: 4xPG29 (18034) INO34 Wireless 4G router** (TD-550)
1xPG11 (15885) INO35 Gigabit switch** (TD-503)
2xM20 (18122) INO51 Terminal blocks 72 pcs, incl. cabling
Weight: approx. 22 kg (49 Ibs) 15808 Cable inlet, PG7, for cable 2.5-6.5 mm, IP68,
brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing (TD-289)
Part numbers 15885 Cable inlet, PG11, for cable 6-11.5 mm, IP68,
INSEN32 Intellinova Parallel EN system brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing (TD-289)
(INCEN32+IND32) 18034 Cable inlet, PG29, for 8 measuring cables diam.
INCEN32 2xINCEN16 system units 5.5 mm, IP65, brass/nickel-plated (TD-289)
IND32 Cabinet in powder-coated steel, 18035 Cable inlet, PG29, diam. 16-26 mm, IP68, brass/
500x600x210 mm (19.7x23.6x8.3 in) nickel-plated (TD-289)
18122 Cable inlet, M20, for cable 4-10 mm, IP68, brass/
Spare parts nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing
INO53 LED panel for system unit 81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
* INO17 will not fit in the cabinet if INO51 is used
** INO34 and INO35 cannot be used together
Intellinova® Parallel EN – Systems for 19" Rack
Z
1
Z
1
1. Only available for INR30 15881/15882/15883/15884 INO30
84 -PWR- 90 95 -DIO2- 98 103 -DIO4- 106 122 -RPM2- 126 132 -RPM4- 136 142 -RPM6- 146 152 -RPM8- 156
USB
SD CARD USB2
ETH 8 -AI2- 14 22 -AI4- 28 32-CH2-34 38-CH4-40 44-CH6-46 50-CH8-52 56-CH10-58 62-CH12-64 68-CH14-70 74-CH16-76
1 -AI1- 7 15 -AI3- 21 29-CH1-31 35-CH3-37 41-CH5-43 47-CH7-49 53-CH9-55 59-CH11-61 65-CH13-67 71-CH15-73
USB
SD CARD USB2
ETH 8 -AI2- 14 22 -AI4- 28 32-CH2-34 38-CH4-40 44-CH6-46 50-CH8-52 56-CH10-58 62-CH12-64 68-CH14-70 74-CH16-76
1 -AI1- 7 15 -AI3- 21 29-CH1-31 35-CH3-37 41-CH5-43 47-CH7-49 53-CH9-55 59-CH11-61 65-CH13-67 71-CH15-73
8.5
366 36 483
Intellinova Parallel EN is an advanced online system for can be used for connection to machine stop, alarm light,
continuous monitoring of machine condition. The Intellinova or other external devices, directly or via external relays.
systems for 19 inch rack mounting allow either one (INR31) The system also has four/eight* analog inputs which can be
or two (INR30) built-in system units, INCEN16. The back used to accept process parameters.
panels are equipped with Ethernet connection and terminals
The system communicates with Condmaster Ruby via
for external power supply, analog inputs and digital inputs/
standard Ethernet in a LAN network. The Group Measure-
outputs. INR30/INR31 has LED indicators on the front panel
ment function enables measurement assignments to trigger
showing its status. Power supply unit, earth rail and clamping
multiple system units. In Condmaster, the Live View is used
yokes are ordered separately. The accessories are intended
for monitoring the state of all connected devices.
for mounting on the DIN rail included in INO30.
The system units have parallel measuring logic, alarm, stor-
By collecting vibration and/or shock pulse readings from up
ing and analysis logic. INCEN16 has USB connection for
to 16/32* parallel channels and 8/16* RPM channels, the sys-
setup of the system. Technical specifications for INCEN16,
tem allows condition measurement on complex applications.
see technical data sheet TD-543.
Four/eight* digital inputs and four/eight* digital outputs
*Depending on whether INR31 (first number) or INR30 (second number)
is used.

Design, enclosure: Clear-Chromated Aluminium, IP20 INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
Power supply: 12 to 35 V DC, 50 W INO17 Key Phasor Interface, 2 channels (TD-299)
Operating temperature: –20 to +55 °C (−4 to 131 °F) INO28 Power supply unit, 100 to 240 V, 50 W (TD-323)
Storage temperature: −20 to +80 °C (−4 to 176 °F) INO30 Earth rail with mounting brackets, DIN
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) INO33 Displacement signal interface (TD-549)
Dimensions (w x h x d): 483 (19") x 132 (3U) x 366 mm INO34 Wireless 4G router (TD-550)
Weight: approx. 5.2 kg (11.5 lbs) INO35 Gigabit switch (TD-549)
15881 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 3-8 mm
Part numbers 15882 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 4-13.5 mm
INR30 Intellinova Parallel EN rack system 15883 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 10-20 mm
(2xINCEN16, rack-mounted) 15884 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 15-32 mm
INR31 Intellinova Parallel EN rack system 90419 SD card, 2 GB
(1xINCEN16, rack-mounted)
Intellinova® Parallel EN – Portable system
INCEN16 18/36Vdc 35W

IP00
MAC xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
S/N: YYWWNNN
SPM Instrument
Strängnäs Sweden
The portable system INSEN16 P is comprised of a system The carrying case has M12 connectors for 16 transducer
unit INCEN16 mounted in a sturdy MIL standard plastic inputs, four RPM inputs, two analog inputs and two digital
carrying case INO50 with connectors, internal measuring inputs/outputs. The case has exterior power supply inlet
cables and a power supply unit. The case fits a full-blown and network connector.
Intellinova system, using all the same components as the
non-portable version and with all the features.
alarm, storing and analysis logic. It has status LED indica-
INSEN16 P allows rapid installation and is ideal for test tors and USB connection for setup of the system. Technical
installations, temporary monitoring of critical machines, etc. It specifications for INCEN16, see technical data sheet TD-543.
can also be used as a multichannel logger with data acquisition
Both vibration and shock pulse measurements can be
based on various triggers when connected to a network.
performed using DuoTech® accelerometers.
Technical specifications Part numbers

Design, case: copolymer, neoprene seals, INSEN16 P Portable online system ( INCEN16+ INO50)
automatic purge valve, IP67 INCEN16 System unit (TD-543)
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) INO50 Case (excl. INCEN16)
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) INO52 Wireless 4G router, omni-directional antenna
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) 90460, connector and 10 m cable (TD-550)
Input connectors: 16xM12 for condition monitoring,
4xM12 for RPM inputs, 2xM12
for analog inputs, 2xM12 for
digital inputs/outputs, network
connector RJ45
Power supply: 100 to 240 V AC/24VDC,
50/60 Hz, max. 10 A
Power inlet: M12 inlet with cable connector
CEE 7/7, 2 m
Dimensions (w x h x d): 530x437x217 mm
(20.9x17.2x8.5 inches)
Weight: approx. 10 kg (22 lbs) including
system unit
Intellinova® Parallel EN – Portable system, INSEN8 P
The portable Intellinova system INSEN8 P is comprised of Technical specifications

the system unit INCEN8 (see TD-565) mounted in a sturdy Design, case: copolymer, neoprene seals,
MIL standard plastic carrying case INO55 with connectors, automatic purge valve, IP67
internal measuring cables and a power supply unit. The case Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F)
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F)
fits a full-blown Intellinova system, using all the same compo-
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing)
nents as the non-portable version and with all the features. Input connectors: 8xM12 for condition monitoring,
INSEN8 P allows rapid installation and is ideal for test 4xM12 for RPM inputs, 2xM12
for analog inputs, 2xM12 for
installations, temporary monitoring of critical machines, etc.
digital inputs/outputs, network
The portable system can also be used as a multichannel
connector RJ45
logger with data acquisition based on various triggers when Power supply: 100 to 240 V AC/24VDC,
connected to a network. 50/60 Hz, max. 10 A
Power inlet: M12 inlet with cable connector
The carrying case has M12 connectors for eight transducer
CEE 7/7, 2 m
inputs, four RPM inputs, two analog inputs, and two digital Dimensions (w x h x d): 464x366x176 mm
inputs/outputs. The case has exterior power supply inlet (18.4x14.4x6.9 inches)
and network connector. Weight: approx. 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs) including
system unit
The Intellinova system unit is equipped with parallel mea-
suring logic, alarm, storing and analysis logic. It has status Part numbers
LED indicators and USB connection for setup of the system. INSEN8 P Portable online system ( INCEN8+ INO55),
incl. connectors, internal measuring cables,
Both vibration and shock pulse measurements can be
power cable EU, and power supply unit
performed using DuoTech® accelerometers. INCEN8 System unit (TD-565)
INO55 Carrying case (excl. INCEN8)
Options
INO56 Wireless router 90679, incl. 4G and Wi-Fi
antennas (TD-632)
Intellinova® Parallel MB – System INS50
(IND50SS: 400 mm)

300
300
System INS50 consists of an industrial enclosure designed The cabinet, intended for wall installation, is sealed for use
for encapsulation of up to two Intellinova Parallel INSMB4V in harsh environments. It has a flange with cable inlets for
units. The cabinet is equipped with a power supply unit and measuring cables, power supply, and communication cables.
terminal blocks for power connection. Measurement units
Intellinova Parallel MB measurement unit is described on
and WLAN Ethernet unit or 4G router can be included in
the technical data sheet TD-517.
the prepared cabinet.

Design, enclosure: powder-coated steel (IND50) or IND50 Cabinet in powder-coated steel, incl. power
stainless steel (IND50SS), IP65 supply unit and cabling
Communication: Ethernet TCP/IP, 100 Mbit IND50SS Cabinet in stainless steel, incl. power supply
DIN rails: for up to two INSMB4V units, plus unit and cabling
one rail for terminals and power
supply unit Options
Cable inlets: 2xPG29 INO40 INSMB4V unit(s) incl. cabling, installed in cabinet
3xPG11 INO47 WLAN Ethernet unit, installed in cabinet
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC/24 V DC, 60 W, INO48 4G router incl. cabling, installed in cabinet (TD-550)
50 to 60 Hz PRO230 Offline configuration software
Terminal blocks: 3 pcs for connection of the power 15484 Communication cable, USB - 3.5 stereo plug
supply unit and 3 pcs for connection 90458 External antenna cable with connectors, 10 m
of Modbus and internal power 90460 Omni-directional antenna for INO48
supply unit 90500 External antenna cable with connectors, 0.75 m
Operating temperature: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 122 °F) 90580 External antenna cable with connectors, 2 m
Storage temperature: −20 to +70 °C (−4 to 158 °F) 90598 Antenna and 5 m cable for INO47
Cable channels: 2 pcs, plastic
Dimensions (w x h x d): 300x300x210 mm (IND50)
300x400x210 mm (IND50SS)
Weight: approx. 11 kg (IND50) or 9 kg
(IND50SS) incl. Intellinova
Parallel MB measurement units
Intellinova® Parallel MB VIB/Dual technology – INSMB4V
Intellinova Parallel MB VIB/Dual technology is a small unit for Technical specifications

parallel measurement on four channels, monitoring operat- Measuring channels: 4, measuring in parallel
ing condition by means of: Measuring range, VIB: > 50 g peak-peak
• Vibration measurement (ACC, VEL, DISP rms, HD ENV) (using 100 mV/g transducers)
Measuring range, SPM: 0 to 75 dB
• Symptom values (BPFO etc.)
Resolution: 7 µg /√Hz 0.5 - 40 000 Hz
• Spectrum using 100 mV/g transducers
• Time signal Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12 800
• Shock pulse measurement incl. lubrication condition Transducer type, VIB: SLD, SLC DuoTech or standard
(HDm/HDc, LR/HR) IEPE type accelerometer
Transducer type, SPM: SLC DuoTech accelerometer
The ACC, VEL and DISP rms values are measured RPM channels: RPM 1 and RPM 2 (parallel meas.),
within a user defined frequency range. The symptoms proximity switches, 1 - 120 000 rpm
are defined by the user as a fundamental frequency (when 1 pulse/rev.)
and its harmonics where sidebands can be included. Digital In/Out: 6, configurable as input or output
Digital output: 24 V / 0.8 A per channel,
A spectrum or time signal can also be generated for further
max 3 A all channels
processing. A cumulative moving average is calculated for Alarm delay type 1: 0 to 1000 measurements
all measured parameters and symptoms. These averages Alarm delay type 2: 0 to 1800 s (= 30 min)
can also be used to trigger alarms. Both vibration and shock Status indicatiors: green/red LED for every channel
pulse measurements can be performed using DuoTech ac- indicating condition status and
celerometers that use a standard IEPE interface. one LED for overall status
Communication: Modbus RTU
A DIO (Digital Input Output) configured as an input can Isolated output: BNC connector that the user can
be used to activate a measurement. Measuring results and select to connect to ch annel 1 - 4
symptom values are compared with an alarm level set up Power supply: 24 V DC (15 to 36 V)
and can activate any of the 6 DIOs which can control, e.g. Power consumption: <3 W
Temperature range: 0 to 50 °C
a relay. Alarms can be set with or without delay, based
Enclosure: aluminum
either on time or number of measurements. The unit can be
Mounting: DIN rail
set up to repeat its configured measurements as often as Dimensions: 105.4 x 99.0 x 72.7 mm
possible, and a LED for every channel indicates the status Weight: 370 g
of the latest measurement. Two RPM inputs can be used for Cable lengths: VIB, SPM, RPM, DIO < 30 m
measurements based on order tracking.
Accessories
The unit can operate in online or offline mode, selected by 15484 Communication cable, USB - 3.5 stereo plug
rotary switches on the front. When set to online mode, the PRO230 Offline configuration software
unit operates as a Modbus RTU where the Modbus master
configures the measurements and reads the result. When run
in offline mode, the measurements are defined in an internal
text file created in the configuration software PRO230. The
text file can contain a large number of unique configurations
selected with the rotary switches on the front panel. The text
file is transferred to the unit using the COM port, which is
also used for updating the firmware.
Intellinova® Parallel MB SPM – INSMB4S
Intellinova Parallel MB SPM is a small unit for parallel meas- Technical specifications
urement on four channels, monitoring operating condition Measuring channels: 4, measuring in parallel,
by means of: TNC connectors
• Shock pulse measurement incl. lubrication condition Measuring range: –20 to 75 dB
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
(HDm/HDc, LR/HR, dBm/dBc)
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series
• Symptom values (BPFO, etc.) RPM channels: RPM1 and RPM2 (parallel meas.),
• Spectrum proximity switches, 1 - 120 000 rpm
• Time signal (when 1 pulse/rev.)
DIO: 6, configurable as input or output
Shock pulse values are raw values that after normalization
Digital output: 24 V / 0.8 A per channel,
show the status of e.g. a bearing. Symptom is an rms value max 3 A all channels
based on a fundamental frequency and a number of harmon- Alarm delay type 1: 0 to 1000 measurements
ics with or without sidebands. A spectrum or a time signal Alarm delay type 2: 0 to 1800 s (=30 min)
can also be generated for further processing. A cumulative Status indicators: green/red LED for every channel
moving average is calculated for all measured parameters indicating condition status and
and symptoms. These averages can also be used to trigger one LED for overall status
Communication: Modbus RTU
alarms.
Isolated output: BNC connector that the user can
A DIO (Digital Input Output) configured as an input can be select to connect to channel 1 - 4
used to activate a measurement. Alarms can be set with or Voltage supply: 24 V DC (15 - 36 V, not distributed
DC supply)
without delay, based either on time or number of measure-
Power consumption: 5 W
ments. Measuring results and symptom values are compared Temperature range: –40 to +70 °C
with the alarm level set up and can activate any of the 6 DIOs Enclosure: aluminum
that can control a relay. The unit can be set up to repeat Mounting: DIN rail
its configured measurements as often as possible, and the Dimensions: 144x105.4x72.7 mm
status of the latest reading is indicated with a LED for every Weight: 550 g
channel. Two RPM inputs can be used for measurements Cable lengths: SPM, RPM, DIO < 30 m
based on order tracking.
Accessories
The unit can operate in online or offline mode, selected by
15484 Communication cable, USB - 3.5 stereo plug
rotary switches on the front. When set to online mode, the PRO230 Offline configuration software
unit operates as a Modbus RTU where the Modbus master
configures the measurements and reads the result. When
run in offline mode, the measurements are defined in an
internal text file, which can contain a large number of unique
configurations selected with the rotary switches. The text file
is transferred to the unit using the COM port, which is also
used for updating the firmware.
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS06
2
1 3
300
5
6 7 8 9 300 155
1. Circuit board with input and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 7. Inlets 2 x Pg7 for RPM/DI cables*
terminals 5. Earth rail with screw terminals 8. Inlet M25 for 6 measuring cables*
2. Ethernet LAN connector RJ45 6. Inlet Pg11 for power supply cable* 9. Inlet M20 for network cable*
3. SD memory card *for stainless steel (INS06SS), see below
The system unit INS06 in the Intellinova Compact series is a ments set up in Condmaster® Ruby. The unit has three digital
small and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays to machine
of machine condition. The system unit is complete with power stop, external warning lamp, etc.
supply unit, DIN rail with screw terminals for earth connections The unit is equipped with multiplexing measuring logic, alarm,
and space for optional equipment. The enclosure is intended for storing and analysis logic. It is connected via standard Ethernet
wall mounting and sealed IP66 for use in harsh environments. in a LAN network. The circuit board is equipped with status LED
INS06 measures bearing condition on four channels, vibration indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
on two channels and analog signals on three channels. Two RPM setup of the unit.
transducers can be connected and linked to measuring assign-
Technical specifications Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel (INS06) or stainless Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential,
steel (INS06SS), IP66 FFT peak-hold
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE
(ICP®) type transducers with a nominal
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A bias output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Digital Inputs
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital / RPM inputs: 2 channels, multiplexing
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
Dimensions (w x h x d): INS06: 300x300 x155 mm (11.8 x11.8x 6.1in) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
INS06SS: 380x380x210 mm (15x15x8.3 in)
Digital Outputs
Cable inlets: INS06: 2xPg7, Pg11, M25, M20
INS06SS: 4xM16, 2xM25, M20 Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
Weight: INS06: approx. 6.7 kg (14.8 lbs) Analog Inputs
INS06SS: approx 11.7 kg (26 lbs)
Input channels: 3
Bearing Monitoring Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Measuring methods: SPM HD, LR/HR HD Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Measuring channels: 4, multiplexing Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Measuring range SPMHD: –20 to 80 dBsv Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Measuring range LR/HR: –19 to 80 dBsv Cable length: max. 100 m
Amplitude scale unit: HDm / HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD,
SPM Spectrum HD
Transducer line test: TLT test
Part numbers
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with connector 12775 INS06 Intellinova Compact system unit, enamelled steel
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for coaxial cables INS06SS Intellinova Compact system unit, stainless steel
Vibration Monitoring Accessories

Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO 10816, HD ENV, 12775 Connector for coaxial cable
FFT with symptoms, EVAM IND09 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Measuring range: ≥60g peak-peak (using 100mV/g transd.) 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g transd.) 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS06W
2
1
3
10
300
5
6 7 8 9
300 155
1. Circuit board with in- and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 8. Inlet M32 for 6 measuring cables
terminals 5. Earth rail with screw terminals 9. Connector for external antenna
2. Ethernet LAN connector RJ45 6. Inlet Pg11 for power supply cable 10. 3G router
3. SD memory card 7. Inlets 2 x Pg7 for RPM / DI cables
The system unit INS06W in the Intellinova Compact series is a assignments set up in Condmaster®. The unit has three digital
small and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays to machine
of machine condition. It is complete with power supply unit, 3G stop, external warning lamp, etc The circuit board is equipped
router, external antenna, DIN rail with screw terminals for earth with status LED indicators and a SD memory card used for data
connections and space for optional equipment. The enclosure, buffering and setup of the system unit.
intended for wall mounting, is robust and sealed for use in harsh
The built-in 3G router is designed to provide remote connectiv-
environments.
ity across mobile networks. It is connected via a 10/100 Ether-
INS06W measures bearing condition on four channels, vibration net switch and supports a wide variety of wireless standards.
on two channels and analog signals on three channels. Two Specifications for the 3G router (SPM 90619) is stated on the
RPM transducers can be connected and linked to measuring technical data sheet TD-521B.
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g
Memory: SD card, 2 GB transducer)
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
Wireless: 3G router incl. omni-directional antenna Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential,
and 0.75 m antenna cable (see TD-521B) FFT peak-hold
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
type transducers with a nominal bias
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) Digital Inputs
Dimensions (w x h x d): 300 x 300 x 155 mm (11.8 x 11.8 x 6.1 in) Digital / RPM inputs: 2 channels, multiplexing
Weight: approx. 8.2 kg (18 lbs) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
Bearing Monitoring RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Measuring methods: SPM HD, LR/HR HD Digital Outputs
Measuring channels: 4, multiplexing Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
Measuring range SPMHD: –20 to 80 dBsv
Analog Inputs
Measuring range LR/HR: –19 to 80 dBsv
Input channels: 3
SPM Spectrum HD Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Transducer line test: TLT test Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with connector 12775 Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for use with Input resistance: current 100 Ω
coaxial cable Cable length: max. 100 m
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO 10816, HD ENV,
12775 Connector for coaxial cable
IND09 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz
IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g
transducer) 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
90458 Antenna cable, 10 m
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS06-C
1 2
300
4
3
300 155
5
1. Circuit board 4. Earth rail with screw terminals
2. SD memory card 5. Gland plate with input and output
3. Power supply unit on DIN rail connectors
Intellinova Compact INS06-C is a small and advanced measuring RPM transducers can be connected and linked to measuring
unit for continuous monitoring of machine condition. INS06-C assignments set up in Condmaster® Ruby. The unit has three
has the same specifications as INS06, except that it is equipped digital outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays to
with input and output connectors on the gland plate. The unit machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
is complete with power supply unit, internal wiring and DIN rail
The unit is equipped with multiplexing measuring logic, alarm,
with space for optional equipment. The enclosure is robust and
storing and analysis logic. It is connected via standard Ethernet
sealed IP66 for use in harsh environments.
in a LAN network. The circuit board is equipped with status
INS06-C measures bearing condition on four channels, vibration LED indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering
on two channels and analog signals on three channels. Two and setup of the unit.
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, FFT
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps peak-hold
LAN connector: RJ45 BULGIN PX0834/B Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A Input connectors (2): LEMO 1K 3-pin
Power supply connector: AMPHENOL C16-1 3p+EP Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
type transducers with a nominal bias output
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital Inputs DI
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) Digital inputs on CBA: 2 channels, multiplexing
Dimensions (w x h x d): 300 x 300 x 155 mm (11.8 x11.8x 6.1 in) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
Weight: approx. 6.7 kg (14.8 lbs) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Input connectors (2): LEMO 1K 4-pin
Bearing Monitoring
Measuring method: SPM HD, LR/HR HD Digital Outputs DO
Measuring channels: 4, multiplexing Digital outputs on CBA: 3, open collector, user configurable
Measuring range SPM HD: -20 to 80 dBsv Output connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DO channels
Measuring range LR/HR: -19 to 80 dBsv Analog Inputs AI
Amplitude scale unit: HDm/HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, SPM Input channels on CBA: 3
Spectrum HD
Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Input connectors (4): BNC
Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for use with coaxial
cables Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Cable length: max. 100 m
Vibration Monitoring
Input connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 1 AI channel
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, HD ENV,
Accessories
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz IND09 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g transducer) IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
transducer) 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Suitable cables and connectors, see TD-398.
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS 08 V
3
1
300
4 5
6 7 8 9 380 155
1. Circuit board with in- and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 7. Inlets 3 x Pg7 for DI/RPM cables
terminals 5. Earth rail with screw terminals 8. Inlets 2x Pg20 for 8 measuring cables
2. Ethernet LAN connector RJ45 6. Inlet Pg11 for power supply cable 9. Inlet M20 for network cable
3. SD memory card
The system unit INS 08 V in the Intellinova Compact series is a The unit has three digital outputs for connection to PLC or via
small and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring external relays to machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
of machine condition. The system unit is complete with power The unit is equipped with multiplexing measuring logic, alarm,
supply unit, DIN rail with screw terminals for earth connections storing and analysis logic. It is connected via standard Ethernet
and space for optional equipment. The enclosure is intended for in a LAN network. The circuit board is equipped with status LED
wall mounting and sealed IP66 for use in harsh environments. indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
INS08V measures vibration on eight channels and analog signals setup of the system unit.
on three channels. Three RPM transducers can be connected Both vibration and shock pulse (HDm/HDc) measurements can
and linked to measuring assignments set up in Condmaster®. be performed using DuoTech® accelerometers.
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel (INS08V) or stainless Digital Inputs
steel (INS08VSS), IP66 Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
Memory: SD card, 2 GB RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A
Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C (-4 to 140 °F) Digital Outputs
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
Analog Inputs
Dimensions (w x h x d): INS08V: 380x300x155 mm
(15 x 11.8 x 6.1 in) Input channels: 3
INS08VSS: 380x380x210 mm Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
(15x15x8.3 in) Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Weight: INS08V: approx. 8.2 kg (18 lbs) Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
INS08VSS: approx. 11.7 kg (26 lbs) Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Vibration Monitoring Cable length: max. 100 m
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g Part numbers
transducer) INS08V Intellinova Compact system unit, enamelled steel
Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g INS08VSS Intellinova Compact system unit, stainless steel
transducer)
Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top Accessories
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, IND08 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
FFT peak-hold IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800 IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
Intellinova® Compact – System unit INS08 VW
2
1 3 10
300
5
6 7 8 9
380 155
1. Circuit board with in- and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 8. Inlets 2xPg20 for 8 measuring cables
3. SD memory card 7. Inlets 3xPg7 for RPM/DI cables
The system unit INS08VW in the Intellinova Compact se- up in Condmaster®. The unit has three digital outputs for
ries is a small and advanced measuring unit for continuous connection to PLC or via external relays to machine stop,
monitoring of machine condition. It is complete with power external warning lamp, etc. The circuit board is equipped
supply unit, 3G router, external antenna, DIN rail with screw with status LED indicators and an SD memory card used for
terminals for earth connections and space for optional equip- data buffering and setup of the system unit.
ment. The enclosure, intended for wall mounting, is robust
The built-in 3G router is designed to provide remote con-
and sealed for use in harsh environments.
nectivity across mobile networks. It is connected via a 10/100
INS08VW measures vibration on eight channels and analog Ethernet switch and supports a wide variety of wireless
signals on three channels. Up to three RPM transducers standards. Specifications for the 3G router 90619 is stated
can be connected and linked to measuring assignments set on the technical data sheet TD-521B.
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 Digital Inputs
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V
Wireless: 3G router incl. omni-directional DC
antenna and antenna cable (TD-521) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, rev.)
1.5 A
Operating temp.: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Digital Outputs
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) configurable
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380x300x155 mm (15x11.8x6.1 in) Analog Inputs
Weight: approx. 8.7 kg (19.2 lbs) Input channels: 3
Vibration Monitoring Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, HD ENV, Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
FFT with symptoms, EVAM Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Measuring channels: 8, multiplexing Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz Cable length: max. 100 m
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g
transducer) Options
Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g IND08 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
transducer) IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Top 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT expo- 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
nential, FFT peak-hold 90458 Antenna cable, 10 m
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE
(ICP®) type transducers with a
nominal bias output voltage of 10
to 14 V DC
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS 08V- C
2
1
300
4
3
380 155
5
2. SD memory card 5. Gland plate with input and
3. Power supply unit on DIN rail output connectors
Intellinova Compact INS 08V-C is a small and advanced mea- The unit has three digital outputs for connection to PLC or via
suring unit for continuous monitoring of machine condition. external relays to machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
INS 08V-C has the same specifications as INS 08V, except that
it is equipped with input and output connectors on the gland
plate. The unit is complete with power supply unit, internal
wiring and DIN rail with space for optional equipment. The en-
LED indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering
closure is robust and sealed IP66 for use in harsh environments.
and setup of the system unit.
INS 08V-C measures vibration on eight channels and analog
signals on three channels. Up to three RPM transducers can Both vibration and shock pulse (HDm/HDc) measurements can
be connected and linked to measuring assignments set up in be performed using DuoTech® accelerometers.
Condmaster®.
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 Digital Inputs DI
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Digital inputs on CBA: 3 channels, multiplexing
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
LAN connector: RJ45 BULGIN PX0834/B RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A Input connectors (2): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DI channels
Power supply connector: AMPHENOL C16-1 3p+EP
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F)
Digital Outputs DO
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital outputs on CBA: 3, open collector, user configurable
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) Output connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DO channels
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 300 x 155 mm (15x11.8x 6.1 in) Analog Inputs AI
Weight: approx.8.2 kg (18 lbs) Input channels on CBA: 3
Vibration Monitoring Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, HD ENV, Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
FFT with symptoms, EVAM Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz Cable length: max. 100 m
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g transducer)
Input connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 1 AI channel
Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g
transducer)
Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
Accessories
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, FFT IND08 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
peak-hold IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800 IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Input connectors (8): LEMO 1K 3-pin 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®) 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
type transducers with a nominal bias output Suitable cables and connectors, see TD-398.
voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
3
1
300
4 5
6 7 8 9
380 155
1. Circuit board with in- and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 7. Inlets 3 x Pg7 for DI/RPM cables*
terminals 5. Earth rail with screw terminals 8. Inlets 2 x M25 for 12 measuring
2. Ethernet LAN connector RJ45 6. Inlet Pg11 for power supply cable* cables*
3. SD memory card 9. Inlet M20 for network cable*
*for stainless steel (INS12SS), see below
The system unit INS12 in the Intellinova Compact series is a ing assignments set up in Condmaster®Ruby. The unit has three
small and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring digital outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays to
of machine condition. The system unit is complete with power machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
INS12 measures bearing condition on eight channels, vibration indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
on four channels and analog signals on three channels. Up to setup of the unit.
three RPM transducers can be connected and linked to measur-
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel (INS12) or stainless steel Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
(INS12SS), IP66 Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential,
Memory: SD card, 2 GB FFT peak-hold
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Digital Inputs
Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
Dimensions (w x h x d): INS12: 380x300x155 mm (15x11.8 x6.1 in)
INS12SS: 380x380x210 mm (15x15x8.3 in) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
Cable inlets: INS12: 3xPg7, Pg11, 2xM25, M20 RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
INS12SS: 4xM16, 3xM25, M20
Digital Outputs
Weight: INS12: approx. 8.2 kg (18 lbs)
INS12SS: approx. 11.7 kg (26 lbs) Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
Analog Inputs
Bearing Monitoring
Input channels: 3
Measuring methods: SPM HD, LR/HR HD
Measuring range SPM HD:–20 to 80 dBsv Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Measuring range LR/HR: –19 to 80 dBsv Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Amplitude scale unit: HDm / HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, Cable length: max. 100 m
SPM Spectrum HD
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with connector 12775 Part numbers
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for coaxial cables INS12 Intellinova Compact system unit, enamelled steel
INS12SS Intellinova Compact system unit, stainless steel
Accessories
FFT with symptoms, EVAM 12775 Connector for coaxial cable
Measuring channels: 4, multiplexing IND08 Stand for portable system unit (TD-349)
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Measuring range: ≥60g peak-peak (using 100mV/g transd.) IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g transd.)
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS12W
2
1 3 10
300
5
6 7 8 9
380 155
1. Circuit board with input and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 8. Inlets 2 x M32 for 12 measuring cables
3. SD memory card 7. Inlets 3 x Pg7 for RPM/DI cables
The system unit INS12W in the Intellinova Compact series is a measuring assignments set up in Condmaster®. The unit has
small and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring three digital outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays
of machine condition. It is complete with power supply unit, 3G to machine stop, external warning lamp, etc The circuit board
router, external antenna, DIN rail with screw terminals for earth is equipped with status LED indicators and a SD memory card
connections and space for optional equipment. The enclosure, used for data buffering and setup of the system unit.
The built-in 3G router is designed to provide remote connectiv-
environments.
INS12W measures bearing condition on eight channels, vibra- net switch and supports a wide variety of wireless standards.
tion on four channels and analog signals on three channels. Specifications for the 3G router (SPM 90619) is stated on the
Up to three RPM transducers can be connected and linked to technical data sheet TD-521B.
and 0.75 m antenna cable (see TD-521B) FFT peak-hold
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 VDC, 1.5 A Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 300 x 155 mm Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
(15 x 11.8 x 6.1 in)
RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
Weight: approx. 9.8 kg (21 lbs)
RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Bearing Monitoring
Digital Outputs
Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
Analog Inputs
Measuring range SPM HD: –20 to 80 dBsv
Measuring range LR/HR: –19 to 80 dBsv Input channels: 3
Amplitude scale unit: HDm / HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
SPM Spectrum HD Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Transducer line test: TLT test Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with connector 12775 Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for use with Cable length: max. 100 m
coaxial cable
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, HD ENV, 12775 Connector for coaxial cable
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
transducer) 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS12- C
2
1
300
4
3
380 155
5

Intellinova Compact INS12-C is a small and advanced measuring Up to three RPM transducers can be connected and linked to
unit for continuous monitoring of machine condition. INS12-C measuring assignments set up in Condmaster®Ruby. The unit
has the same specifications as INS12, except that it is equipped has three digital outputs for connection to PLC or via external
with input and output connectors on the gland plate. The unit relays to machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
INS12-C measures bearing condition on eight channels, vibra- LED indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering
tion on four channels and analog signals on three channels. and setup of the system unit.
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, FFT
peak-hold
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
LAN connector: RJ45 BULGIN PX0834/B
Input connectors (4): LEMO 1K 3-pin
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A
Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
Power supply connector: AMPHENOL C16-1 3p+EP type transducers with a nominal bias output
Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C (-4 to 140 °F) voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Digital Inputs DI
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) Digital inputs on CBA: 3 channels, multiplexing
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 300 x 155 mm (15x11.8x 6.1 in) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
Weight: approx.8.2 kg (18 lbs) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Input connectors (2): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DI channels
Bearing Monitoring
Measuring method: SPM HD, LR/HR HD Digital Outputs DO
Measuring channels: 8, multiplexing Digital outputs on CBA: 3, open collector, user configurable
Measuring range SPM HD: -20 to 80 dBsv Output connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DO channels
Measuring range LR/HR: -19 to 80 dBsv Analog Inputs AI
Amplitude scale unit: HDm/HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, SPM Input channels on CBA: 3
Spectrum HD
Transducer line test: TLT test Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Input connectors (8): BNC Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for use with coaxial Input resistance: current 100 Ω
cables
Vibration Monitoring Input connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 1 AI channel
FFT with symptoms, EVAM Accessories
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g transducer) IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
3
1
300
5
6 7 8 9
380 155
1. Circuit board with input and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 7. Inlets 3 x Pg7 for DI/RPM cables*
terminals 5. Earth rail with screw terminals 8. Inlets 3 x M25 for 18 measuring cables*
2. Ethernet LAN connector RJ45 6. Inlet Pg11 for power supply cable* 9. Inlet M20 for network cable*
3. SD memory card *for stainless steel (INS18SS), see below
The system unit INS18 in the Intellinova Compact series is a assignments set up in Condmaster®Ruby. The unit has three
of machine condition. The system unit is complete with power machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
INS18 measures bearing condition on twelve channels, vibration indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
on six channels and analog signals on three channels. Three setup of the unit.
RPM transducers can be connected and linked to measuring
Technical specifications Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top

Design, enclosure: enamelled steel (INS18) or stainless steel
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential,
(INS18SS), IP66
FFT peak-hold
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 VDC, 1.5 A type transducers with a nominal bias
Operating temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital Inputs
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
Dimensions (w x h x d): INS18: 380x300x155 mm (15 x11.8 x6.1 in) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
INS18SS: 380x380x210 mm (15x15x8.3 in) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Cable inlets: INS18: 3xPg7, Pg11, 3xM25, M20 Digital Outputs
INS18SS: 4xM16, 5xM25, M20
Weight: INS18: approx. 8.2 kg (18 lbs)
INS18SS: approx. 11,7 kg (26 lbs) Analog Inputs
Bearing Monitoring Input channels: 3
Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Measuring range SPM HD:–20 to 80 dBsv
Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Measuring range LR/HR: –19 to 80 dBsv Cable length: max. 100 m
SPM Spectrum HD
Transducer line test: TLT test Part numbers
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with connector 12775 INS18 Intellinova Compact system unit, enamelled steel
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for coaxial cables INS18SS Intellinova Compact system unit, stainless steel

Measuring range: ≥60g peak-peak (using 100mV/g transd.) 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g transd.) 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS18 W
2
1 3 10
300
5
6 7 8 9
380 155
1. Circuit board with input and output 4. Power supply unit on DIN rail 8. Inlets 3 x M32 for 18 measuring cables
3. SD memory card 7. Inlets 3 x Pg7 for RPM/DI cables
The system unit INS18W in the Intellinova Compact series is a suring assignments set up in Condmaster®. The unit has three
of machine condition. It is complete with power supply unit, 3G machine stop, external warning lamp, etc The circuit board is
router, external antenna, DIN rail with screw terminals for earth equipped with status LED indicators and an SD memory card
connections and space for optional equipment. The enclosure, used for data buffering and setup of the system unit.
environments. The built-in 3G router is designed to provide remote connectiv-
INS18W measures bearing condition on twelve channels, vibra- net switch and supports a wide variety of wireless standards.
tion on six channels and analog signals on three channels. Up Specifications for the 3G router (SPM 90619) is stated on the
to three RPM transducers can be connected and linked to mea- technical data sheet TD-521B.
and 0.75 m antenna cable (see TD-521) FFT peak-hold
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 VDC, 1.5 A Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C (-4 to 140 °F) Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE
(ICP®) type transducers with a nominal
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) bias output voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 300 x 155 mm Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
(15 x 11.8 x 6.1 in)
Weight: approx. 9.8 kg (21 lbs)
Bearing Monitoring
Digital Outputs
Measuring range SPM HD: -20 to 80 dBsv Analog Inputs
Measuring range LR/HR: -19 to 80 dBsv Input channels: 3
Amplitude scale unit: HDm / HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with connector 12775 Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for use with Cable length: max. 100 m
coaxial cable
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS18-C
2
1
300
4
3
380 155
5

Intellinova Compact INS18-C is a small and advanced measuring to three RPM transducers can be connected and linked to mea-
unit for continuous monitoring of machine condition. INS18-C suring assignments set up in Condmaster® The unit has three
has the same specifications as INS18, except that it is equipped digital outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays to
with input and output connectors on the gland plate. The unit machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
INS18-C measures bearing condition on twelve channels, vibra- LED indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering
tion on six channels and analog signals on three channels. Up and setup of the unit.
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, FFT
Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 peak-hold
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps Input connectors (6): LEMO 1K 3-pin
LAN connector: RJ45 BULGIN PX0834/B Transducer type: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 V AC, Output 12 V DC, 1.5 A type transducers with a nominal bias output
Power supply connector: AMPHENOL C16-1 3p+EP voltage of 10 to 14 V DC
Digital Inputs DI
Digital inputs on CBA: 3 channels, multiplexing
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 300 x 155 mm (15x11.8x 6.1 in)
Input connectors (2): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DI channels
Weight: approx.8.2 kg (18 lbs)
Digital Outputs DO
Bearing Monitoring
Digital outputs on CBA: 3, open collector, user configurable
Measuring method: SPM HD, LR/HR HD
Output connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 2 DO channels
Measuring range SPM HD: –20 to 80 dBsv Analog Inputs AI
Measuring range LR/HR: –19 to 80 dBsv Input channels on CBA: 3
Amplitude scale unit: HDm/HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Input connectors (12): BNC Input resistance: current 100 Ω
Transducer type: SPM 44000 series, only for use with coaxial Cable length: max. 100 m
cables Input connector (1): LEMO 1K 4-pin for 1 AI channel
FFT with symptoms, EVAM Accessories
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g transducer) IND19 Magnets for wall mounting, 3 pcs
Resolution: 0.0015 m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g transducer) 81444 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top 90015 Rogowski coil for current measurement ( TD-335)
Intellinova® Compact – Relay IND14
70.5
67
16 85.5
Internal connections
IND14 is a slim relay of plug-in type mounted in a socket for

DIN rail mounting. It has a LED indicator showing mechanical Digital Output
operation and a test button (A). The relay is delivered with
socket and internal cabling for Intellinova Compact.
Poles: 2 DO2 DO3
Rated coil voltage: 12 V DC

Rated coil current: 43.2 mA Black
Power consumption: 0.53 W

Red
Load: resistive load (cos φ =1), inductive
Black
load (cos φ = 0.4; L / R = 7 ms)
Rated load: resistive; 5 A /250 VAC, 5 A /30 V DC +12 V DC
inductive; 2A/250 VAC, 3A/30 V DC 1 (–)
8 (+)
Rated carry current: 5A
Max. switching voltage: 380 VAC, 125 V DC
Max. switching current: 5 A
A
Max. switching power: resistive; 1250 VA, 150 W
inductive; 500 VA, 90 W
Amb. temperature: –40° to 70 °C (no condensation) 4 5
NO
Amb. humidity: 5% to 85% (operating) 2 7
NC
3 6
Dimensions: 85.5x67x16 mm
Mounting: DIN rail Power Supply Unit IND14
Approved standards: UL508 (File No. E41643), IEC/VDE

(EN61810), CSA 22.2 No.0, No.14
(File No. LR311928), LR
Intellinova® Compact INS**C – Cables and Connectors
93462, 93463 90510
90511
81305
93465
93464
Part numbers
13008 Cable connector TNC for coaxial cable (TD-009) 46127-L Cable for DO/DI (90386) with connector 93463 /
93060 Cable connector BNC for coaxial cable (TD-019) open end
81018 Cable protection for BNC connector (TD-018) 46128-L Cable for AI (90443) with connector 93463 /
90267-L Coaxial cable RG58 (TD-393) open end
47126-L Coaxial cable (90267) with connectors 93060 / 46129-L Cable for proximity switch, cable 90386 with
13008 (SPM) connectors 93463 / 90510 (straight)
46130-L Cable for proximity switch, cable 90386 with
16100 Cable connector 2-pin, jack (TD-314) connectors 93463 / 90511 (angled)
93462 Cable connector LEMO 1K 3-pin (VIB)
max 0.50 mm2, cable diam. 4.6 - 5.0 mm 93465 LAN connector RJ45, Cat 5e, IP68, BULGIN
PX0834/B, max. 0.20 mm2, cable diam. 3.5-8 mm
93463 Cable connector LEMO 1K 4-pin (DI, DO, AI)
max 0.34 mm2, cable diam. 4.6 - 5.0 mm 93475 LAN cable, Cat 5e, 5 m, with connectors 93465 /
RJ45 standard
81305 Cable protection for LEMO connector
90381-L Twisted pair cable, 2 wires with 1 shield (TD-394) 93464 Power cable connector AMPHENOL C16-1
90443-L Twisted cable, 3 wires with 1 shield (TD-394) 3p + PE, 0.75 - 2.5 mm2, cable diam. 6 - 9 mm
90386-L Twisted cable, 4 wires with 1 shield (TD-394) 46123 Power cable US, 2 m (93464 / US connector)
46124-L Twisted pair cable 90381 with connectors, 16100 46125 Power cable UK, 2 m (93464 / UK connector)
(2-pin) / 93462 (3-pin) (VIB) 46126 Power cable EU, 2 m (93464 / EU connector)
90510 Connector, 4-position straight female for Note! When ordering cables, state the desired length (L)
inductive proximity switches (TD-384)
in meters.
90511 Connector, 4-position angled female for
inductive proximity switches (TD-384)
Intellinova® Compact – Stand for Portable System Unit
580
370 (IND08)
290 (IND09) 230
IND08
The stands IND 08 and IND 09 are mounted on the Intelli- They can also be used as multichannel loggers with data
nova Compact system units for conversion to portable units. acquisition based on various triggers, stand-alone or in
Portable units allow rapid installation and are ideal for test networks. The stands are made of polished aluminium and
installations, temporary monitoring of critical machines, etc. are easily mounted on the system units with four screws.

Dimensions (w x h x d): 370x580x230 mm (IND 08) IND08 Stand for System Unit INS08, INS12 and INS18
290x580x230 mm (IND 09) IND09 Stand for System Unit INS06
Weight: approx. 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)
Intellinova® – System unit
INO18
2 1 9
600
3
4
8
6
5 7
500 210
1. Commander unit INC40 4. Earth rail, DIN 7. Cable inlet PG11

2. Monitoring unit 5. Cable inlet PG29 8. Mounting braces (option)
3. DIN rail with terminal blocks 6. Blind plugs for additional inlets 9. Status LED indicators (option)
The Intellinova system unit is comprised of an industrial Holes for cable inlets intended for digital in- and output con-
enclosure, a commander unit INC40, internal cabling and nections have to be drilled. The DIN rail has terminal blocks
terminals for power supply. Up to four monitoring units can and cabling for connection of power supply. The unit has an
be mounted and are ordered separately. The enclosure, earth rail (DIN) where the measuring cable shields should be
intended for wall mounting, is robust and sealed for use in connected. The unit is equipped with plastic cable channels.
harsh environments. The operating temperature range is 0° Power supply unit, status LED indicators, accessories for DIN
to +55 °C (32° to 131 °F) and the storage temperature range rails, internal cabling and cable inlets are ordered separately.
is −20° to +80° C (−4° to +176 °F).
Technical specifications and accessories for the Commander
The unit has a flange with one cable inlet for eight measuring Unit, see technical data sheet TD-271. The various types of
cables plus two cable inlets for power supply and network monitoring units, see technical data sheet TD-272 to TD-
connection. It has three blind plugs where additional cable 275. Accessories for INS10, see technical data sheet TD-289.
inlets (Pg29) for up to 32 measuring cables can be mounted.
Part numbers Options

INS10 System unit (INC40+INO18) INO11 Power supply unit, 18 W (TD-288)
INS11 System unit (INC40+INO22) INO12 Power supply unit, 50 W (TD-288)
INC40 Commander unit (TD-271) INO13 Internal cabling with terminal blocks for digital
INO18 Cabinet for commander unit INC40 (TD-320) outputs, 3 channels
500x600x210 mm (19.7x23.6x8.3 in) INO14 Internal cabling with terminal blocks for digital
INO22 Cabinet for commander unit INC40 (TD-322) inputs, 4 channels
480x480x155 mm (18.9x18.9x6.1 in) INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
INO17 Key Phasor Interface, 2 channels (TD-299)
Monitoring units INO31 Wireless 3G router (90619), compl. set with
INB80 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of antenna and 10 m antenna cable (TD-521)
type 40000, coax cables (TD-272) INO37 Status LED indicators
INB80T Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of 81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
type 40000, pair cables (TD-272)
INB82 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
type 42000, coax cables (TD-272)
INB82T Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
type 42000, pair cables (TD-272)
INV80A Vibration Monitoring Unit (TD-273)
INAI10 Analog Monitoring Unit (TD-274)
INAO80 Analog Output Unit (TD-275)
Intellinova® – System Unit INR20 for 19" Rack
15881/15882/15883/15884 INO30
INO26 INO27 INO25
132
58
37
8.5
482 365 32
19"
INR20 is an Intellinova System Unit for 19 inch rack mounting. Monitoring units, back panels with internal cabling and
It has a built-in Commander Unit INC41 with sockets for up power supply unit are ordered separately.
to four monitoring units. The back panels are equipped with
Technical specifications for the Commander Unit are stated
terminal blocks and internal cabling for connection of power
on data sheet TD-271. The various types of monitoring units
supply and digital in- and outputs. The system unit has LED
are described on the data sheets TD-272 to TD-275.
indicators on the front panel showing its status.
Technical specifications, INR20

Design, enclosure: anodised aluminium, ventilated INB82T Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
Power supply: 18 to 36 V DC, nom. 24 V DC type 42000 / pair cable (TD-272)
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) INV80A Vibration Monitoring Unit, screw terminals (TD-
273)
INAI10 Analog Monitoring Unit (TD-274)
Terminals on back panels: network connection RJ45, screw
INAO80 Analog Output Unit (TD-275)
terminal blocks for power supply
and digital in- and outputs INO25 Blank back panel, (w x h) 70.5 x 128.5 mm
Dimensions (w x h x d): 482 (19") x 132 (3U) x 365 mm INO26 Back panel with eight BNC connectors and
internal cabling suitable for INB80 and INB82
Weight: approx. 4 kg (9 lbs)
INO27 Back panel with two screw terminal blocks and
internal cabling suitable for INB80T , INB82T,
Part numbers INV80A, INAI 10 and INAO 80
INR20 System unit (INO24 + INC41) INO28 Power supply unit, 100 to 240 V, 50 W (TD-323)
INC41 Commander Unit INO30 Earth rail with mounting brackets, DIN
INO24 Subrack for Commander Unit INC41 15881 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 3 - 8 mm
INB80 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of 15882 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 4-13,5 mm
type 40000 /coaxial cable (TD-272)
INB80T Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
type 40000 / pair cable (TD-272) 15884 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 15-32 mm
INB82 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of

type 42000 /coaxial cable (TD-272)
Intellinova® – Portable System Unit
1
INO29
2 6
8
3
7
4
9
1. Status LED indicators 4. Network connector 7. Power supply unit

2. Transducer inputs 5. Monitoring units 8. Power supply inlet with switch
3. Cable inlets 6. Commander Unit INC40 9. Wireless 3G router
The Portable System Unit INP 20 is comprised of a Com- The carrying case has TNC jack connectors for bearing
mander Unit (INC40) mounted in a sturdy MIL standard plas- monitoring on 16 channels (two monitoring units), 2-pin
tic carrying case (INO23 or INO29 with wireless 3G router) plug connectors for vibration monitoring on 8 channels
with connectors, internal measuring cables and a power (one monitoring unit) and cable inlets for connection of one
supply unit. The case fits a fullblown Intellinova system, using analog monitoring unit. The case has exterior power supply
all the same components as the non-portable version and inlet with switch, network connector and status indicators.
with all the features. Monitoring units are ordered separately. Power supply cable
is not included.
This system unit allows rapid installation and is ideal for test
installations, temporary monitoring of critical machines, etc.
Technical specifications for the Commander Unit are stated
It can also be used as a multichannel logger with data acqui-
on data sheet TD-271. The various types of monitoring units
sition based on various triggers, stand-alone or in networks.
are described on the data sheets TD-272 to TD-275.
Technical specifications, INP20 Part numbers

Design, case: copolymer, neoprene seals, INP20 Portable System Unit ( INC40 + INO23)
automatic purge valve, IP67 INC40 Commander Unit (TD-271)
Operating temperature: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F) INO23 Case (without INC40 and monitoring units)
INO29 Case (without INC40 and monitoring units) incl.
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) wireless 3G router 90514 (TD-430), omni-direc-
Input connectors: 16 x TNC jack (for coax cables), tional antenna 90460, connectors and 10 m cable
8 x 2-pin plug (for pair cables),
network connector RJ45 Monitoring units
Cable inlets: 2xPG7 and 2xPG11 INB80 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
Power supply: 100 to 240 V AC (85 to 265 V AC),
50/60 Hz, max. 10 A INB82 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
Power inlet: IEC inlet with line switch
INV80A Vibration Monitoring Unit (TD-273)
Dimensions (w x h x d): 530 x 437 x 217 mm
(20.9 x 17.2 x 8.5 inches) INAI10 Analog Monitoring Unit (TD-274)
Weight: approx. 9 kg (20 lbs) with INAO80 Analog Output Unit (TD-275)
monitoring units
Accessories
90027 Power supply cable, Euro-plug
Intellinova® – Commander Unit INC40/INC41
10 185 180 15
17
1 2
3
180
ø4 6
5
10
1. Sockets for monitoring units 4. Digital inputs

2. Output status indicators 5. SD memory card
3. Digital outputs 6. Ethernet LAN connection, RJ45
The Intellinova Commander Unit is a flexible and modular Technical specifications

platform, which controls and communicates with the moni-
Monitoring units: sockets for 4 monitoring units
toring units for continuous moniring of machine condition.
Up to four monitoring units with normally eight channels Digital / RPM inputs: 4 channels
each can be plugged into the Commander Unit. Monitor- RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V
ing units are ordered separately and are described on the DC
technical data sheets TD-272 to TD-275. INC40 is intended RPM measuring range: 1 to 120 000 rpm
for mounting in standard Intellinova cabinets and INC41 is Digital output: 2 status and 4 user configurable
intended for mounting in 19" subrack INO24.
Memory: SD card, 2 GB
The Commander Unit is equipped with multiplexing measur- LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps, RJ45
ing logic, alarm, storing and analysis logic. It is connected Power supply: 18 to 36 V DC, nom. 24 V DC
via standard Ethernet in a LAN network. Power consumption: max. 21 W (6 W available for
rpm transducers), typical 3 W
The unit has four digital outputs for connection to PLC or via without measuring units and rpm
external relays to machine stop, external warning lamp, etc. transducers
Up to four RPM transducers can be connected and linked to Operating temperature: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
measuring assignments set up in Condmaster®. Storage temperature: −20 to +80 °C (−4 to 176 °F)
The communication program LinX transmits measuring
Dimensions (w x h x d): 390 x 207 x 40 mm
assignments to and reads the results from the Commander
(15.4 x 8.2 x 1.5 inches)
Unit, and controls the measuring operations, data process-
ing and storage. A service laptop with the Field Support Weight: approx. 750 g without monitoring
units
Software (FSS) can be connected for service and setup via
an Ethernet port. Data access to process and control systems Part numbers
can be implemented via OPC client/server technology. The INC40 Commander Unit for standard cabinets including
unit can be used off-line and is equipped with SD memory mounting screws with spacers and 2 screw termi-
card for buffering and back-up. nals for power supply and status indicators
INC41 Commander Unit for 19" subrack INO24 includ-
The measuring assignments are set up in Condmaster run- ing mounting screws with spacers and 2 screw
ning under Windows. Condmaster also handles portable terminals for power supply and status indicators
SPM dataloggers and existing SPM online systems. SQL
Accessories
Server is used as database handler. 93384 Screw terminal, 4 pins, for connection of digital
inputs/RPM and digital outputs
90419 SD memory card, 2 GB
Intellinova® – Cabinet INO18
600
1
4 5
3
500 210
1. DIN rail with terminal blocks 4. Blind plugs for additional inlets
2. Earth rail, DIN 5. Cable inlet PG11
3. Cable inlet PG29 6. Status LED indicators (option)
Cabinet INO18 is an industrial enclosure designed for and output connections have to be drilled. The cabinet has
encapsulation of Intellinova Commander Unit INC40. It has an earth rail (DIN) where the measuring cable shields should
internal cabling for INC40 and terminal blocks for power be connected. It is equipped with plastic cable channels.
supply. The cabinet, intended for wall mounting, is robust Power supply unit, status LED indicators, accessories for DIN
and sealed for use in harsh environments. rails, internal cabling and cable inlets are ordered separately.
The cabinet has a flange with one cable inlet for eight Commander Unit INC40 is ordered separately and is
measuring cables plus two cable inlets for power supply and described on the technical data sheet TD-271. The cabinet
network connection. It has three blind plugs where additional INO18 complete with mounted Commander Unit INC40
cable inlets (PG29) for up to 32 measuring cables can be has ordering number INS10, see the data sheet TD-270
mounted. Holes for cable inlets intended for digital inputs System Unit.
Technical specifications, INO18 Part numbers

Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 INO18 Cabinet for Commander Unit INC40
Cable inlets: 1 x PG29 for 8 measuring cables INC40 Commander Unit (TD-271)
2 x PG11 for power supply and INS10 Complete system unit; Commander Unit INC40
network cables mounted in Cabinet INO18 (TD-270)
Terminals: 7 terminal blocks for connection
of power supply cables Options
Dimensions (w x h x d): 500 x 600 x 210 mm INO11 Power supply unit, 18 W (TD-288)
(19.7 x 23.6 x 8.3 inches) INO12 Power supply unit, 50 W (TD-288)
Mounting holes: 4 with diameter 8.5 mm, INO13 Internal cabling with terminal blocks for digital
spacing (w x h) 460 x 560 mm outputs, 3 channels
Weight: approx. 20 kg (44 lbs) INO14 Internal cabling with terminal blocks for digital
inputs, 4 channels
INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
INO17 Key Phasor Interface, 2 channels
INO31 Wireless 3G router (90514), compl. set with an-
tenna and 10 m antenna cable
INO37 Status LED indicators
81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
Intellinova® – Cabinet INO22
8
1
480
2
4
3
6 480
5
7 155
1. Screw terminals for INC40 4. Power supply unit INO11 7. Cable inlet PG11 for power supply
2. Plastic cable channels 5. Cable inlet PG29 (8xØ5,5 mm) and M20 for network cable
3. DIN rail with terminal blocks 6. Blind plugs for additional inlets 8. Status LED indicators (option)
Cabinet INO22 is a small industrial enclosure designed for intended for digital input and output connections have to
encapsulation of Intellinova commander unit INC40 in narrow be drilled. The cabinet is equipped with plastic cable chan-
spaces. It has internal cabling for INC40, power supply unit nels and status indicators on the lid. Additional cable inlets,
and terminal blocks for connection of digital inputs/rpm and terminal blocks and internal cabling are ordered separately.
power supply. The cabinet, intended for wall mounting, is
Cabinet INO22 complete with mounted commander unit
robust and sealed for use in harsh environments.
INC40 has part number INS11, see technical data sheet
The cabinet has flanges with two cable inlets for up to sixteen TD-270. The commander unit INC40 can be ordered sepa-
measuring cables plus two cable inlets for power supply and rately, see technical data sheet TD-271. Power supply unit
network connection. It has two blind plugs where additional INO11 is described on technical data sheet TD-288.
cable inlets (PG29) can be mounted. Holes for cable inlets

Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 INO37 Status LED indicators
Power supply unit: 81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
Input voltage 100 to 240 V AC (85 to 265 V AC)
Frequency 50/60 Hz, max. 10 A
Output +24 V DC, 18 W
Cable inlets: 2xPG29 for 16 measuring cables
1xPG11 for power supply
1xM20 for network cable
Terminals: 14 terminal blocks with internal
cabling for connection of power
supply and one channel DI/RPM
plus four screw terminals 93384
for INC40 without internal cabling
Dimensions (w x h x d): 480x480x155 mm
(18.9x18.9x6.1 inches)
Mounting holes: four with diameter 8.5 mm,
spacing (w x h) 440x440 mm
Intellinova® – Bearing Monitoring Unit
212
INB 80 / 82 INB80T/82T
70 37
The Bearing Monitoring Unit is a part of the Intellinova Technical specifications

System and has eight channels for continuous monitoring Measuring methods: dBm/dBc, LR / HR, SPM Spectrum,
SPM®HD
of bearing condition. It measures shock pulses according
to the True SPM method and supports SPM Spectrum and Measuring range: –9 to 99 dBsv , –19 to 99 LRHR
SPM HD. The unit is simply plugged into the socket in the Measuring time: approx. 2 sec. per channel dBm/dBc,
Intellinova Commander Unit. Measuring methods, measuring approx. 20 sec. LR/HR
time, alarm limits, alarm delay etc. are set up in Condmaster. Frequency range: 0 to 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
10 000, 20 000, 40 000 Hz
Number of spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12 800
Four versions of the Bearing Monitoring Unit are available.
INB80 and INB82 have input connectors for coaxial cables. Flat Top
INB80 is intended for shock pulse transducers of type 40000 Spectrum types displayed: linear, power
(cable length max. 4 m) and INB82 is intended for shock Averages: time synchronous, FFT linear,
FFT peak-hold
pulse transducers of type 42000 (cable length max. 100 m).
Frequency units: Hz, CPM
Saving options for spectrum: full spectrum, peaks only
INB80T and INB82T have input connectors for twisted pair Amplitude scale unit: SD (Shock Distribution), SL (Shock
cables. INB80T is intended for shock pulse transducers of Level), HDesv
type 40000 (cable length max. 4 m) and INB82T is intended Scaling: linear or logarithmic X and Y axis
for shock pulse transducers of type 42000 (cable length Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
max. 100 m). Pattern recognition: bearing frequencies and optional
patterns highlighted in the spectrum.
Automatic configuration of bearing
Signal processing symptoms linked to ISO bearing no.
Input connectors: for coaxial cables on INB 80 / 82,
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse transducer, for pair cables on INB 80T / 82T
calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier wave for Transducer line test: TLT test
transients caused by shocks. The output of this transducer Design: encapsulated circuit board, not
is the same type of demodulated signal produced by 'en- protected
veloping', with this important difference: both frequency Power consumption: max. 1.5 W, typical 0.8 W
Operating temperature: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
and amplitude response of the SPM transducer are precisely
tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain and shifting
machine resonances to get a signal. Mounting: plug-in connector and holding screws
for attachment in INC40 / INC41
Intellinova measures the shock amplitude by a shock pulse Dimensions: 212 x 70 x 37 mm
measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/HR method and Weight: approx. 200 g
the results are bearing condition data for condition evaluation.
Part numbers
The measurement also produces a time record which can be
INB80 Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 40000 / coax cable
analyzed using SPM Spectrum. The resulting spectrum is used INB82 Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 42000 / coax cable
mostly for pattern recognition. The technique SPM HD gener- INB80T Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 40000 / pair cable
ates a signal with razor-sharp resolution and is particularly well INB82T Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 42000 / pair cable
suited for condition monitoring on low speed applications. 12775 Connector for coaxial cable (INB 80/82)
Intellinova® – Vibration Monitoring Unit INV80A
212
70 55
The Vibration Monitoring Unit INV80A is a part of the Technical data

Intellinova System and has eight channels for continuous
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, HD ENV, FFT with
monitoring of vibrations. The unit is simply plugged into the symptoms, EVAM, 2-channel vib, orbit
socket in the Intellinova Commander Unit. Measuring time,
Measuring channels: 8, multiplexing, 2 simultaneous
alarm limits, alarm delay etc. are set up in Condmaster®.
Design: encapsulated circuit board, not protected
It supports broad band vibration measurement, both ISO Input connectors: screw terminals
2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, the most cost-efficient Power consumption: max. 1.5 W, typical 0.8 W
method for the diagnosis of general machine condition.
Operating temp.: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
It also supports HD ENV, FFT with symptoms and EVAM Storage temp.: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
(Evaluated Vibration Analysis Method). HD ENV is capable Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing)
of detecting at a very early stage such machine problems Mounting: plug-in connector and holding screws for
which are generally difficult to find in good time with non- attachment in Commander Unit INC40 / 41
enveloping techniques, for example bearing and gear dam- Dimensions: 212 x 70 x 55 mm
ages. The EVAM method generates condition parameters Weight: approx. 200 g
describing various aspects of machine vibration, vibration
spectra where significant line patterns are highlighted and Vibration analysis
evaluated plus machine specific condition codes and condi- Freq. limit, lower: 0.5, 2, 10 or 100 Hz
tion values, based on a statistical evaluation of the condition Freq. limit, upper: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10 000,
parameters and symptom values. 20 000, 40 000 Hz
Envelope HP filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10 000 Hz
Two channel simultaneous vibration monitoring requires
that either the measuring technique 'FFT with symptoms'
or 'EVAM' is active in Condmaster. This type of measure-
FFT peak-hold
ment allows the user to study machine movement in two
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
dimensions by observing the difference of the phase angles
Transducer types: SLD144, SLC144 DuoTech or IEPE (ICP®)
measured on the two channels.
type transducers with voltage output
Orbit analysis is a vibration measurement function offered
Orbit analysis
with the Vibration Monitoring Unit. The resulting orbit graph
Orders: 1 to 5, default 1
shows the movement of the shaft’s centerline and is used
Filter types: None, band pass, low pass
to detect failures like rubs, unbalance, misalignment or
Signal unit: DISP, VEL, ACC
oil whip on machinery with journal bearings. Required are
Measuring time: 1 to 25 revolutions
two channel simultaneous vibration measurement and two
Transducer types: Buffered outputs from API670 approved
transducers placed at an angle of 90° to each other, plus a
protection systems, alt. transducers
trigger signal from a tachometer probe.
SLD144 or IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
Both vibration and shock pulse (HDm/HDc) measurements with voltage output
can be performed using DuoTech® accelerometers.
Intellinova® – Analog Monitoring Unit INAI10
212
70 55
The Analog Monitoring Unit INA I10 is a part of the Intel- Technical data
linova system and has ten channels for continuous moni- Current inputs: 8 channels, multiplexing
toring of analog signals. It measures 0 to 20 mA on eight Voltage inputs: 2 channels, multiplexing
channels and 0 to 10 V DC on two channels. Input resistance: current 100 Ω, voltage 86 kΩ
Measuring time: approx. 1 sec. per channel
The unit is simply plugged into the socket in the Intellinova Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V DC
Commander Unit. Measuring units, range, quantities, alarm
Resolution: 0.01 mA, 0.02 V
limits etc. are set up in Condmaster®.
Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA), ± (1% +0.1 V)
Design: encapsulated circuit board,
not protected
Input connectors: screw terminal
Power consumption: max. 0.5 W, typical 0.2 W
Storage temperature:–20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F)
Mounting: plug-in connector and holding
screws for attachment in Command-
er Unit
Dimensions: 212 x 70 x 55 mm
Intellinova® – Analog Output Unit INAO 80
212
70 55
The Analog Output Unit INAO 80 is a part of the Intellinova Technical specifications
System and has eight current outputs. The unit is simply Analog outputs: 8
plugged into the socket in the Intellinova Commander Unit. Output: 4 to 20 mA
Power supply: 18 to 36 V DC, nom. 24 V DC
The unit converts the measuring values from the monitoring Ouput connectors: screw terminal
units to analog signals 4 – 20 mA for connection to PLC, DCS
Design: encapsulated circuit board,
or other control systems. not protected
Power consumption: 0.1 W from INC40 and 2 W from
external power supply
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
Mounting: plug-in connector and holding
screws for attachment in Command-
er Unit
Intellinova® – Accessories
129
15881-15884
444 1.4
INO10
26
6
13
49.5
49.5
14
27
15808
8
44.5 5 44.5 5
93380 93318 37
41
30
6
35
40
40 19
3 53.5 10 20
5.5 16-26
90307 93319 18034 18035 15885
Part numbers
INO10 Blind flange for Intellinova cabinet INO18/IND16 18035 Cable inlet, Pg 29, diam. 16-26 mm, IP68, brass/
15881 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 3-8 mm nickel-plated, PVC sealing
15882 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 4-13.5 mm 18122 Cable inlet, M20, for cable 4-10 mm, IP68, brass/
nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing. Suitable for
network cables with connector
93380 Terminal block for DIN rail, nom. area 2.5 mm2
15808 Cable inlet, Pg 7, for cable 2.5- 6.5 mm, IP68,
93318 Switch block for DIN rail, nom. area 2.5 mm2
brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing
90307 End section for switch and terminal block
15885 Cable inlet, Pg 11, for cable 6- 11.5 mm, IP68,
brass/nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing 93319 End stop for DIN rail
18034 Cable inlet, Pg 29, for 8 measuring cables diam.
5.5 mm, IP65, brass/nickel-plated, PVC sealing
Intellinova® – Power Supply Units
INO11
INO12
The power supply units in the Intellinova system are intended INO12 is required when supplying a System Unit and op-
for mounting on standard DIN rail. INO11 is used to supply tional equipment with power consumption up to max. 50 W.
a standard Intellinova System Unit with a power consump- The units are delivered complete with internal cabling and
tion of max. 18 W. terminal blocks for DIN rail.
Technical specifications, INO11 Technical specifications, INO12

Rated input voltage: 100 to 240 V AC (85 to 265 Rated input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC (85 to 264 VAC)
VAC) Frequency: 47/63 Hz
Frequency: 50/60 Hz Power rating: 50 W
Power rating: 18 W Rated output voltage: + 24 V DC
Rated otput voltage: + 24 V DC Voltage adjustment range:22.5 to 28.5 V
Voltage adjustment range: –10% to +20% Rated output current: 2.1 A
Output current: 750 mA Protection: input fuse, over load, over voltage
Protection: input fuse, over load, over Ambient temperature: –10 to +71 °C
voltage, output short circuit
Storage temperature: –25 to +85 °C (non condensation)
Ambient temperature: –10 to +70 °C
Relative humidity: 20% to 90% RH
Storage temperature: –25 to +85 °C (with no icing or
condensation) Dimensions (w x h x d): 45 x 75 x 91 mm
Relative humidity: 20% to 95% RH Approved standards: UL60950-1, UL508, NEC Class 2(2),
EN60950-1, CE Mark
Dimensions (w x h x d): 22.5 x 90 x 115 mm Emissions - EN55011, EN55022 class B
Approved standards: UL/cUL (UL508/UL1310 Listed, Radiated & Conducted, EN61000-6-3
Class 2 Power Supply), TUV Immunity - EN61000-6-2, EN61000-4-2
(EN60950), CE (EN5008-1/ Level 4, EN61000-4-3, EN61000-4-6
EN55022 for EMI, EN50082-1/ Level 3, EN61000-4-4 Level 4 (I/P)
EN55024 for EMS), FCC (Class B) Level 3 (O/P), EN61000-4-5 Level 4,
EN61000-4-8, EN61000-4-11
Intellinova® – Power Supply Unit INO28
75
DIN-rail
45 depth 91
INO28 is a compact design power supply unit for simple A rugged electrical and mechanical design as well as high im-
mounting on a DIN rail outside an Intellinova System Unit munity against electrical disturbances on the mains provides
for 19" rack. Quick connect spring-clamp terminals makes reliable output power. This offers superior protection for the
the unit easy to install. DIN rail and cables are not included. equipment when exposed to a critical industrial environment.
Technical specifications, INO28

Rated input voltage: 100 to 240 V AC (85 to 375 V AC) Storage temperature: –40 to +85 °C (with no icing or
Frequency: 50/60 Hz ±6% condensation)
Power rating: 50 W Relative humidity: 5 % to 95 % RH (IEC 60068-2-30)
Rated output voltage: + 24 V DC Dimensions (w x h x d): 45 x 75 x 91 mm

(1.77 x 2.95 x 3.58 in)
Voltage adjustment range: 24 to 28 V DC
Approved standards: IEC 60950-1, IEC 60601-1, UL 508
Output current: 2.1 to 1.8 A (listed), UL 60950-1 (recognized
Protection: over-load, over-voltage, no-load E137006), NEC Class 2 (listed),
and short-circuits UL 1604 (recognized E246877),
Marine (category: C, EMC2), SEMI
F47 (120 Vac or 208 Vac input)
Intellinova® – Relay INO16
70,5
67
16 85.5
Internal connections
INO16 is a slim relay of plug-in type mounted in a socket for

DIN rail mounting. It has a LED indicator showing mechani- DO Commander unit
cal operation and a test button (A). The relay is delivered DO
DO1
complete with socket and internal cabling for Intellinova –
system unit.
Digital out
Technical specifications +24 V DC
Poles: 2
Rated coil voltage: 24 V DC
1(–)
Rated coil current: 21.6 mA
8 (+)
Load: resistive load (cos φ =1), inductive
load (cos φ = 0.4; L / R = 7 ms) A
Rated load: resistive; 5 A /250 VAC, 5 A /30 V DC
inductive; 2A/250 VAC, 3A/30 V DC
Rated carry current: 5 A NO 4 5
Max. switching voltage: 380 VAC, 125 V DC 2 7
Max. switching current: 5 A NC
3 6
Max. switching power: resistive; 1250 VA, 150 W –+
24 V DC
inductive; 500 VA, 90 W
Amb. temperature: –40° to 70 °C (non-condensing)
Amb. humidity: 5% to 85% (operating)
Dimensions: 85.5x67x16 mm
Mounting: DIN rail Parallel EN
Approved standards: UL508 (File No. E41643), IEC/VDE system unit
(EN61810), CSA 22.2 No.0, No.14
(File No. LR311928), LR
1(–)
8(+)
NO 4 5
2 7
NC
3 6
Intellinova® – Key phasor interface INO17
INO17 is a tachometer sensor interface ideal for connect-

Main application
ing the Intellinova online system to buffered outputs of a
machine protection system. It has two input channels with
common 12 V power supply from Intellinova. The interface
has three main functions:
1. It converts signals from proximity probes (Eddy current)

via buffered outputs of a machine protection system. The
interface will automatically find the voltage threshold for
the various sensors.
2. When using sensors with high output frequency the 'DIV'

output can be used for division of the frequency to 1/10 of
the input signal. Additional division to 1/100 can be made
by connecting both channels in series.
3. When the interface is connected to an open collector Intellinova system unit

INS10/INS11
output the 'PULL' input can be used to ensure the trigger
level and filter out noise.
INO17 is intended for DIN rail mounting and is delivered with

Buffered outputs on machine protection system
internal cabling for connection to the Intellinova system unit.
Intellinova Parallel EN
Power supply: 12 V DC
system unit
Pulse frequency: max. 100 kHz at 50% duty cycle
Pulse amplitude: min. 2 V
Input pulse: low level –33 V to +2.5 V
high level – 22 V to +33 V
Amb. temperature: 0° to 60 °C (non-condensing)
Amb. humidity: 10 % to 90 % (operating)
Dimensions: 102x23x75 mm
Mounting: DIN rail 35 mm
+12V
–12V
V– L
L
V+ N
N
PE PE
12VDC
RPM sensor 1 RPM sensor 2
Intellinova – Displacement signal interface
106
PWR PWR
76 31
41
54
The displacement signal interface is an adapter that en-

ables connection of inductive proximity sensors to the
online system Intellinova Parallel EN. INO33 converts up to
four signals from inductive proximity sensors, via buffered
outputs of a machine protection system, for connection to
the transducer inputs of Intellinova Parallel EN system unit
(TD-543).
A keyphasor signal can be received from the rotating shaft to

input In D, provided that the generated once-per-revolution
voltage pulse is at least 2 V with a minimum pulse width of
5 us. The channel D output to INCEN16 is then available on
Out D while there is a speed signal available on RPM (D).
INO33 is intended for DIN rail mounting and is delivered

with internal cabling for connection to the transducer inputs
on INCEN16. It is powered with 18-36 V and preferably uses
the same power supply as INCEN16.
Technical specifications PWR PWR

24 VDC
Power supply: 18-36 V DC
Power consumption: max. 1.5 W
Ambient temperature: 0° to 60 °C
Ambient humidity: 10% to 90% (operating)
Mounting: DIN rail, 35 mm
Input signal: negative –25 V to 0 V
positive 0 V to 25 V
Signal frequency/speed: 0 Hz to 10 kHz /600 000 RPM
Pulse amplitude: min. 2 V
Pulse frequency: 0.1 Hz to 10 kHz
Duty cycle, pulse: min. 1% and/or min. 5 us pulse
width
Part numbers
INO33 Displacement signal interface
Intellinova® – 3G Router 90619
90619 90460
The 90619 industrial mobile broadband GPRS/EDGE/3G The dual SIM support in the device ensures that site connec-
router uses the Internet to cost effectively inter-connect tivity is not dependent on a single carrier, should something
systems, allowing HMI, PLCs, sensors etc. to communicate happen the unit just switches to the other SIM.
with each other.
The router offers protection of transmissions from mali-
A compact design bundled with all interfaces and LEDs in cious eavesdroppers via encrypted communication tunnels
the front make the unit extremely well suited for industrial (VPN), and features a simple, yet powerful, packet inspec-
applications. With isolation between the PSU and the Ether- tion firewall.
net and serial ports the router protects against issues caused
by ground loops.
Dimensions: 53x103x103 mm (2.08x4.05x4.05 in) IP Routing, firewall,
Weight: 0.4 kg VPN and cyber security Static IP routing
Degree of protection: IP 40 Dynamic IP routing, RIPv1/v2
Power (isolated) VRRP
Operating voltage: 10 – 60 VDC GRE
Rated voltage: 12 – 48 VDC Stateful inspection Firewall / ACL, NAT,
Rated current: 140 mA @ 24 VDC Port Forwarding
Interfaces 25 x IPsec VPN, PSK & X.509, Fail-over
RS-232: 1 x 300 bit/s – 115.2 kbit/s 1 x L2TP client
Ethernet TX: 2 x 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s 1 x PPTP client
SIM: 2 x SIM slots (3 volts SIM supported) 1 x OpenVPN / SSL VPN client
Antennas Main and GPS Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol
Connection: SMA female RADIUS
Temperature PPP Dial in/Dial out
Operating: –40 to +70 ºC (–40 to +158 ºF) Manageability Management tools: Web interface (HTTP
Storage & transport: –40 to +85 ºC (–40 to +185 ºF) and HTTPS), Command Line Interface
Ethernet technologies IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT, IEEE 802.3u (CLI) via SSHv2 and TELNET, SNMPv1/
for 100BaseTX v2c/v3, SMS Control
Cellular technologies Circuit Switched Data mode (CSD) Flexible alarm/event handling system
GSM, GPRS Multi-slot class 12, mobile Syslog (log files and remote syslog server)
station class B, PBCCH support, cod- SNTP (NTP client)
ing schemes CS 1-4, EDGE Multi-slot DHCP client
class 12 (max 236.8 kbit/s), mobile DHCP server
station class B, modulation and cod- DDNS (Dynamic DNS update client)
ing scheme MCS 1-9, 3G (WCDMA /
UMTS) 384 kbit/s downlink / uplink Options
HSDPA up to 21.0 Mbit/s downlink 90460 Omni-directional antenna for 3G router 90619
HSUPA up to 5.7 Mbit/s uplink 90451 Network cable for 3G router, shielded, 0.3 m
Serial port technologies RS-232, Serial Over IP (Serial Extender 90457 Internal antenna cable with connectors, 0.3 m
and Virtual Serial Port), Modem
90500 External antenna cable with connectors, 0.75 m
emulation, AT command interpreter,
90458 External antenna cable with connectors, 10 m
MODBUS, DNP3, SMS
Layer-2 QoS IEEE 802.1p Class of Service 93001 Bulkhead adapter for antenna cable
93002 Dust cap for bulkhead adapter 93001
Intellinova® – 4G Router 90645
90645 90460
90645 is an industrial mobile broadband GPRS/EDGE/3G/4G The dual SIM support in the device ensures that site connec-
LTE router that uses the Internet to cost effectively inter- tivity is not dependent on a single carrier, should something
connect systems, allowing HMI, PLCs, sensors etc. to com- happen the unit just switches to the other SIM.
municate with each other.
The router offers protection of transmissions from mali-
A compact design bundled with all interfaces and LEDs in cious eavesdroppers via encrypted communication tunnels
the front make the unit extremely well suited for industrial (VPN), and features a simple, yet powerful, packet inspec-
applications. With isolation between the PSU and the Ether- tion firewall.
net and serial ports the router protects against issues caused
by ground loops.
Dimension W x H x D 53x103x103 mm (2.08x4.05x4.05 in) Layer-2 QoS IEEE 802.1p Class of Service
Weight 0.4 kg IP Routing, Firewall,
Degree of protection IP40 VPN and Cyber Security Static IP routing
Power (isolated) Dynamic IP routing, RIPv1/v2
Operating voltage 10 to 60 VDC VRRP
Rated voltage 12 to 48 VDC GRE
Rated current 140 mA @ 24 VDC Stateful inspection Firewall / ACL, NAT,
Interfaces Port Forwarding
RS-232 1 x 300 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s 25 x IPsec VPN, PSK & X.509, Fail-over
Ethernet TX 2 x 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s 1 x L2TP client
SIM 2 x SIM slots (3 volts SIM supported) 1 x PPTP client
1 x OpenVPN / SSL VPN client
Antennas Main and GPS Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol
Connection SMA female RADIUS
Temperature PPP Dial in/Dial out
Operating –40 to +70ºC (–40 to +158ºF) Manageability Management tools: Web interface (HTTP
Storage & Transport –40 to +85ºC (–40 to +185ºF) and HTTPS), Command Line Interface
Ethernet Technologies IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT, IEEE 802.3u (CLI) via SSHv2 and TELNET, SNMPv1/
for 100BaseTX v2c/v3, SMS Control
Cellular Technologies Circuit Switched Data mode (CSD) Flexible alarm/event handling system
GSM, GPRS Multi-slot class 12, mobile Syslog (log files and remote syslog server)
station class B, PBCCH support, cod- SNTP (NTP client)
ing schemes CS 1-4, EDGE Multi-slot DHCP client
class 12 (max 236.8 kbit/s), mobile DHCP server
station class B, modulation and cod- DDNS (Dynamic DNS update client)
ing scheme MCS 1-9, 3G (WCDMA /
UMTS) 384 kbit/s downlink / uplink Options
HSDPA up to 42.0 Mbit/s downlink,
90460 Omni-directional antenna for 4G router 90645
HSUPA up to 5.7 Mbit/s uplink, 4G
LTE up to 100 Mbit/s downlink, 4G 90451 Network cable for 4G router, shielded, 0.3 m
LTE up to 50 Mbit/s uplink 90457 Internal antenna cable with connectors, 0.3 m
Serial Port Technologies RS-232, Serial Over IP (Serial Extender 90500 External antenna cable with connectors, 0.75 m
and Virtual Serial Port), Modem 90580 External antenna cable with connectors, 2 m
emulation, AT command interpreter, 90458 External antenna cable with connectors, 10 m
MODBUS, DNP3, SMS
93001 Bulkhead adapter for antenna cable
93002 Dust cap for bulkhead adapter 93001
4G/Wi-Fi router 90679
25
79
103
111
The 4G/Wi-Fi router 90679 is a compact LTE and LTE-M/ Technical specifications
NB-IoT router, which offers out-of-the-box connectivity that 4G frequency band: 2100(B1), 1800(B3), 2600(B7),
is simple to install, and easy to manage. 900(B8), 800(B20), 700(B28)
3G frequency band: 2100(B1), 900(B8)
90679 provides purpose-built, secure, managed LTE 2G frequency band: 900, 1800
networking. 90679 is ideal for connecting industrial, remote Firewall: NAT mode or fully transparent mode
data logging and sensing equipment in protected locations, Applications: SMS, Telnet/SSH, Telnet, SMTP,
and enables processing of IoT data at the edge. SNMP, SNTP
Speed 4G (LTE): uplink: 50 Mbps,
The router is designed to meet the environmental and downlink: 150 Mbps
performance requirements of industrial applications, while Speed 3G (HSPA+): uplink: 5.76 Mbps,
delivering superior reliability and uninterrupted operation in downlink: 21 Mbps
fixed, indoor and protected outdoor environments. VPN: IPsec, GRE, and OpenVPN Client,
up to five concurrent tunnels, Split
Tunnel, Dead Peer Detection (DPD)
Wi-Fi: Dual Band 2.4/5GHz Wi-Fi, 802.11
b/g/n/ac (Wave2 Client Mode),
support for 10 clients, WPA2
Enterprise, Access Point or Client
Mode, Single SSID Support
Connections: 1 pc RJ45: Gigabit LAN with
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, 1 pc
micro-USB, 1 pc I/O via power
connector. Digital/analog input.
Operating temp.: −30° to +65 °C (−22° to +149 °F)
Storage temp.: −40° to +85 °C (−40° to +185 °F)
Power supply: 7-36V DC (DC cable included)
Antennas: 3G/4G (SMA), Wi-Fi (RP-SMA)
Weight: 397 g
Part numbers
90679 Wireless 4G/Wi-Fi router
Ethernet switch 83263
LED
83263 indicators
Network
RJ-45 connection
Network
RJ-45 connection
Power connection
83263 is an unmanaged 5 port industrial Ethernet switch Network diagnostics are simplified with the inclusion of port
designed for easy use in heavy duty industrial applications. mirroring on one port allowing data flow through the switch
The units supports 802.1Q long packets which allows all to be monitored using a network analyzer. All five ports can
standard industrial Ethernet protocols to be used. Total gal- have data rate and flow control locked by DIP switch which
vanic isolation between each port is reinforced by the unique can eliminate problems with old legacy Ethernet equipment
isolation provided between each chassis screen helping to that is unable to support auto negotiation.
avoid ground loop currents.

Dimensions: 34 x 123 x 121 mm (1.33 x 4.84 x 4.76 in) 83263 Ethernet switch with RJ-45 connection
Weight: 0.25 kg
Degree of protection: IP21
Operating voltage: 9.6 – 57.6 VDC
Rated current: 320 mA @ 12VDC
Ethernet TX: 5xRJ-45, 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s
Temp. range: –25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 °F)
Agency approvals and standards compliance
EMC EN 61000-6-2, Immunity industrial environments
EN 61000-6-3, Emission residential environments
EN 61000-6-4, Emission industrial environments
E-Mark, Road Vehicles, 10R-04 7216 (optional art.
no 3644-6001)
Safety UL 60950-1, 1st Edition
Marine DNV Standard for Certification no. 2.4
Intellinova® – Rogowski Coil 90015
5m
16
60
Ø 6.5
59
20
138
86
9
20
15 34.5
The Rogowski Coil is an industrially specified AC current Featuring

transducer for permanent installation. It combines the ben- • True rms measurement of AC current up to 2500 A
efits of a thin, flexible, clip-around coil sensor with a signal • Easy to install flexible "clip-around" sensor
conditioner providing true rms measurement of AC current.
• Fully isolated measurement
The Rogowski coil is specified with industry standard output • Safety approvals EN 61010
4-20 mA, making it ideal for use with the Intellinova online
conition monitoring system.
Rated current (rms): 2500 A Coil sensor
Rated output: 4 – 20 mA (full scale FS)
Output limit: 150% FS (7.5 V or 28 mA)
Supply voltage: 12 VDC (–10%) to 24 VDC
(+20%)
Operating temperature: –5 °C to +65 °C Signal
Bandwidth (-3dB): 2 Hz to 100 kHz Conditioner
Max. response time: 1000 ms

Accuracy: ±1.5 % at 25 °C
OUTPUT
Output load: <300 Ohm S1 S2 –+
Coil insulation voltage: 10 kV
Coil length: 300 mm (11.8")
Cable length: 5m
Output connectors: Screw terminals
+ Supply
– +12 –24 VDC
Wire size: 0.5 to 4.0 mm2
In+ In –
Mounting: DIN rail or panel mount (M4)
Analog input
Weight: 470 g
Intellinova
Standards and approvals: Complies with EN 61010:2001,
EMC EN 61326, CE marked
Machine Guard MG4-02 A
Machine Guard MG4-02 A is a stand-alone measuring unit Technical specifications

for continuous monitoring of bearing condition on two SPM channels: 2, multiplexing
channels. It measures shock pulses according to the true Analog outputs (2): 4-20 mA, selective range,
SPM method. no galvanic separation
Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Machine Guard MG4-02 A provides: Secondary relays (4): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
status display (green - yellow - red light) Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
15 - 30 Vac/Vdc
• Display of measured value with continuous updates
Power consumption: max. 6 VA
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Temperature range: 0° to 50 °C (32° to 122 °F)
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network Casing: Polycarbonate / PVC, IP65
using RTU) TNC connectors: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable Display screen: LCD, 4 x 16 characters, back-
lighted
alarm levels.
Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
MG4 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be sup- Dimensions: 200x144x77 mm
Weight: 1140 grams
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Shock
pulse transducers are connected to the TNC connectors via Bearing channel (SPM)
coaxial cables. Measuring time, alarm levels, alarm delay and SPM method: dBm/dBc or LR/HR, evaluated
the channel/relay combinations are programmed, using the Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
Resolution: 1 dBsv
push buttons on the front panel.
Alarm limits: 2, programmable
The following options are selected on ordering the unit: Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
Fault indication: Transducer line test of
Power supply: measuring circuit quality
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac / V dc Transducer type: SPM 40000 or 42000
Bearing channel:
• dBm/dBc or LR/HR technique
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped
for network have no analog outputs.
Machine Guard MG4-1A is a stand-alone measuring unit for Technical specifications

continuous monitoring of machine vibration on one channel. Vibration channels: 1
It measures vibration severity (true RMS value of vibration
Analog outputs (1): 4 - 20 mA, selective range,
velocity) according to ISO 10816. no galvanic separation
Machine Guard MG4-1 A provides: Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
• Two programmable alarm levels and status display Secondary relays (2): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
(green - yellow - red light) 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
• Display of measured value with continuous updates
15 to 30 Vac/Vdc
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network
using RTU) Temperature range: 0° to 50 °C (32° to 122 °F)
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (2) with programmable Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
alarm levels. TNC connector (option): Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
Display screen: LCD, 4 x 16 characters, back-
MG4 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be supplied
lighted
with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measuring
time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay com- Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
binations are programmed, using the push buttons on the Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
front panel. It has a cable inlet of type M12 for vibration Weight: 1060 grams
transducer connected with twisted pair cable but can be
equipped with TNC connector (option) for coaxial cable. Vibration channel (VIB)
Measuring range: 0.5 to 49.9 mm/s RMS
The following options are selected on ordering the unit:
(0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
Power supply: Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac / V dc
Frequency range: 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000,
10 - 2000 or 100 -1000 Hz
Vibration channel:
• Frequency range 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000, 10 - 2000 Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
or 100 -1000 Hz Alarm limits: 2, programmable
Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
for network have no analog outputs. and open circuit
Transducer type: IEPE (ICP®) with bias 2 to
18 V DC and sensitivity 0.9 to
12.0 mV/m/s2, type SLD or
TRV-18/19/20/21 with isolated
installation foot TRX-18/19

for continuous monitoring of machine vibration on two Vibration channels: 2, multiplexing
channels. It measures vibration severity (true RMS value of
Analog outputs (2): 4 - 20 mA, selective range,
vibration velocity) according to ISO 10816. no galvanic separation
Machine Guard MG4-2 A provides: Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and Secondary relays (4): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
status display (green - yellow - red light) 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
• Display of measured value with continuous updates Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
15 to 30 Vac/Vdc
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network
using RTU) Temperature range: 0° to 50 °C (32° to 122 °F)
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
alarm levels. TNC connectors (option): Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
Display screen: LCD, 4 x 16 characters, back-
MG4 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be sup-
lighted
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measur-
ing time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
combinations are programmed, using the push buttons on Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
the front panel. It has cable inlets of type M12 for vibration Weight: 1070 grams
transducers connected with twisted pair cables but can be
equipped with TNC connectors (option) for coaxial cables. Vibration channel (VIB)
Power supply: Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac / V dc
Frequency range: 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000,
10 - 2000 or 100 -1000 Hz
Vibration channel:
• Frequency range 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000, 10 - 2000 Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
or 100 -1000 Hz Alarm limits: 2, programmable
Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped
and open circuit
for network have no analog outputs.
18 V DC and sensitivity 0.9 to
TRV-18/19/20/21 with isolated
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2011-09 TD-351 B Rev.0

for continuous monitoring of machine vibration (one chan- Vibration channels: 1
nel) and bearing condition (two channels). It measures SPM channels: 2, multiplexing
vibration severity (true RMS value of vibration velocity) Analog outputs (3): 4 - 20 mA, selective range,
according to ISO 10816 and shock pulses according to the no galvanic separation
true SPM method. Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Secondary relays (4): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
Machine Guard MG4-12 A provides:
150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
status display (green - yellow - red light) 15 - 30 Vac/Vdc
• Display of measured value with continuous updates Power consumption: max. 6 VA
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Temperature range: 0° to 50 °C (32° to 122 °F)
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
using RTU) TNC connectors: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
Display screen: LCD, 4x16 characters, backlighted
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable
alarm levels.
MG4 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be supplied Weight: 1140 grams
with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measuring Vibration channel (VIB)
time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay com- Measuring range: 0.5 to 49.9 mm/s RMS
binations are programmed, using the push buttons on the (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
front panel. It has a cable inlet of type M12 for vibration Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
transducer connected with twisted pair cable but can be Frequency range: 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000,
equipped with TNC connector (option) for coaxial cable. 10 - 2000 or 100 -1000 Hz
Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
Alarm limits: 2, programmable
Power supply: Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac / V dc Fault indication: Transducer line test for short and
open circuit
Vibration channel: Transducer type: IEPE (ICP®) with bias 2-18 V DC
• Frequency range 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000, 10 - 2000 and sensitivity 0.9-12.0 mV/m/s2,
or 100 -1000 Hz type SLD or TRV-18/19/20/21 with
isolated installation foot TRX18/19
Bearing channel: Bearing channel (SPM)
• dBm/dBc or LR/HR technique SPM method: dBm/dBc or LR/HR, evaluated
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Resolution: 1 dBsv
for network have no analog outputs. Alarm limits: 2, programmable
measuring circuit quality
Transducer type: SPM 40000 or 42000

for continuous monitoring of machine vibration (two chan- Vibration channels: 2, multiplexing
nels) and bearing condition (two channels). It measures SPM channels: 2, multiplexing
vibration severity (true RMS value of vibration velocity) Analog outputs (4): 4 - 20 mA, selective range,
according to ISO 10816 and shock pulses according to the no galvanic separation
true SPM method. Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Machine Guard MG4-22 A provides: 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and
15 - 30 Vac/Vdc
status display (green - yellow - red light) Power consumption: max. 6 VA
• Display of measured value with continuous updates Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network TNC connectors: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
Display screen: LCD, 4 x16 characters, back-
using RTU)
lighted
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
alarm levels. Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
Weight: 1150 grams
MG4 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be sup-
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measur- Vibration channel (VIB)
ing time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay
combinations are programmed, using the push buttons on Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
the front panel. It has cable inlets of type M12 for vibration
Frequency range: 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000,
transducers connected with twisted pair cables but can be 10 - 2000 or 100 -1000 Hz
equipped with TNC connectors (option) for coaxial cables. Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
The following options are selected on ordering the unit: Alarm limits: 2, programmable
Power supply: Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc and open circuit
Vibration channel: 18 V DC and sensitivity 0.9 to
• Frequency range 3 -1000, 3 - 2000, 10 -1000, 10 - 2000 TRV-18/19/20/21 with isolated
or 100 -1000 Hz installation foot TRX-18/19
Bearing channel (SPM)
Bearing channel: SPM method: dBm/dBc or LR/HR, evaluated
• dBm/dBc or LR/HR technique Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port Resolution: 1 dBsv
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Alarm limits: 2, programmable
for network have no analog outputs. Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
measuring circuit quality
Transducer type: SPM 40000 or 42000
Machine Guard MG4-REF11 A
Machine Guard MG4-REF11 A is a measuring unit for conti- Technical specifications

nuous monitoring of mechanical shocks arising when the Vibration monitoring: 1 channel
disc segments in a refiner touches each other (one channel) Shock pulse monitoring: 1 channel
and machine vibration (one channel). It measures vibration Analog outputs (4): 4 - 20 mA, selective range, VIB (1),
severity (true RMS value of vibration velocity) according to Shock Level (1), dBc (1), dBm (1),
no galvanic separation
ISO 2372. It provides, for each channel:
Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
• Status display (green - red light) and system fault (yel- 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
low light) Power supply: 230 Vac or 115 Vac
• Display of measured value with continuous updates Power consumption: max. 6 VA
• Analog output current 4-20 mA with programmable Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
range Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
• Relay action at two programmable alarm levels (red TNC connector: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
alarm) Display screen: LCD, 4x16 characters, backlighted
A shock pulse transducer is fixed to the refiner housing so Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
that mechanical shocks from the segments are transmit- Weight: 1140 grams
ted to the transducer with a minimum of reduction. The
Vibration channel (VIB)
transducer signal is transmitted via the cables to the MG4-
REF11 A electronics which analyse the frequency of occur- (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
rence and magnitude. Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz
When the unit is in its normal measuring mode, the green
Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 sec
- red status light shows the status of the channel with the
Alarm limits: 2, programmable, A1 (max) and
worst condition. The yellow status light indicates system A2 (min)
fault. The display shows the measuring result on both Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
channels. Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
and open circuit
During normal operation the instrument reading is 20 to Transducer type: IEPE (ICP®) with bias 2 to
60 %. If the discs run together, corresponding to an instru- 18 V DC and sensitivity 0.9 to
ment reading above 70 %, a relay is activated and a signal 12.0 mV/m/s2, type SLD or
is given to open the disc gap. TRV-18/19/20/21 with isolated
The measuring results can be put on any of the available
Shock pulse channel (SPM)
analog output channels and connected with any of the SPM method: dBm/dBc
relays. Measuring time: approx. 0.4 s
Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
MG4-REF11 A has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can
Resolution: 1 dBsv
be connected to a PLC via the analog outputs. Measuring Alarm limits: 2, programmable A1 (max) and
time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay com- A2 (min)
binations are programmed, using the push buttons on the Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
front panel. Power supply, 230 Vac or 115 Vac, and type of Fault indication: Transducer line test of measuring
shock pulse transducer are selected on ordering the unit. circuit quality, every 2 min.
Transducer type: SPM 42000
MG4 -XXA – Cable specifications
SPM measurements
Article Connector Accessories Cable Protection Connector Accessories IP Max. Transducer TD
number transducer transducer tube MG4 MG4 class temp. type sheet
45011 93022 81018 90005 93022 81018 70°C 40000/42000 TD-019

TD-393
45012 93022 10473 90005 93022 81018 70°C 40000/42000 TD-019
TD-393
46144 15291 81018 90005 15291 81018 IP67 70°C 40000/42000 TD-257
TD-393
46096 13008 90005 13008 IP67 70°C 40000/42000 TD-009
TD-393
46143 17155 15716 90005 81385 17155 15716 IP67 70°C 40000/42000 TD-462
TD-393
SPM measurements - High temperature cable

45300 93022 82166 90267 93022 82166 165°C 40000/42000 TD-019
TD-393
47125 13008 90267 13008 IP67 150°C 40000/42000 TD-009
TD-393
46139 17155 15716 90267 81385 17155 15716 IP67 150°C 40000/42000 TD-462
TD-393
VIB measurements
45011 93022 81018 90005 93022 81018 70°C TRV TD-019
TD-393
45012 93022 10473 90005 93022 81018 70°C TRV TD-019
TD-393
46144 15291 81018 90005 15291 81018 IP67 70°C TRV TD-257
TD-393
46096 13008 90005 13008 IP67 70°C TRV TD-009
TD-393
46143 17155 15716 90005 81385 17155 15716 IP67 70°C TRV TD-462
TD-393
46099 15168 90389 open IP67 90°C SLD TD-217
TD-394
46138 15168 15716 90389 81385 open 15762 IP67 90°C SLD TD-217
TD-394
46147 16100 90389 open IP67 90°C SLD TD-314
TD-394
46148 16100 15716 90389 81385 open 15762 IP67 90°C SLD TD-314
TD-393
VIB measurements - High temperature cable

45300 93022 82166 90267 93022 82166 165°C TRV TD-019
TD-393
47125 13008 90267 13008 IP67 150°C TRV TD-009
TD-393
46139 17155 15716 90267 81385 17155 15716 IP67 150°C TRV TD-462
TD-393
46098 15168 90381 open IP67 125°C SLD TD-217
TD-394
46151 16100 90381 open IP67 125°C SLD TD-314
TD-394
46140 16100 15716 90381 81385 open 15762 IP67 125°C SLD TD-314
TD-394
CMM System - Encapsulated Modules
BMM-40 BDM-40 BMM-42 BDM-42 DMM-13/14 DMM-12

Bearing Monitoring
SPM 40000
45011-L (max. 4 m)
SPM 42000
45011-L (max.100 m) 46098-L/

46099-L
VMM-14/15 VMM-20/21 VDM-14/15 VDM-20/21
Vibration Monitoring TMM-12/

TMM-13
SLD-121A/E
Temperature
46050-L to PLC
The CMM System Bearing Monitoring Modules

The CMM system is a permanently installed, continuous con- BMM-40 2 channels, for transducer 40000 (max. cable
dition monitoring system, consisting of transducers, convert- length L = 4 m)
ers, and combined display and control modules. BMM-42 2 channels, for transducer 42000 (max. cable
The transducers measure bearing condition (shock pulse length L = 100 m)
method), vibration severity (ISO 10816), and temperature. BDM-40 2 channels with display, for transducer 40000
(max. cable length L = 4 m)
The converters, with or without display of measured value,
BDM-42 2 channels with display, for transducer 42000
transform the shock pulse and vibration transducer signals
into 4 to 20 mA analog signals. The temperature transmitter
has an output of 4 to 20 mA.
Transducers and cables
The display modules (DMM) have two input channels for 4 to
SLD121A Vibration transducer, M8
20 mA, and two relay outputs (24 V / 100 mA).
SLD121E Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"
TRV-18 Vibration transducer, M8
Display Modules TRV-19 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"
DMM-12 2 channels, 4-20 mA in, 2 relays (24 V/100 mA), TRX-18 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-18
for 35 mm DIN rail TRX-19 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-19
DMM-13 2 channels, 4-20 mA in, 2 relays (24 V/100 mA), 40000 Shock Pulse Transducer
in cabinet IP 65, 1 x Pg11 cable inlet 42000 Shock Pulse Transducer with matching unit
DMM-14 Identical with DMM-13 but with 1 x Pg11 plus
45011-L Coaxial cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, temp.
2 x Pg7 cable inlets
range -10° to +70°C (L = length in meters)
46050-L Coaxial cable with connectors, TNC-SMB, temp.
Vibration Monitoring Modules
range -10° to +70° C (L = length in meters)
VMM-14 1 channel, 10-1000 Hz
VMM-15 1 channel, 3 -1000 Hz TMM-12 4-20 mA Temperature transmitter, M8
TMM-13 4-20 mA Temperature transmitter, UNC5/16"
VMM-20 2 channels, 10-1000 Hz
46098-L Twisted pair cable for TMM-12/13, -65 to 200°C
VMM-21 2 channels, 3 -1000 Hz 46099-L Twisted pair cable for TMM-12/13, -40 to 90°C
VDM-14 1 channel with display, 10-1000 Hz
VDM-15 1 channel with display, 3 -1000 Hz Accessories
14141 Cabinet with mounting rails for DMM-12
VDM-20 2 channels with display, 10-1000 Hz
14142 Mounting rail, 35 mm DIN, length 357 mm
VDM-21 2 channels with display, 3 -1000 Hz
OMR-10 Power supply module for 35 mm DIN rail,
15 W, 24 V, 0.6 A
CMM System - Bearing Monitoring Module BMM
110 Module Transducer Cable length

94 56 BMM-40 40000 max. 4 m
BMM-42 42000 max. 100 m
124
109
149
Bearing Monitoring Modules BMM are converters with two Technical data
channels which output 4-20 mA proportional to the un- Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum
normalized maximum value of the shock pulses measured on value
a bearing. The measuring time is approximately 1 second per Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
channel. The measuring range for both channels together
Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv
can be jumper set to either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. (5 dB /mA, 0.2 mA/dB)
The 4-20 mA current can be supplied to an display module of (6.25 dB/mA, 0.16 mA/dB)
type DMM, to a PLC or to a computer controlled monitoring Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
system (e.g. SPM's CMS System).
Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BMM-40),
SPM 42000 (BMM-42)
There are two versions:
• BMM-40 for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or SPM
90267-L (L = length in m)
coaxial cable used between transducer and module is
max. 4 m. Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
• BMM-42 for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out = interrupted or faulty
coaxial cable used between transducer and module is transducer line
max. 100 m. Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
The modules are wall mounted and supplied with 12 to 800 Ω at 24 V)
24 V DC. A transducer line fault is indicated by an output of Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (±10%, tested
≤ 1 mA. This output can be changed to 4 mA by a jumper according to EN 50082-2)
setting, which is common for both channels. Supply current: max. 0.1 A
Cable inlet: IP65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
Signal conversion
Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 µ
mA 20
Housing: polycarbonate, IP65
18
16 Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
14 Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
12 Dimensions: 110 x 149 x 56 mm
10
Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4 mm,
8
6 spacing 109 x 94 mm
4 Weight: 300 g
0
1: 0 20 40 60 80 dBsv
2: 20 40 60 80 100 dBsv
CMM System – Bearing Display Module BDM
Module Transducer Cable length

BDM-40A 40000 max. 4 m
110
BDM-42A 42000 max. 100 m
94 56
124
109
149
Bearing Display Modules BDM have two functions: Technical data
• they measure bearing condition (unnormalized maxi- Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum
mum value) on two channels and convert the result into value
an analog 4-20 mA signal which can be sent to a PLC. Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
• they display analog 4-20 mA signals as a 3 digit meas- Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv (5 dB /mA, 0.2mA/dB)
ured value. All units have two inputs for analog 4-20 Measuring range 2: 20 to 100 dBsv (6.25 dB/mA, 0.16 mA/dB)
mA, connected to the value display, the condition dis- Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
play and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally
Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BDM-40A),
comes from the module's measuring channels, but can
SPM 42000 (BDM-42A)
even come from external sources.
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or
90267-L (L = length in m)
There are two versions: Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
• BDM-40A for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The co- Fault indication: ≤1 mA out = interrupted or faulty
axial cable between transducer and module is max. 4 m. transducer line
• BDM-42A for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The co- Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
axial cable between transducer and module is max. 100 m. signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
800 Ω at 24 V)
The measuring range for both channels can be jumper set Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested accord-
to either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. The modules are wall ing to EN 50082-2)
mounted and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. A transducer line Supply current: max 0.15 A
fault is indicated by an output of ≤ 1 mA. This output can Cable inlet: IP 65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
be disconnected by a jumper setting. Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 µ
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select
Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel.
Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4 mm, spac-
These are connected to the condition display (green–yel-
ing 109 x 94 mm
low –red) and to two relay outputs.
Weight: 400 g
The relays can be controlled by either display channel. In Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single display Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
channel and provide relay switching at two levels (ALERT and Value display: 3 digits LED
ALARM). In two channel mode, each display channel uses Condition display: green, yellow, and red LED
one relay which switches at the ALARM level. Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
buttons
Push-buttons: 2, for display control, alarm limit and
alarm delay setting
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.se ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2009-03. TD-146 B Rev.0
CMM System – Vibration Monitoring Module VMM
Module Channels Freq. range

VMM-14 1 10 - 1000 Hz
110 VMM-15 1 3 - 1000 Hz
VMM-20 2 10 - 1000 Hz
94 56 VMM-21 2 3 - 1000 Hz
124
109
149
VMM-14/15 VMM-20/21
Vibration Monitoring Modules VMM are programmable Technical data

converters which supply a 4-20 mA signal proportional to Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
the RMS-value of vibration velocity. There are four versions: (modified frequency range,VMM-15/21)
Channels: 1 (VMM-14/15), 2 (VMM-20/21)
VMM-14: 1 channel, frequency range 10 - 1000 Hz Measuring range 1: 0 - 5 mm/s (0 -0.19 inch/s)
VMM-15: 1 channel, frequency range 3 - 1000 Hz
Resolution: 3.2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.313 mm/s
VMM-20: 2 channels, frequency range 10 - 1000 Hz
VMM-21: 2 channels, frequency range 3 - 1000 Hz. Measuring range 2: 0 - 10mm/s (0 - 0.39 inch/s)
The frequency range of 3 to 1000 Hz is suitable for machines Measuring range 3: 0 - 20mm/s (0 - 0.78 inch/s)
with rotational speed down to 180 r.p.m. Resolution: 0.8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1.25 mm/s
Measuring range 4: 0 - 40mm/s (0 - 1,57 inch/s)
The measuring range can be DIP switch set to either 0 to 5,
0 to 10, 0 to 20 or 0 to 40 mm/s.
Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VMM-14/20)
3 to 1000 Hz (VMM-15/21)
The 4-20 mA output can be supplied to a display module
Transducer type: TRV-18/19, SLD121
type DMM, to a PLC or to a computer controlled monitoring
system (e.g. SPM's CMS System). Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L ,
or 90267-L, (L = max. 50 m)
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out for open or short circuit
be jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each channel. Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce signal
accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable with 24 V)
TNC connectors. The module is wall mounted with 4 screws Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, according to
ø 4 mm and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. The cable inlet is EN 50082-2)
tight for cable diameters 5.5 to 10 mm. Supply current: max 0.1 A
Cable inlet: IP 65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 µ
Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4mm, spacing 109x94 mm
Weight: 300 g
CMM System - Vibration Display Module VDM
Module Channels Freq. range

VDM-14A 1 10 - 1000 Hz
VDM-15A 1 3 - 1000 Hz
110 VDM-20A 2 10 - 1000 Hz
94 56 VDM-21A 2 3 - 1000 Hz
124
109
149
VDM-14/15 VDM-20/21
Vibration Display Modules VDM have two functions: Technical data

• they measure the RMS-value of vibration velocity on Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
one or two channels and convert it to an analog 4-20 (modified lower freq., VDM-15A/21A)
mA signal which can be sent to a PLC. Vibration channels: 1 (VDM-14A/15A), 2 (VDM-20A/21A)
Measuring range 1: 0-5 mm/s (0-0,19 inch/s)
• they display analog 4-20 mA signals as a 3 digit meas-
Resolution: 3,2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0,313 mm/s
ured value. All units have two inputs for analog 4-20
Measuring range 2: 0-10mm/s (0-0,39 inch/s)
mA, connected to the value display, the condition dis-
play and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally
comes from the unit's measuring channel(s), but can Measuring range 3: 0-20mm/s (0-0,78 inch/s)
even come from external sources. Resolution: 0,8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1,25 mm/s
There are four versions: Measuring range 4: 0-40mm/s (0-1,57 inch/s)

VDM-14A: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 10-1000 Hz
VDM-15A: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 3-1000 Hz Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VDM-14A/20A)
VDM-20A: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 10-1000 Hz 3 to 1000 Hz (VDM-15A/21A)
VDM-21A: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 3-1000 Hz. Transducer type: TRV-18/19, SLD121
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L
(L= max. 50 m)
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable. The
Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
module is wall mounted and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC.
Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out for open or short circuit
The cable inlet is tight for cable diameters 5.5 to 10 mm. Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can be 800 Ω at 24 V)
jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each measuring channel. Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested according to
EN 50082-2), max 0.15 A
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere me-
Temperature range: 0 to 55 °C
ter with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can
Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
select preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from
Cable inlet: IP 65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
a list and set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 μ
channel. These are connected to the condition display Dimensions: 110 x 149 x 56 mm
(green - yellow - red) and to two relay outputs. The relays Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4 mm, spacing 109 x 94 mm
can be controlled by either display channel. In one channel Weight: 400 g
mode, both relays are slaved to a single display channel and Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
provide relay switching at two levels (ALERT and ALARM). Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
In two channel mode, each display channel uses one relay Value display: 3 digits, LED
which switches at the ALARM level. Condition display: green, yellow, and red LED
Alarm limits: 2 per display channel
Push-buttons: 2, for display control and programming
CMM System – Display Module DMM-12
80
35
16
71 43
DMM-12 is a condition display module for 4-20 mA analog Technical specifications

signals. Measured quantities and ranges are selected from a Input channels: 2
preprogrammed list (13 programs) or from user defined Input signals: 4 to 20 mA
programs (7 programs). Relays (2): 24V/100 mA
Measuring range: selected to match the signal input
Value display: 3 digits, LED
The display module is clipped onto a standard mounting rail Status display: green, yellow, and red LED
in a control cabinet or similar, and supplied with 12 to 24 V Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
DC, source referred to earth. buttons
Alarm delay: 0 - 600 seconds for each alarm level
The display module has two input channels and two relay Push-buttons: 2, for display control and program-
outputs. The relays can be controlled by either input chan- ming
Fault indication: blinking yellow LED = signal below 4
nel. In one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single
mA
input channel and provide relay switching at two levels
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (±10%, tested accord-
(ALERT and ALARM). In two channel mode, each input ing to EN50082-2)
channel uses one relay which switches at a preset ALARM Supply current: max 0.1 A
level. Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
Housing: polyamide, not protected
Programmable parameters for each input channel are the Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
measuring range, the two alarm levels ALERT and ALARM, Dimensions: 80 x 71 x 43 mm
Mounting: clip on to 35 mm DIN rail
and the alarm delay. These are input using two push buttons.
Weight: 100 g
Power failure will not erase the program.
Condition display is provided by three coloured LEDs. The

green LED is on while measured values are below the ALERT
level. Measured values between ALERT and ALARM on
either channel trigger a yellow LED, and a red LED lights up
when a measured value exceeds an ALARM level. A blinking
yellow LED indicates a system fault (incoming signal below
4 mA).
The measured value is displayed with three digits. In two

channel mode the status LED's and the display alternates
between the two channels and shows the channel number
followed by the measured value on this channel.
CMM System – Display Module DMM-13/14
110
124 94 56
109
143
DMM-13 DMM-14
DMM-13 and DMM-14 are condition display modules for Technical data
4-20 mA analog signals. Measured quantities and ranges Input channels: 2
are selected from a preprogrammed list (13 programs) or Input signals: 4 to 20 mA
from user defined programs (7 programs). DMM-14 has two
Relays (2): 24V / 100 mA
extra cable inlets of type Pg 7.
Measuring range: selected to match the signal input
The display module can be wall mounted separately or in a Value display: 3 digits, LED
control cabinet or similar. It is supplied with 12 to 24 V DC.
Status display: green, yellow, and red LED
The display module has two input channels and two relay Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
outputs. The relays can be controlled by either input chan- buttons
nel. In one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single Alarm delay: 0 - 600 seconds for each alarm level
Push-buttons: 2, for display control and
(ALERT and ALARM). In two channel mode, each input chan- programming
nel uses one relay which switches at a preset ALARM level.
Fault indication: blinking yellow LED = signal
below 4 mA
Programmable parameters for each input channel are the
measuring range, the two alarm levels ALERT and ALARM, Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (±10%, tested
and the alarm delay. These are input using two push buttons. according to EN50082-2)
Power failure will not erase the program. Supply current: max. 0.1 A
Condition display is provided by three coloured LEDs. The
green LED is on while measured values are below the ALERT Cable inlets: Pg11, IP65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
level. Measured values between ALERT and ALARM on Pg 7, IP65 at ø 3 to 6.5 mm (DMM-14)
either channel trigger a yellow LED, and a red LED lights
Housing: polycarbonate, IP 65
up when a measured value exceeds the ALARM level. A
blinking yellow LED indicates a system fault (incoming signal Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
below 4 mA). Dimensions: 110 x 143 x 56 mm
Mounting: 4 screws, ø4 mm, spacing 109x94
The measured value is displayed with three digits. In two mm
channel mode the status LED's and the display alternates
between the two channels and shows the channel number Weight: 320 g
followed by the measured value on this channel.
CMM System – Modules for Rack Mounting
14880
VMR BMR DMR / VDR / BDR VMR-BO 81335 SMR-50
The CMM System Bearing Monitoring Rack Modules

The CMM system is a permanently installed, continuous BMR-40 2 channels, for transducer 40000
condition monitoring system, consisting of transducers, con- (max. cable length L = 4 m)
verters, power supply modules, and combined display and BMR-42 2 channels, for transducer 42000
control modules.
BDR-40 2 channels with display, for transducer 40000
The transducers measure bearing condition (shock pulse BDR-42 2 channels with display, for transducer 42000
method), vibration severity (ISO 10816), and temperature. (max. cable length L = 100 m)
The converters, with or without display of measured value,
transform the shock pulse and vibration transducer signals Display Module for Rack
into 4 to 20 mA analog signals. The temperature transducer DMR-14 2 channels, 4-20 mA in, 2 relays (24 V/100 mA)
has an output of 4 to 20 mA. The display modules (DMR)
have two input channels for 4 to 20 mA, and two relay out- Accessories
14880 19" subrack, 3U high, compl. with cover plates
puts (24 V / 100 mA).
SMR-50 Power supply module, 115/230 V AC / 24 V DC
81335 Blank panel, 3U x 7HP
This line of modules is intended for rack mounting. The 19"
subrack holds up to 12 modules (7HP). Transducers and cables
TRV-18 Vibration transducer, M8
Vibration Monitoring Rack Modules TRV-19 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"
VMR-14 1 channel, 10-1000 Hz TRX-18 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-18
VMR-15 1 channel, 3-1000 Hz TRX-19 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-19
40000 Shock pulse transducer
VMR-20 2 channels,10-1000 Hz
42000 Shock pulse transducer with matching unit
VMR-21 2 channels, 3-1000 Hz
45011-L Coaxial cable with connectors, temp. range
VMR-14 BO 1 channel, 10-1000 Hz, with bypass output –10° to +70°C (L = length in meters)
VMR-15 BO 1 channel, 3-1000 Hz, with bypass output 45300-L Coaxial cable with connectors, temp. range
VMR-20 BO 2 channels,10-1000 Hz, with bypass output –40° to +125° C (L = length in meters)
VMR-21 BO 2 channels, 3-1000 Hz, with bypass output TMM-10 Temperature transducer, –16° to +120° C
VDR-14 1 channel with display, 10-1000 Hz 90296-L Twinned cable for TMM-10, max. 125° C
VDR-15 1 channel with display, 3-1000 Hz
VDR-20 2 channels with display, 10-1000 Hz
VDR-21 2 channels with display, 3-1000 Hz
CMM System – Bearing Monitoring Rack Module BMR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Bearing Monitoring Rack Modules BMR are converters with Technical data
two channels which output 4-20 mA proportional to the un- Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum
normalized maximum value of the shock pulses measured on value
a bearing. The measuring time is approximately 1 second per Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
channel. The measuring range for both channels together Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv
can be jumper set to either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. (5 dB /mA, 0.2 mA/dB)
The 4-20 mA current can be supplied to an display module (4 mA ≤ 20 dBsv)
of type DMM/DMR, to a PLC or to a computer controlled
Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
monitoring system (e.g. SPM's CMS System).
Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BMR-40),
There are two versions: SPM 42000 (BMR-42)
• BMR-40 for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or SPM
coaxial cable used between transducer and module is 90267-L (L = length in m)
max. 4 m. Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
• BMR-42 for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out = interrupted or faulty
coaxial cable used between transducer and module is transducer line
max. 100 m. Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
800 Ω at 24 V)
The modules are mounted in standard 19" racks and sup-
plied with 12 to 24 V DC. A transducer line fault is indicated Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (±10%, tested
according to EN 50082-2)
by an output of ≤ 1 mA. This output can be changed to 4 mA
by a jumper setting common for both channels. Supply current: max. 0.1 A
Signal conversion Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
mA 20
18 Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 - 15 μ
16 Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max.
14 1.5 mm2, connector plug included
12
Mounting: 19" rack
10
8 Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 214 mm, DIN 41494
6
Weight: 250 g
4
0
1: 0 20 40 60 80 dBsv
2: 20 40 60 80 100 dBsv
CMM System – Bearing Display Rack Module BDR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Bearing Display Rack Modules BDR have two functions: Technical specifications
• they measure bearing condition (unnormalized maxi- Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum value
mum value) on two channels and convert the result into Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
an analog 4-20 mA signal which can be sent to a PLC. Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv (5 dB /mA, 0.2mA/dB)
• they display the analog 4-20 mA signal as a 3 digit Measuring range 2: 20 to 100 dBsv (4 mA ≤ 20 dBsv)
measured value. All units have two inputs for analog Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
4-20 mA, connected to the value display, the condition Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BDR-40),
display and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally SPM 42000 (BDR-42)
comes from the module's measuring channels, but can Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or
even come from external sources. 90267-L (L = length in m)
There are two versions: Fault indication: ≤1 mA out = interrupted or faulty transduc-
• BDR-40 for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The co- er line
axial cable between transducer and module is max. 4 m. Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce signal
• BDR-42 for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The coax- accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at 24
ial cable between transducer and module is max. 100 m. V)
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested according to
The measuring range for both channels can be jumper set to EN 50082-2)
either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. The modules are mounted Supply current: max 0.15 A
in standard 19" racks and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. A Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
transducer line fault is indicated by an output of ≤1 mA. This Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
output can be disconnected by a jumper setting. Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10-15 µ
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select connector plug included
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and Mounting: 19" rack
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel. These Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 214 mm, DIN 41494
are connected to the condition display (green–yellow –red) Weight: 300 g
and to two relay outputs.
Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
The relays can be controlled by either display channel. In Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single display Value display: 3 digits LED
channel and provide relay switching at two levels (ALERT and Condition display: green, yellow, and red LED
ALARM). In two channel mode, each display channel uses one Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
relay which switches at the ALARM level. buttons
Push-buttons: 2, for display control, alarm limit and
alarm delay setting
CMM System – Vibration Monitoring Rack Module VMR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Vibration Monitoring Rack Modules VMR are programmable Technical specifications

converters which supply a 4-20 mA signal proportional to Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
the RMS-value of vibration velocity. (modified frequency range, VMR-15/21)
Channels: 1 (VMR-14/15), 2 (VMR-20/21)
There are four versions: Measuring range 1: 0 - 5 mm/s (0 -0.19 inch/s)
• VMR-14: 1 channel, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz Resolution: 3.2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.313 mm/s
• VMR-15: 1 channel, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz Measuring range 2: 0 - 10mm/s (0 - 0.39 inch/s)
• VMR-20: 2 channels, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz
• VMR-21: 2 channels, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz.
Measuring range 3: 0 - 20mm/s (0 - 0.78 inch/s)
The frequency range of 3 to 1000 Hz is suitable for machines
with rotational speed down to 180 r.p.m.
The measuring range can be DIP switch set to either 0 to 5, Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VMR-14/20)
3 to 1000 Hz (VMR-15/21)
0 to 10, 0 to 20 or 0 to 40 mm/s.
Transducer type: SLD121, TRV18, TRV19
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L,
(L = max. 50 m)
type DMM/DMR, to a PLC or to a computer controlled
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce sig-
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can nal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω
at 24 V)
be jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each channel.
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (±10%, according to
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable with EN 50082-2)

TNC connector. The modules are mounted in standard 19" Supply current: max 0.1 A
rack and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 –15 µ
Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
connector plug included
Mounting: 19" rack
Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 214 mm, DIN 41494
Weight: 200 g (VMR-14/15)
250 g (VMR-20/21)
CMM System – Vibration Monitoring Rack Module VMR-BO
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 22
(35.6)
Vibration Monitoring Rack Modules VMR-BO are program- Technical specifications

mable converters which supply a 4-20 mA signal proportional Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
to the RMS-value of vibration velocity. They have bypass (modified frequency range, VMR-15/21 BO)
outputs for connection of portable instruments. Channels: 1 (VMR-14/15 BO), 2 (VMR-20/21 BO)
Measuring range 1: 0 - 5 mm/s (0 -0.19 inch/s)
There are four versions: Resolution: 3.2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.313 mm/s
• VMR-14 BO: 1 channel, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz Measuring range 2: 0 - 10mm/s (0 - 0.39 inch/s)
• VMR-15 BO: 1 channel, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz
• VMR-20 BO: 2 channels, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz
Measuring range 3: 0 - 20mm/s (0 - 0.78 inch/s)
• VMR-21 BO: 2 channels, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz.
The frequency range of 3 to 1000 Hz is suitable for machines
with rotational speed down to 180 r.p.m.
Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VMR-14 /20)
3 to 1000 Hz (VMR-15 /21)
The measuring range can be DIP switch set to either 0 to 5,
Transducer type: SLD121, TRV18, TRV19
0 to 10, 0 to 20 or 0 to 40 mm/s.
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L,
(L = max. 50 m)
type DMM/DMR, to a PLC or to a computer controlled
Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce signal
accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at 24 V)
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, according to
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can
EN 50082-2)
be jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each channel.
Supply current: max 0.1 A
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable with
TNC connector. The modules are mounted in standard 19"
rack and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
The portable instrument SPM Leonova (or similar) can be Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
connected to the pypass outputs on the front panel via a connector plug included
coaxial cable with BNC connectors. Bypass outputs: BNC connectors for connection of SPM
Leonova or similar instrument
Mounting: 19" rack
Weight: 210 g (VMR-14 BO/15 BO)
350 g (VMR-20 BO/21 BO)
CMM System – Vibration Display Rack Module VDR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Vibration Display Rack Modules VDR have two functions: Technical data
• they measure the RMS-value of vibration velocity on Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
one or two channels and convert it to an analog 4-20 (modified lower freq., VDR-15/21)
mA signal which can be sent to a PLC. Vibration channels: 1 (VDR-14/ 15), 2 (VDR-20 /21)
Measuring range 1: 0-5 mm/s (0-0,19 inch/s)
• they display the analog 4-20 mA signal as a 3 digit
measured value. All units have two inputs for analog
Measuring range 2: 0-10mm/s (0-0,39 inch/s)
4-20 mA, connected to the value display, the condition Resolution: 1,6 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0,625 mm/s
display and the alarm relays. The analog signal normal- Measuring range 3: 0-20mm/s (0-0,78 inch/s)
ly comes from the unit's measuring channel(s), but can Resolution: 0,8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1,25 mm/s
even come from external sources. Measuring range 4: 0-40mm/s (0-1,57 inch/s)
There are four versions: Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VDR-14 /20)
• VDR-14: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 10-1000 Hz 3 to 1000 Hz (VDR-15 /21)
• VDR-15: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 3-1000 Hz Transducer type: SLD121, TRV18, TRV19
• VDR-20: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 10-1000 Hz Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L
(L= max. 50 m)
• VDR-21: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 3-1000 Hz.
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable. The
modules are mounted in standard 19" racks and supplied Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce signal
accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at 24 V)
with 12 to 24 V DC. The cable inlet is tight for cable diame-
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested according to
ters 5.5 to 10 mm. A transducer line fault causes an output EN 50082-2), max 0.15 A
of <1 mA. If this should interfere with PLC operations, the Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
min. output can be jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10-15 µ
measuring channel.
Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
connector plug included
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter Temperature range: 0 to 55 °C
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and
Mounting: 19" rack
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel.
These are connected to the condition display (green - yellow
Weight: 200 g (VDR-14/15), 300 g (VDR-20/21)
- red) and to two relay outputs. The relays can be controlled
by either display channel. In one channel mode, both relays Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
are slaved to a single display channel and provide relay Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
switching at two levels (ALERT and ALARM). In two channel Value display: 3 digits, LED
mode, each display channel uses one relay which switches Condition display: green, yellow, and red LED
at the ALARM level. Alarm limits: 2 per display channel
Push-buttons: 2, for display control and programming
CMM System – Display Module for Rack DMR-14
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 190 14
(35.6)
DMR-14 is a condition display module for 4-20 mA analog Technical specifications

signals. Measured quantities and ranges are selected from a
Input channels: 2
preprogrammed list (13 programs) or from user defined
programs (7 programs). Input signals: 4 to 20 mA
Output channels: 2 relays, 24V / 100 mA
The display module is intended for mounting in standard
Measuring range: selected to match the signal
19" racks. It is supplied with 12 to 24 V DC, source referred input
to earth.
Value display: 3 digits, LED
The display module has two input channels and two relay Condition display: green, yellow, and red LED
outputs. The relays can be controlled by either input chan- Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with
nel. In one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single pushbuttons
Alarm delay: 0 - 600 seconds for each alarm
(ALERT and ALARM). In two channel mode, each input
level
channel uses one relay which switches at a preset ALARM
level. Push-buttons: 2, for display control and pro-
gramming
Programmable parameters for each input channel are the Line continuity: blinking yellow LED = signal
measuring range, the two alarm levels ALERT and ALARM, below 4 mA (faulty or interrupted
and the alarm delay. These are input using two push buttons. input circuit)
Power failure will not erase the program. Masuring resistance: 47 Ω
Power supply: 12 to 24 V DC (±10%, tested ac-
Condition display is provided by three coloured LEDs. The cording to EN 50082-2)
green LED is on while measured values are below the ALERT
Supply current: max. 0.1 A
level. Measured values between ALERT and ALARM on
either channel trigger a yellow LED, and a red LED lights up Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
when a measured value exceeds an ALARM level. A blinking Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
yellow LED indicates a system fault (incoming signal below
Design: anodised aluminium, not pro-
4 mA).
tected
The measured value is displayed with three digits. In two Input/output connectors: screw terminals for cable max.
channel mode the status LED's and the display alternate 1.5 mm2, connector plug in-
cluded
between the two channels and show the channel number
followed by the measured value on this channel. Mounting: 19" rack
Weight: 200 g
CMM System – Power Supply Module SMR-50
3 U (128.4)
14 HP 190 14
(71.8)
SMR-50 is a 40 W switching power supply module with Technical specifications

output for up to ten CMM modules. It has built in EMI filter Input voltage: 85 to 264 VAC, 1.2 to 0.6 A
and short circuit/overload/over voltage protection with Input frequency: 47 to 63 Hz
foldback limiting.
Output: 24 V (±10% ADJ), 1.8 A
Rated power: 43 W
The power supply module is mounted in a standard 19 inch
rack (SPM 14880). It has an universal AC input for 85 to Working temperature: 0 to 50°C at 100%, –10°C at 80%,
264 V AC. 60°C at 60%
Storage temperature: –20 to 85°C
Operation humidity: 20 to 90% RH
Storage humidity: 10 to 95% RH
EMI Standards: Compliance to EN55022, Class B
EMC Standards: EN61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5; ENV50204,
EN55024
Approvals: UL1012, UL60950-1,
TUV EN60950-1
Design: anodised aluminium, shielded
Mounting: 19" rack, screw terminals
CMM System – Subrack 14880
81335
14880
132
58
37
8.5
482 238
19''
SPM 14880 is a standard 19 inch subrack for up to twelve Technical specifications

CMM monitoring modules (7HP) or ten monitoring modules Material: anodised aluminium
plus the power supply unit SMR-50 (14HP). The subrack has Dimensions: 482 x 132 x 238 mm
an open back plane for cable connections.
Weight: 1600 g
Empty spaces can be filled up with blank front panels, SPM
81335 (3U x 7HP). The subrack is delivered complete with
bottom plate, vented top plate and twelve module slots for
mounting of CMM rack modules.
3
3
Software
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Platform
Measuring techniques and functions included in platform
SPM HDm/HDc ISO 2372 Voice recording
Colored Spectrum User-defined

Plant Performer
Overview, CSO measurements*
RPM SAP and

Machine Builder
measurement AMOS links
Measuring Condmaster.NET Alarm notifications

Point Imaging web and mobile apps via SMS and email
Temperature
REST API Condition View
measurement
* Analog input as voltage or current, or manual input
Condmaster Ruby 2020 is a comprehensive condition mon- • REST API, a web-based service enabling other resources,
itoring and predictive maintenance program. Module built, systems or devices to access Condmaster data for further
it can be tailored to your selected hardware. processing or analysis.
• In Machine Builder, machines can be built from a com-
Condmaster Ruby communicates with all SPM handheld
ponent library. Measuring points, measurement assign-
data logging instruments and Ethernet compatible online
ments, and fault symptoms are automatically generated.
systems for continuous condition monitoring. It works un-
• Condmaster.NET, a web application and downloadable
der Windows 8 or later and uses SQL Server 2016 or later
mobile app that provides easy access to measurement
(SQL Server 2019 Express Edition is included in the instal-
data through a user-friendly interface.
lation media, managing up to 10 GB of data).
• Condition View combines multiple graphs in one window.
The measuring techniques included in the platform are: • SAP and AMOS links send alarm messages to the receiv-
• Shock pulse technology SPM HDm/HDc. The scalar ing software and accepts a work order number in return.
decibel value HDm represents the highest shock pulses • Plant Performer compiles and visualizes statistics relating
found during the measuring cycle, and is the primary to technical and economic KPIs for display, evaluation,
value for determining the severity of a bearing damage, and printing in Condmaster.NET.
and also to trigger alarms. HDc, also a scalar dB value, is • Colored Spectrum Overview shows large numbers of
useful to determine lubrication condition. spectrums over a longer period of time and provides a
• ISO2372 vibration measurement. good overall picture of machine condition development.
• Two user-defined measurements, with special input win- • Voice recording of comments linked to measuring points.
dow for temperature (data input as analogue voltage or • Display and printout of all measuring results as graphics
current, or manual). and lists.
• RPM measurement.
Further modules can be added as needed (see TD-584).
• Temperature measurement.
Minimum system requirements for Condmaster Ruby:
The basic program functions are:
• Windows 8 or later (Windows 8, 64-bit or later if SQL Server
• Checkpoint (free text describing maintenance activity). It
2016 is installed on the same computer)
also has a runtime counter for machine operating hours.
® • 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor
• Contact-free identification tags, CondID , can be loaded
• 1 GB RAM (32-bit) or 2 GB RAM (64-bit)
with basic data and the latest measuring results.
• 15 GB free disc space
• Measuring point definition, using a customer-defined
• Microsoft SQL Server 2016 or later
numbering system and including input data for all active
measuring techniques. NOTE: Microsoft SQL Server 2016 requires Windows 8 (64-
• Graphical overview, showing measuring point location as bit) or later with at least 1.4 GHz CPU. Condmaster Entity
a hierarchical structure and/or with pictures, from plant Server (CES) requires 64-bit Windows. LinX (handling online
down to machine or measuring point level. systems) and CES require higher data performance.
• Measuring rounds and communication with portable
For recommended system requirements, see 'Condmaster
measuring devices (data logging, time planning).
Ruby Installation and system administration' manual, 72260.
• Measuring Point Imaging for connecting photographs
and/or images to measuring points. Part numbers
• Alarm messages and lists, statistics and reports. PRO350 Condmaster Ruby 2020, Platform, CD
PRO350-USB Condmaster Ruby 2020, Platform, USB
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Modules
Measuring techniques and functions included in platform
SPM HDm/HDc ISO 2372 Voice recording REST API Condition View
Measuring Temperature RPM User-defined

Machine Builder
Point Imaging measurement measurement measurements*
Condmaster.NET SAP and Alarm notifications Colored Spectrum

Plant Performer
web & mobile apps AMOS links via SMS and email Overview, CSO
Additional measuring techniques and functions ordered separately
LR/HR and
dBm/dBc SPM Spectrum SPM HD Expert ISO 10816 Virtual Online Unit
Lubmaster
EVAM incl. Run up/Coast down High resolution

FFT with symptoms HD Analysis Online
Condition Manager Bump test, FRF and frequency
Orbit analysis, LR/HR HD Rule-Based Multi-channel

HD ENV ISO 6954
Shaft Centerline Plot and Lubmaster Evaluation, RBE measurement
* Analog input as voltage or current, or manual input
Condmaster Ruby 2020 is modular. Its functionality can be For further information on the Condmaster Ruby 2020
tailored to specific requirements and personal preference. platform and the measuring techniques and functions
Modules can be ordered at any time as update files. included in the platform, see technical datasheet TD-583.
Parallel EN
TD sheet Module Part numbers
Intellinova
Intellinova
Intellinova
Diamond
Analyzer
Leonova
Leonova
Leonova
Emerald
Standard
Compact
Infinity
Tester
Airius
A30
T30
TD-583 Platform PRO350 • • • • • • • • •

TD-585 dBm/dBc MOD130 • • • • •
TD-586 LR/HR and Lubmaster MOD131 • • • • •
TD-587 SPM Spectrum MOD132 • • • •
TD-588 SPM HD Expert MOD195 • • • • •
TD-589 Vibration ISO 10816 MOD133 • • • • • • •
TD-590 FFT with symptoms MOD134 •* •** • • • • • • •
TD-591 EVAM incl. Condition Manager MOD135 •* •** • • • • • • •
TD-592 Multi-channel measurements ***** MOD192 • • •
TD-593 Run up/Coast down, Bump test, FRF MOD137 • • •*** •***
TD-594 Orbit analysis, Shaft Centerline Plot MOD138 •**** • •**** • ****
TD-595 High resolution and frequency ***** MOD194 • •
TD-596 Rule-Based Evaluation, RBE MOD181 • • • • • • • • •
TD-599 Online MOD187 • • • •
TD-603 Vibration Expert MOD193 •
TD-604 Vibration Supreme MOD197 •
TD-606 LR/HR HD and Lubmaster MOD131+MOD195 • • • • •
TD-607 Vibration ISO 6954 MOD198 •
TD-608 HD ENV MOD199 • • • • •
TD-609 HD Analysis MOD140 • • • • •
TD-610 Virtual Online Unit ****** MOD200
* T30-3 ** A30-3
*** Run up/Coast down only **** Orbit analysis only
***** The number of measuring channels as well as the
maximum resolution and frequency range depends on
the measuring equipment. ****** Virtual Online Unit is
used to import values from various systems or devices,
see TD-610.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – dBm/dBc
For more than 50 years, the Shock Pulse Method (SPM) has Shock pulse amplitude is due to three basic factors:
successfully provided a fast, easy and reliable diagnosis of • Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm)
the operating condition of rolling element bearings. • Oil film thickness (separation between the metal surfaces
in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on lubricant
The signal
supply and also on alignment and pre-load.
Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in
• The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (roughness,
the interface between the loaded rolling element and the
stress, damage, loose metal particle).
raceway. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which
outputs electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. Input data
The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized
The shock pulse transducer responds at its carefully tuned
by giving rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with
resonance frequency of about 32 kHz, which allows a
'reasonable accuracy'. This sets an initial value (dBi), the
calibrated measurement of the shock pulse amplitudes.
start of the ńormalized' condition scale.
Measurement
Evaluation
The shock pulse meter counts the rate of occurrence
The initial value and the range of the three condition zones
(incoming shock pulses per second) and varies the measuring
(green – yellow – red) was empirically established by testing
threshold until two amplitude levels are determined:
bearings under variable operating conditions. The maximum
• dBc (decibel carpet value): The shock carpet level (approx. value places the bearing into the condition zone. The height
200 incoming shocks per second). of the carpet value and delta (dBm minus dBc) indicated
• dBm (decibel maximum value): the maximum level (high- lubrication quality or problems with bearing installation
est incoming chock during the measuring time). Using and alignment.
a blinking indicator or earphones, a peak value can be
established by increasing the measuring threshold until Part numbers
no signal is registered. MOD130 dBm/dBc
Because of the very large dynamic range, shock pulses are

measured on a decibel scale (1000 x increase between 0
and 60 dB).
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – LR/HR and Lubmaster
The LR/HR method was developed from the original Shock A LUB no. of 0 means dry running, the value increases with
Pulse Method for condition diagnosis of rolling element oil film thickness. A COND no. of around 30 indicates surface
bearings. It allows a precision analysis of oil film condition stress or early damage, the value increases with damage
in the rolling interface and contains calculation models for severity. The general assessment is:
finding the optimal lubricant. Poor lubrication is the root
CODE A Good bearing
cause of most bearing failures.
CODE B Poor lubrication
Signal and measurement CODE C Damage in early stage
Transducer and measuring procedure are the same as for CODE D Damage
dBm/dBc (TD-585). The shock pulse meter counts the rate
A program part, LUBMASTER, uses the shock values plus
of occurrence (incoming shock pulses per second) and varies
data on lubricant type, viscosity, load and operating tem-
the gain until two amplitude levels are determined:
perature to calculate the bearing’s life expectancy under
• LR: low rate of occurrence, quantifying the strong shock present condition. It also calculates the effect of changes
pulses (approx. 40 incoming shocks per second). in oil type and viscosity.
• HR: high rate of occurrence, quantifying the shock car-
Calibration
pet (approx. 1000 incoming shocks per second).
The accuracy of LR/HR is increased by a calibration factor
LR/HR are ‘raw values’, measured in dBsv (decibel shock (COMP no.) used in case of bearings with minimal load
value). or poor quality measuring points (in both cases the signal
strength is below normal). On the basis of the bearing’s
Input data
catalogue data and the lubricant properties, Leonova
LR/HR requires more precise data on the bearing, because
calculates the normal shock level for a good bearing and
bearing geometry, as well as size and speed, affects the
compensates for an abnormally low signal before returning
shock carpet and thus the analysis of oil film condition in
the evaluation results.
undamaged bearings. The rpm is needed, plus a definition
of the bearing type and size. This is best input by stating the Part numbers
ISO bearing number, which links to the bearing catalogue MOD131 LR/HR and Lubmaster
in Condmaster Ruby.
Evaluation
After measurement the measuring device returns
• a general description of bearing condition (CODE)
• a value for oil film condition (LUB)
• a value for surface damage (COND).
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – LR/HR HD and Lubmaster
LR/HR HD is a combination of the modules LR/HR (MOD131) size. This is best input by stating the ISO bearing number,
and SPM HD Expert (MOD195). which links to the bearing catalogue in Condmaster.
Like the LR/HR method (see TD-586), LR/HR HD provides Evaluation

diagnosis of rolling element bearings and precision analysis After measurement the measuring device returns
of oil film condition in the rolling interface, and contains • a general description of bearing condition (CODE)
calculation models for finding the optimal lubricant. Further • a value for oil film condition (LUB)
benefits of the LR/HR HD method include: • a value for surface damage (COND).
• Signal processing with state-of-the-art 24-bit A/D conver- A LUB no. of 0 means dry running, the value increases with
sion in combination with HD technology yields spectrum oil film thickness. A COND no. of around 30 indicates surface
and time signals with razor-sharp resolution and excep- stress or early damage, the value increases with damage
tional level of detail. severity. The general assessment is:
• High Definition Order Tracking for analysis on variable
CODE A Good bearing
speed machines providing reliable data and crystal clear
CODE B Poor lubrication
measuring results even when RPM varies greatly during
CODE C Damage in early stage
the course of measurement.
CODE D Damage
• Symptom Enhancement – an algorithm that looks for re-
petitive impacts in the time domain. As a result, random A program part, LUBMASTER, uses the shock values plus
signals are suppressed and repetitive signals are enhanced data on lubricant type, viscosity, load and operating tem-
in order to display relevant data. perature to calculate the bearing's life expectancy under
present condition. It also calculates the effect of changes
Signal and measurement
in oil type and viscosity.
the dBm/dBc method (see TD-585) and the LR/HR method Calibration
The shock pulse meter counts the rate of occurrence (incom- The accuracy of the LR/HR HD method is increased by a
ing shock pulses per second) and varies the gain until two calibration factor (COMP no.) used in case of bearings with
amplitude levels are determined: minimal load or poor quality measuring points (in both
cases the signal strength is below normal). On the basis of
• LR: low rate of occurrence, quantifying the strong shock
the bearing's catalogue data and the lubricant properties,
pulses (approx. 40 incoming shocks per second).
the instrument calculates the normal shock level for a good
• HR: high rate of occurrence, quantifying the shock carpet
bearing and compensates for an abnormally low signal be-
(approx. 1000 incoming shocks per second).
fore returning the evaluation results.
LR and HR are 'raw values', measured in dBsv (decibel shock
value). Part numbers
MOD131 LR/HR
Input data MOD195 SPM HD Expert
The rpm is needed, plus a definition of the bearing type and
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – SPM Spectrum
The SPM Spectrum measuring technique is a complement One unit for amplitude in an SPM spectrum is SD (Shock
to the SPM dBm/dBc and LR/HR techniques. The purpose Distribution unit), where each spectrum is scaled so that
of SPM Spectrum is to verify the source of high shock pulse the total RMS value of all spectrum lines = 100 SD = the
readings. Shocks generated by damaged bearings will RMS value of the time record. The alternative is SL (Shock
typically have an occurrence pattern matching the ball pass Level unit), the RMS value of the frequency component in
frequency over the rotating race. Shocks from e.g. damaged decibel. Alarm levels are manually set for each symptom to
gears have different patterns, while random shocks from show evaluated results in green – yellow – red. Various types
disturbance sources normally do not coincide with the of spectra can be produced.
pattern of the machine element of interest.
Input data
Signal and measurement Pattern recognition demands precise data on the bear-
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse transducer, ing and exact measurement of the rpm. The rpm should
calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier wave for preferably be measured, not preset. The factors that define
transients caused by shocks. The output of this transducer the bearing frequencies are obtained from the bearing cata-
is the same type of demodulated signal produced by logue in Condmaster by stating the ISO bearing number.
'enveloping', with this important difference: both frequency
Evaluation
and amplitude response of the SPM transducer are precisely
The frequency patterns of bearings are preset in Condmaster
tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain and shifting
Ruby. Linking the symptom group 'Bearing' to the measur-
machine resonances to get a signal.
ing point allows the user to highlight a bearing pattern by
The measuring system measures the shock amplitude selecting its name. Other symptoms may be added when
by a shock pulse measurement with the dBm/dBc or the appropriate, e.g. for gear mesh patterns. Finding a clear
LR/HR method. The results are the bearing condition data, match of a bearing symptom in the spectrum is proof that
evaluated in green – yellow – red. the measured signal originates from the bearing.
The second measurement produces a time record that is Part numbers

subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The resulting MOD132 SPM Spectrum
spectrum is used mostly for pattern recognition. Spectrum
NOTE: MOD130 or MOD131 is required for the function to work.
line amplitudes are influenced by too many factors to be
reliable condition indicators, so all condition evaluation is
based on the dBm or the HR values.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – SPM HD® Expert
Time Signal HD
Trend graph HDm/HDc
SPM HD Expert is a complement to SPM HDm/HDc and LR/ Condition Manager enables users to experiment freely in or-
HR. Advanced digital technique, RPM-based sampling fre- der to find the optimal alarm setup for any given application.
quency and measuring time automatically adjusted to RPM This “learning phase” can continue until the criteria is saved.
makes SPM HD particularly well suited for measurement When it is saved, the criteria is activated and Condmaster
on low speed applications. Extraordinary signal quality and starts to evaluate measuring results according to the criteria
24 bit A/D conversion provides razor-sharp resolution and setup. If at some later time it turns out the alarm settings
exceptional detail in spectrums and time signals. yield unsatisfactory results, the criteria can be edited.

Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the The SPM HD method produces different types of results:
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race- • HDm/HDc is part of the Condmaster Ruby platform (see
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs TD-583).
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. • Time Signal HD is extremely useful to locate where in
the bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases
it is also possible to determine the nature of the damage
• Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm). (cracked inner race with spalling all around or a single
• Oil film thickness (separation between the metal surfaces crack etc.). The Time signal HD is a result of very advanced
in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on lubricant digital algorithms where repetitive shocks are enhanced
supply and viscosity as well as alignment and pre-load. and random signals are suppressed.
• The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (roughness, • SPM Spectrum HD is the result of applying FFT algorithms
stress, damage, loose metal particle). on the Time Signal HD. The SPM HD spectrum is useful to
Input data
It is also useful for trending purposes (applying symptom
The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized by
and band values).
entering rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with 'reason-
able accuracy'. This sets an initial value (HDi), the start of Evaluation
the ńormalized' condition scale. The initial value and the range of the three condition zones
(green – yellow – red) was empirically established by testing
High Definition Order Tracking is a function used with
bearings under variable operating conditions. The maximum
Leonova Diamond, Leonova Emerald and Intellinova, primar-
value places the bearing into the condition zone. The height
ily for analysis on variable speed machines. The method uses
of the carpet value and delta (HDm minus HDc) indicates
multiples of rotational speed (orders), rather than absolute
lubrication quality or problems with bearing installation and
frequency (Hz). The number of orders to be covered is input
alignment.
by the user. HD Order Tracking also minimizes the risk of
smearing in the spectrums. Part numbers
MOD195 SPM HD Expert
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Vibration ISO standard 10816
Spectrum, ISO 10816
Broadband vibration measurement is the most widely used • The standard consists of several parts, each treating
and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general a certain type of machines, with tables of limit values
machine condition. differentiating between acceptable vibration (green
range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range), and vibra-
There are two ISO recommendations concerning machine
tion that will cause damage unless reduced (red range).
condition monitoring by this type of measurement: the much
used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which is a In Condmaster Ruby, ISO part, machine group and founda-
replacement of the older standard. tion type are entered using a multiple-choice guide that dis-
plays the various ISO definitions and leads to the limit values.
ISO 2372 measurement is always included in the Condmaster
Ruby platform (see TD-583), while ISO 10816 can be ordered Exceeding the requirements of the ISO standard, Condmas-
as a module (see TD-584) through part number MOD133. ter Ruby also provides a 1600 line spectrum.
Features of ISO 10816 are: Part numbers

• Measurements are made in three direction (horizontal, MOD133 VIB ISO 10816 and spectrum
vertical, axial).
• Machine condition is generally diagnosed on the basis
of broadband vibration measurements returning an RMS
value. ISO 10816 keeps the lower frequency range flexible
between 2 and 10 Hz, depending on the machine type.
The upper frequency is 1000 Hz.
• ISO 10816 operates with the term vibration magnitude,
which, depending on the machine type, can be an RMS
value of vibration velocity, acceleration or displacement. If
two or more of these parameters are measured, vibration
severity is the one returning the relative highest RMS
value. For certain machines, ISO 10816 also recognises
peak-to-peak values as condition criteria.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – FFT with symptoms
FFT Spectrum with symptoms is a vibration analysis function Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected
offered with Leonova and Intellinova. It is a reduced form for the time signal. Values can be displayed in dB according
of EVAM (see TD-591), lacking the statistical evaluation by to European or US Navy standard as well as user defined.
means of criteria.
Spectrum analysis with symptoms: For easy pattern rec-
This function generates three sets of machine condition data: ognition in spectra, a range of ready made 'symptoms' are
available in Condmaster Ruby. These are instructions to
• Condition parameters, which are measured and calculated
highlight a spectrum line pattern and display the sum of
values from the time domain, describing various aspects
the lines' RMS values as a symptom parameter (which can
of machine vibration.
be trended). Most symptoms are automatically configured
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are found,
by using the rpm as a variable, for some an input is needed,
highlighted and evaluated with preset fault symptoms.
e.g. the number of vanes on a rotor.
set for evaluation in green – yellow – red. Phase is a time delay expressed in degrees of rotation.
Leonova or Intellinova calculates the time delay between the
For each measuring point, users can make an individual
passage of the tachometer pulse and the peak of the fre-
quency component of interest from the vibration transducer
monitoring of an individual machine. Alternatives include
at the speed of rotation. The value presented is a relative
• FFT
angle, not an absolute, because there is no compensation for
• enveloping HD ENV
phase lag in the transducer or the electronic circuits. Phase
• time synchronous averaging
difference in between two signals can also be displayed.
• band values and averaging of measurement results for
improved alarm reliability. Random high readings caused HD ENV (TD-608) is an ideal complement to conventional
by resonance or other sources of disturbance are filtered vibration techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early
out, minimizing the number of false alarms. stage such machine problems which are generally difficult
to find in good time with non-enveloping techniques – for
example bearing damages and gear damage – the method
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown
utilizes cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are:
processing to obtain optimal data for trending purposes.
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity
Order Tracking is primarily used for analysis on variable
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration speed machines. The method uses multiples of rotational
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement speed (orders), rather than absolute frequency (Hz). The
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS number of orders is input by the user. Order Tracking also
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration signal minimizes the risk of smearing in spectrums.
Part numbers
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency range MOD134 FFT with symptoms, incl. HD ENV
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – EVAM incl. Condition Manager
With Leonova and Intellinova, EVAM (Evaluated Vibration For easy pattern recognition in spectra, EVAM supplies
Analysis Method) is offered as an analysing function. The a range of ready-made 'fault symptoms'. These are
method generates three sets of machine condition data: instructions to highlight a spectrum line pattern and display
the sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom parameter
(which can be evaluated and trended). Most symptoms are
values describing various aspects of machine vibration.
automatically configured by using the rpm as a variable.
Suitable symptoms and symptom groups are selected in
highlighted and evaluated with the preset fault symptoms.
Condmaster Ruby when the measuring point is set up. As
• Machine specific condition codes (green – yellow – red)
an alternative, cepstrum analysis can be used for gearboxes.
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of
the condition parameters and symptom values. In Condmaster Ruby, alarm limits can be set on all active
parameters. Once measuring results are collected, an EVAM
'criterion' can be created that compares new parameter
surveillance of an individual machine. Alternatives include
sionless condition value against a green – yellow – red scale.
• enveloping HD ENV
• time synchronous averaging Phase is a time delay expressed in degrees of rotation.
• band values and averaging of measurement results for Leonova or Intellinova calculates the time delay between the
improved alarm reliability. The number of false alarms is passage of the tachometer pulse and the peak of the fre-
minimized by filtering out randomly high readings caused quency component of interest from the vibration transducer
by disturbance. at the speed of rotation. The value presented is a relative
angle, not an absolute, because there is no compensation for
phase lag in the transducer or the electronic circuits. Phase
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown
difference in between two signals can also be displayed.
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are:
HD ENV (see TD-608) is capable of detecting machine prob-
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity
lems at a very early stage, which are generally hard to find in
good time with non-enveloping technologies – the method
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement utilizes cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS processing to obtain optimal data for trending purposes.
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration signal
Order Tracking is primarily used for analysis on variable
speed machines. The method uses multiples of rota-
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency range tional speed (orders), rather than absolute frequency
(Hz). The number of orders is input by the user. Order
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected
Tracking also minimizes the risk of smearing in spectrums.
for the time signal. Values can be displayed in dB according
to European or US Navy standard as well as user defined. Part numbers
MOD135 EVAM incl. Condition Manager and HD ENV
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Multi-channel simultaneous vibration
Multi-channel simultaneous vibration monitoring, including The image is showing the spectrum and the time signal for
both two-channel and three-channel measurements, is a the channels.
module function in Condmaster Ruby that requires either
The two cursors show the difference in phase angle at the
'FFT with symptoms' or 'EVAM' to be active.
actual frequency. A phase is a time delay expressed in
This type of measurement allows the user to study machine degrees of rotation. Leonova or Intellinova calculates the
movement in two/three dimensions by observing the time delay between the passage of the tachometer pulse
difference of the phase angles measured on the channels. and the peak of the frequency component of interest from
the vibration transducer at the speed of rotation. The value
Measurement requires the set-up of two/three vibration
presented is a relative angle, not an absolute, because there
measuring assignments with identical parameters. A multi-
is no compensation for phase lag in the transducer or the
channel measuring cable is used to connect both transducers
electronic circuits.
to the Leonova vibration transducer input. The procedure
is the same as for the corresponding measurement with a Part numbers
single transducer. For Intellinova Parallel EN, a multi-channel MOD192 Multi-channel simultaneous vibration
measurement must be set up within the same group of four
channels, i.e. within channel 1-4, 5-8, 9-12 or 13-16.
Condmaster Ruby displays the RMS values for DISP, VEL and
ACC for all channels. Three graphs are available for each
measurement:
• Spectrum.
• Phase spectrum.
• Time signal.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Run up/Coast down, Bump test, FRF
Bump test
Bode diagram
FRF
Nyquist
diagram
Run up/coast down measurements, Bump test and FRF are Bump test is employed to check out the typical vibration
vibration analysis functions offered as a module for Leonova response of a machine structure at standstill, by hitting it
and Intellinova. e. g. with rubber mallet (bump test).
Run up/coast down records the changes in vibration while The user sets the measuring range in Hz, which automatically
the machine is run up to operating speed or after it has been sets the sampling time, e.g. 0.20 seconds for 2000 Hz/400
shut off and is slowing down. lines. A pre-trigging time, 5% to 25% of the sampling time,
is also chosen.
For this test, both the signal unit and the unit for the spec-
trum can be selected. The measuring interval can be either The peak amplitude of the measured signal is displayed
time based (interval in seconds) or speed based (interval in (velocity in mm/s) and a trigger level can be set to 1% – 90%
rpm). The speed range is also chosen, e.g. 400 to 3000 rpm. of the amplitude.
Waterfall diagram can be viewed after the measurement The actual test returns an FFT spectrum and a time signal
is done. For each individual measurement, a spectrum can (sampling time plus pre-trigging time). The spectrum can be
be called up. stored as reference spectrum for any measuring assignment.
Nyquist diagram shows the phase angle and amplitude. Frequency Response Function (FRF) is used to measure
A phase is a time delay expressed in degrees of rotation. the vibration response (natural frequencies) of a machine
Leonova calculates the time delay between the passage of structure, similar to the ‘Bump test’. FRF however is more so-
the tachometer pulse and the peak of the frequency compo- phisticated, measuring the response resulting from a known
nent of interest from the vibration transducer at the speed applied input by using an impact hammer and a vibration
of rotation. The value presented is a relative angle, not an transducer connected to Leonova Diamond’s vibration input
absolute, because there is no compensation for phase lag using a split cable.
in the transducer or the electronic circuits.
The FRF measuring assignment is set up in Leonova Diamond
Bode diagram can be selected for vibration amplitude and and the settings and measuring results can be viewed in
angle, showing all measurements in time sequence. In all Condmaster Ruby after the measuring round is uploaded.
diagrams, a blue dot shows the position of the measurement
marked on the list. Part numbers
MOD137 Run up /Coast down, Bump test and FRF
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Orbit Analysis and Shaft Centerline Plot
Orbit Analysis is a vibration measurement function offered The orbit graph shows an overlay of the graphs for each
as a module for Condmaster Ruby. The resulting orbit graph measured revolution plus their average. The user can
shows the movement of the shaft’s centerline and is used select each individual revolution as well as the average of
to detect failures like rubs, unbalance, misalignment or oil all revolutions.
whip on machinery with journal bearings.
The selected graph is marked blue, with a blue arrow
Measurements are normally performed with Leonova showing the angle and the x/y values at that angle. The
Diamond, Intellinova Standard or Intellinova Parallel EN user can move the arrow on the screen in the orbit graph.
on the buffered outputs of a machine protection system.
When the orbit assignment is set up in Condmaster Ruby,
Intellinova Parallel EN requires a Displacement Signal Inter-
alarm limits can be set on the X and Y axis, resulting in an
face (see TD-549) for measurements on buffered outputs of
evaluated measurement (green – yellow – red scale).
a machine protection system.
Shaft Centerline Plot is a function available with Leonova
Measurements can also be made with e.g. accelerometers
Diamond. Especially useful for assessment of lubrication
to get a two-dimensional graph of the mechanical forces on
during start-up of a machine with journal bearings, the
the bearing housing. Required are two channel simultane-
plot displays changes in radial rotor position over a range
ous vibration measurement and two transducers placed at
of speed. Settings for Shaft centerline plots are made in
an angle of 90° to each other, plus a trigger signal from a
Leonova Diamond. The results can be viewed in Condmaster
tachometer probe.
Ruby after the measuring round is uploaded.
Settings include transducer type, signal unit and filter type,
either bandpass (default) or lowpass. Orders is set to 1 by Part numbers
MOD138 Orbit analysis and Shaft Centerline Plot
default, but the user can select from 1 to 5 orders. The
number of revolutions parameter, max. 25, specifies the
number of shaft revolutions to acquire and display in the
orbit graph.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Extended resolution and frequency range
When higher resolution and frequency range are required Part numbers
for FFT with symptoms, EVAM, SPM HD Expert or SPM MOD194 12 800 or 25 600 lines, 40 kHz
Spectrum, e.g. when monitoring high-speed gearboxes
in turbines, MOD194 extends the maximum of these
parameters. The lower frequency limit is then 0, 0.5, 2, 10
or 100 Hz. The upper limit is 40 000 Hz. The number of
spectrum lines can be extended to max. 12 800 or 25 600.
To highlight low energy signals, the dB unit can be selected.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Rule-Based Evaluation, RBE
Rule-Based Evaluation (RBE) is a module in Condmaster required. When the conditions of a specific alarm are met,
Ruby. The purpose of RBE is to give the user guidance on the alarm is triggered, suggesting appropriate measures.
what to do when certain alarm conditions are met. RBE is
If for instance there are high readings on a pump housing,
an excellent tool in Product Integrated Maintenance (PIM).
the reason is most likely cavitation. If this condition arises,
RBE items concist of standard comments and user-defined RBE could be set up to rectify the problem. The suggested
texts to set up alarm parameters for triggered measuring actions might be to open valves, change speed or other
points. Pictures can be attached to illustrate. relevant measures to correct the faulty condition.
Each RBE item consists of a standard comment, one or more Part numbers
trigged measuring points, one or more variables and a rule MOD181 Rule-Based Evaluation, RBE
that specifies under what conditions the alarm should be
triggered. Measuring points can be added and deleted as
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Condmaster.NET
Condmaster.NET, which is included in the Condmaster Depending on the functions offered by your Condmaster
Ruby platform (see TD-583), is a web application and Ruby system:
downloadable app that can be used to access Condmaster
• Manage online measuring devices and view their activity
Ruby data from all types of devices.
in real-time.
Condmaster.NET presents an intuitive and easily accessible • Monitor manufacturing process data in real-time.
overview of color evaluation and alarms and offers basic • Use customized dashboards for a tailored overview of
analysis functionality. Application-specific, customized current condition status.
dashboards to visualize and monitor process data can be
For the Airius sensor (see TD-567), Condmaster.NET is
created on request.
available as a cloud service (see TD-580). Users can log onto
Condmaster.NET provides Condmaster Ruby users at all Condmaster.NET to view spectrums, time signals, trends,
levels access to condition monitoring data on computers, and alarms– all based on data residing in SPM Cloud.
tablets, and smartphones from anywhere in the world:
• Get a quick overview of the condition of critical assets in

your plant.
• View the current condition status of all measuring points,
as well as alarms and issues on machine, component, and
measuring point level.
• Perform basic analysis of your condition monitoring pro-
gram using spectrums, time signals, trends, and alarms.
• View Plant Performer (see TD-598) statistics – an effec-
tive tool to visualize the benefits of condition monitoring
as well as its technical and economic impact.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Plant Performer™
Economic KPIs
Long-term machine condition trends
Current distribution
of machine condition
Plant Performer compiles and visualizes statistics relating Statistics can be viewed at aggregate or database level
to technical and economic KPIs (Key Performance Indica- with drill-down options, presented in lists, as pie or bar
tors) in the OEE/TEEP area for display and evaluation in charts, and in timelines. Filter options can be used for a
Condmaster.NET. Plant Performer, a part of the Condmaster more narrow selection of data.
Ruby platform (see TD-583), demonstrates the benefits of
For economic statistics and machine condition trends, data
condition monitoring and communicates its technical and
can include either a specific year or all historic data, while
economic impact to all levels of the organization.
current machine condition and database statistics provide
Basic data, including machine types, for the generation of a snapshot of the current situation.
Plant Performer statistics is entered in Condmaster Ruby.
Statistics from an unlimited number of Condmaster data-
When corrective measures is taken, users enter information
bases can be exported and imported into Plant Performer
in a Corrective maintenance comment, which is then used
– such as from other divisions, production units, plants, or
to generate economic KPI statistics, such as Direct Mainte-
an entire group – for easy comparison of data.
nance Costs, Loss of Contribution, and Costs for Second-
ary Damage. Plant Performer data can be exported from Condmaster
Entity Server to other systems by means of an application
Technical KPIs are created at the measuring point level and
programming interface (API).
linked to folders in the Measuring Point Tree. They can
be calculated for all or a subset of machine types. For in- Statistical examples include:
stance, the overall vibration level for electrical motors in a
• Total Loss of Contribution.
department, or an entire plant, calculated at user-defined
• Overall vibration level for a department/for all fans/for
intervals. Plant Performer offers the possibility to follow up
entire plant, etc.
on MTBF (Mean Time Between Failure), as well prewarning
and planning times, per machine type. • Operating condition (green – yellow – red) for all elec-
trical motors.
Plant Performer includes database statistics, such as the • Number of fans in alarm condition.
number of measuring points or measuring rounds, or da-
• MTBF for centrifugal pumps with criticality A.
tabase size.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Online
The online module in Condmaster Ruby enables the soft- measure only when required, to discard what is insignificant
ware to communicate with all Ethernet compatible online and to raise only well-justified alarms.
systems, equipped with a user-selected combination of
Based on extensive empirical data, international standards
measuring units for bearing and/or vibration monitoring
and machine statistics, the evaluation result is an easy-to-
and/or units for analog and digital signals. The module also
understand color code, highlighting potential trouble spots.
works for the Airius wireless vibration sensor and the CMS
By calibrating and adjusting limit values, the automatic
online system.
evaluation process can be tuned with great precision and
The core of the online systems is Condmaster Ruby that re- get an immediate, reliable diagnosis.
ceives the measuring results from all condition monitoring
devices for evaluation and presentation. Part numbers
MOD187 Condmaster Ruby, Online
The online module offers advanced measurement, filtering
and alarm options. These are used to set the system up to
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Condition View
Condition View is a flexible and powerful function that makes The function is user-friendly, with ability to set cursors, zoom
it possible to combine multiple graphs in Condmaster into and rescale graphs directly in Condition View mode, and
a single window for presentation and further analysis. The quickly navigate from there to individual graphic functions.
function can be used to show current machine condition, The content can be printed and/or saved as MS Word files.
recent condition development or maintenance actions, e.g. Condition View also offers the possibility to customize and
to clarify or justify planned maintenance activities. export its content, including cursors and notes, to the Condi-
tion View Report function as a basis for report generation.
Condition View provides a useful overview of the most inter-
esting condition data and any complementary information The Condition View function is part of the Condmaster Ruby
for a particular measuring point. For one or more measuring platform (see TD-584).
points, trend graphs, spectrums, time signals, Colored
Spectrum Overview graphs, and circular plots, etc. can be
combined as desired. It is also possible to include different
measuring techniques in the same view.
The default settings of the Condition View function can be

modified to suit customer preferences.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Colored Spectrum Overview
Colored Spectrum Overview is included in the Condmaster The overview shows multiple spectrums over a longer
Ruby platform (see TD-583). period of time. Spectrums is viewed in orders, CPM or Hz.
The purpose of Colored Spectrum Overview is to simplify Among many features in Colored Spectrum Overview are:
the process of identifying in spectrums the patterns and
• Zooming possibilities in x, y and z axes.
trends which indicate damages. It clearly distinguishes
• Logarithmic or power spectrum.
between signals that are always present in the machine
and signals caused by developing damages. The module • Symptoms activation to simplify damage identification.
function provides a good overall picture of the machine
In the overview, harmonics are always shown. Sidebands
condition development.
can be activated by the user.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – SAP and AMOS links
The SAP and AMOS links are included in the Condmaster Specific functions are required in the SAP/AMOS software
Ruby platform (see TD-583). for the communication to work properly. These functions
are not provided by SPM Instrument AB, only a protocol
The function provides a link to SAP and/or AMOS software.
description of the functions as seen from Condmaster.
Clicking the Alarm export (for AMOS) or SAP button on
the Condmaster alarm list sends the marked alarm mes- Running the AMOS link requires a CBM module in AMOS.
sage to the receiving software. Returned is a SAP or AMOS A register of planned actions equivalent to that in Cond-
work order number that locks the alarm, until a second master must be implemented, and component numbers
message from SAP or AMOS deletes the alarm and sets need to be the same in both systems.
a comment on the Condmaster measuring point, stating
Z_Condmaster is the function that needs to be implement-
what has been done. In addition, the Condmaster mea-
ed in SAP software. Condmaster calls Z-Condmaster in SAP
suring point setup now contains an optional field for SAP
and sends the measuring point and alarm information. SAP
equipment numbers.
creates a work order and a file where Condmaster reads the
The operation requires no extra data input. The Condmas- SAP work order number. This file can be saved anywhere
ter operator simply presses the SAP or Alarm export but- locally or on the server. It is normally placed in the Cond-
ton when an alarm merits a work order. The SAP or AMOS master directory. The path has to be set in Condmaster.
operator responds by sending a Standard Comment to a
There is no extra data input required on the SAP side.
text file.
Condmaster measuring point numbers and Standard Com-
Standard Comments are a user defined register of short ment codes are available to SAP software via a command
messages in Condmaster, e.g. “Bearing replaced”. The to the SQL server that controls the Condmaster data base.
SAP/AMOS operator can add free text. On receiving the
comment, Condmaster deletes the alarm. The comment is
added to the list of comments under the measuring point
and is visible in the measuring result diagram.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Online Edition
Measuring techniques and functions included in Condmaster Ruby Platform
SPM HDm/HDc ISO 2372 Voice recording REST API Condition View
Measuring Temperature RPM User-defined

Machine Builder
Point Imaging measurement measurement measurements
Condmaster.NET SAP and Alarm notifications Colored Spectrum

Plant Performer
web & mobile apps AMOS links via SMS and email Overview, CSO
Additional measuring techniques and functions included in Condmaster Ruby Online Edition
EVAM incl. High resolution

Online
Condition Manager and frequency
LR/HR HD
HD ENV SPM HD Expert
and Lubmaster
Condmaster Ruby Online Edition is a customized and EVAM, MOD135

expanded version of the Condmaster Ruby Platform. The EVAM (TD-591) stands for Evaluated Vibration Analysis
Online Edition version is intended for online system users. Method and generates three sets of machine condition data:
There is a fixed price for the Condmaster license depending
• Condition parameters, calculated values describing vari-
on the number of connected online units.
ous aspects of machine vibration.
Condmaster Ruby Platform, PRO350 • Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are
The Condmaster Ruby Platform (TD-583) includes the mea- highlighted and evaluated with preset fault symptoms.
suring techniques SPM HDm/HDc, VIB ISO 2372, and two Time signals are available for deeper analysis.
user-defined measurements (data input as analogue voltage • Machine-specific condition codes (green – yellow – red)
or current, or manual). It also has a runtime counter for the and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of
operating hours of a machine. Measuring Point Imaging the condition parameters and symptom values.
enables user to connect images to measuring points. Cond-
master.NET is a web application and downloadable mobile HD ENV, MOD199
app that provides easy access to measurement data through For each measuring point, the user can define the type of
a user-friendly interface. data best suited for the individual machine. Alternatives in-
clude HD ENV (TD-608), time synchronous averaging, band
In addition to the Condmaster Ruby Platform, the Online
alarms and averaging of measurement results for improved
Edition includes the following modules:
alarm reliability.
Online, MOD187
Extended resolution and freqency range, MOD194
The online module (TD-599) allows the software to commu-
The number of spectrum lines can be extended to a
nicate with online units and offers advanced measurement,
maximum of 12 800 or 25 600. The upper frequency limit is
filtering and alarm options. These are used to set the system
40 kHz. For further information, see TD-595.
up to measure only when required, to discard what is insig-
nificant and to raise only well-justified alarms. Supported products
All versions of the following products are supported:
SPM HD Expert, MOD195
• Intellinova Standard
SPM HD (TD-588) is successfully used for fast, easy and
• Intellinova Compact
reliable diagnosis of bearing condition. Advanced digital
• Intellinova Parallel EN
technique and RPM-based sampling frequency makes SPM
• Airius
HD particularly well suited for measurement on low-speed
applications. Part numbers
PRO361 License for 1 online unit* CD
LR/HR HD, MOD131+MOD195
PRO362 License for 2 online units*, CD
The LR/HR HD method (TD-586) was developed from the
PRO363 License for 3 online units*, CD
original shock pulse method for condition diagnosis of roll- PRO364 License for 4 online units*, CD
ing element bearings. It allows a precision analysis of oil film PRO360 Upgrade for 1 additional online unit*, CD
condition in the rolling interface and contains calculation PROXXX-USB Add -USB to get the software on USB
models for finding the optimal lubricant. *Every online unit (regardless of which type) counts as one connected unit.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Vibration Expert
Vibration Expert is a module in Condmaster Ruby for use Run up/coast down (see TD-593) records the changes in
with the portable instrument Leonova Diamond. As a com- vibration while the machine is run up to operating speed or
bination of modules MOD135, MOD137 and MOD194, the after it has been shut off and is slowing down.
Vibration Expert module contains:
For this test, both the signal unit and the unit for the spec-
EVAM (see TD-591) generates three sets of machine condi- trum can be selected.
tion data:
Bump test (see TD-593) is employed to check out the typical
vibration response of a machine structure at standstill, by
hitting it e. g. with rubber mallet (bump test).
highlighted and evaluated with the preset fault symptoms. Frequency Response Function, FRF (see TD-593), is used
• Machine specific condition codes (green – yellow – red) to measure the vibration response (natural frequencies) of a
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of machine structure, similar to the ‘Bump test’. FRF however is
the condition parameters and symptom values. more sophisticated, measuring the response resulting from
a known applied input by using an impact hammer and a
vibration transducer connected to Leonova Diamond’s vibra-
tion input using a split cable.
• HD ENV Extended resolution and frequency range (see TD-595)
• Time Synchronous Averaging (TSA) are sometimes required for FFT with symptoms, EVAM, SPM
• Band values and averaging of measurement results for HD Expert or HD ENV, e.g. when monitoring high-speed
improved alarm reliability. gearboxes in turbines. Vibration Expert provides 25 600
Random high readings caused by disturbance are filtered lines and 40 KHz.
out, minimizing the number of false alarms. As an alterna- Order Tracking is primarily used for analysis on variable
tive to spectrum analysis, cepstrum analysis can be used speed machines. The method uses multiples of rotational
for gearboxes. speed (orders), rather than absolute frequency (Hz). The
HD ENV (see TD-608) is an ideal complement to convention- number of orders is input by the user. Order Tracking also
al vibration techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early minimizes the risk of smearing in spectrums.
stage such machine problems which are generally difficult
Part numbers
MOD193 Vibration Expert
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Vibration Supreme
Vibration Supreme is a module in Condmaster Ruby for Extended resolution and frequency range (see TD-595)
use with the portable instrument Leonova Emerald. As a are sometimes required for FFT with symptoms, EVAM, SPM
combination of modules MOD135, MOD137, MOD139 HD Expert or HD ENV, e.g. when monitoring high-speed
and MOD199, the Vibration Supreme module contains: gearboxes in turbines. Vibration Supreme provides 12 800
lines and 40 KHz.
EVAM (see TD-591) generates three sets of machine condi-
tion data: Order Tracking is primarily used for analysis on variable
• Condition parameters, which are measured and calculated speed machines. The method uses multiples of rotational
values describing various aspects of machine vibration. speed (orders), rather than absolute frequency (Hz). The
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are found, number of orders is input by the user. Order Tracking also
highlighted and evaluated with the preset fault symptoms. minimizes the risk of smearing in spectrums.
• Machine specific condition codes (green – yellow – red)
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of Part numbers
MOD197 Vibration Supreme
the condition parameters and symptom values.

• HD ENV
• Time Synchronous Averaging (TSA)
• Band values and averaging of measurement results for
improved alarm reliability.
Random high readings caused by disturbance are filtered

out, minimizing the number of false alarms. As an alterna-
tive to spectrum analysis, cepstrum analysis can be used
for gearboxes.
HD ENV (see TD-608) is an ideal complement to convention-

al vibration techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early
stage such machine problems which are generally difficult
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Vibration ISO 6954
The International Standard ISO 6954 contains guidelines for Features of ISO 6954 are:
the evaluation of vibration with regard to habitability on a • Vibration measurement in three directions
passenger or merchant ship, as well as requirements for the (horizontal, vertical, axial).
instrumentation and the method of measurement in normally • Frequency 0 Hz (DC) to 500 Hz.
occupied spaces. • Frequency-weighted RMS value 1 to 80 Hz.
• Time signal.
Shipboard vibration interfering with duties or reducing
• Spectrum, 6400 lines.
comfort is objectionable and often results in adverse com-
ments from crew and passengers. This international ISO Part numbers
standard gives the guidelines for evaluating the habitability MOD198 Vibration ISO 6954
of different areas on a ship. The habitability is evaluated by
the overall frequency-weighted RMS vibration values from
1 Hz to 80 Hz.
Vibration data acquired in accordance with this international

standard are also useful for
• comparison with ship specifications
• comparison with other vessels
• further development and improvement of vibration
standards.
It is recommended that the classification to be applied to

the various areas of a ship be agreed between the interested
parties (e.g. shipbuilder and shipowner) prior to any assess-
ment of habitability.
Measuring rounds can be set up using three-channel

vibration assignments with ISO6954 as a symptom. Results
from measurements and overall frequency-weighted RMS
vibration values measured according to ISO6954 can be
presented in Condmaster Ruby, but the evaluation is to be
handled in an external software program.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – HD ENV
HD ENV Spectrum
Trend graph HD Real Peak
HD ENV is an ideal complement to conventional vibration is an HD Env Time signal, where relevant bearing and gear
techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early stage such data are displayed. Using HD Order Tracking and symptom
machine problems which are generally difficult to find in enhancement, applying FFT on the signal is very useful to
good time with non-enveloping techniques – for example determine the source of the signal.
bearing damages and gear damage – the method utilizes
Random Impact Rejection
Randomly occurring high readings which may cause false
to obtain optimal data for trending purposes. Signals buried
alarms are filtered out by means of the random impact
in machine noise are revealed through high definition digital
rejection algorithm.
enveloping, extracting and enhancing the signals of interest
from the overall machinery vibration signal while preserving Output data
the true highest peaks. The unit of measurement is HD Real Peak, a scalar value
expressed in decibels. Representing the true highest peak
Input data
found in the envelope signal, HD Real Peak is the primary
The setup of HD ENV measurements in Condmaster Ruby
value to use for determining the severity of a bearing or
is straightforward. A number of predefined filters are avail-
gear damage. It is also used for triggering alarms.
able to detect damages or anomalies in different stages of
development; two of which are designed specifically for HD ENV is very suitable for detecting equipment damages
bearing monitoring and two which are recommended for which typically have short development times, for instance
detection of non-bearing related problems. due to high rotational speed or high temperature industrial
environments.
High Definition Order Tracking
HD Order Tracking is used with Leonova Diamond, Leonova The HD ENV module requires either the EVAM (MOD135)
Emerald and Intellinova, primarily for analysis on variable or FFT with symptoms (MOD134) module to also be in use.
speed machines. The method uses multiples of rotational
speed (orders) – rather than absolute frequency (Hz) – and Part numbers
MOD199 HD ENV
is capable of handling ±50% RPM variations during data
aquisition. The number of orders to be covered is input NOTE: A new license with MOD135 (EVAM) and/or MOD134 (FFT
with symptoms) automatically includes HD ENV. Only use MOD199 for
by the user. HD Order Tracking provides reliable data and
upgrading an existing license (Condmaster Ruby 2014 or older) that
crystal clear measuring results even when RPM varies greatly already has MOD135 and/or MOD134.
during the course of measurement.
Symptom enhancement
Symptom enhancement is an algorithm that looks for repeti-
tive impacts in the time domain. As a result, random signals
are suppressed and repetitive signals enhanced. The output
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – HD Analysis
Trend graph HDm/HDc
Trend graph HD Real Peak
The HD Analysis module is a combination of the modules • Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red) and
SPM HD Expert (MOD195) and Vibration Expert (MOD193) condition values, based on a statistical evaluation of the
for use with the portable instruments Leonova Diamond and condition parameters and symptom values.
Leonova Emerald.
HD ENV (see TD-608) is an ideal complement to convention-
SPM HD Expert (see TD-588) is a complement to SPM al vibration techniques. Capable of detecting at a very early
HDm/HDc and LR/HR. Advanced digital technique, RPM- stage such machine problems which are generally difficult
based sampling frequency and measuring time automatically to find in good time with non-enveloping techniques - for
adjusted to RPM makes SPM HD particularly well suited example bearing damages and gear damage - the method
for measurement on low-speed applications. Extraordinary utilizes cleverly engineered algorithms for digital signal
signal quality and 24 bit A/D conversion provides razor- processing to obtain optimal data for trending purposes.
Run up/coast down (see TD-593) records the changes in
time signals.
vibration while the machine is run up to operating speed or
The SPM HD method produces different types of results: after it has been shut off and is slowing down.
• HDm/HDc are part of the Condmaster Ruby platform Bump test (see TD-593) is employed to check out the typical
(see TD-583). vibration response of a machine structure at standstill, by
• Time Signal HD is extremely useful to locate where in hitting it e. g. with rubber mallet (bump test).
the bearing a possible damage is located. In many cases
Frequency Response Function, FRF (see TD-593), is used
it is also possible to determine the nature of the damage
to measure the vibration response (natural frequencies) of a
(cracked inner race with spalling all around or a single
machine structure, similar to the ‘Bump test’. FRF however is
crack etc.). The Time signal HD is a result of very advanced
more sophisticated, measuring the response resulting from
digital algorithms where repetitive shocks are enhanced
a known applied input by using an impact hammer and a
and random signals are suppressed.
vibration transducer connected to Leonova Diamond’s vibra-
• SPM Spectrum HD is the result of applying FFT algorithms
tion input using a split cable.
on the Time Signal HD. The SPM HD spectrum is useful to
determine where a possible bearing damage is located. Extended resolution and frequency range (see TD-595) are
It is also useful for trending purposes (applying symptom sometimes required for EVAM, SPM HD Expert and HD ENV,
and band values). e.g. when monitoring high-speed gearboxes in turbines,
MOD140 provides 25.600 lines and 40 KHz.
EVAM (see TD-591) generates three sets of condition data:
• Condition parameters, which are measured and calculated Part numbers

MOD140 HD Analysis
highlighted and evaluated with the preset fault symptoms.
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Virtual Online Unit
DATA IMPORT
• Scalar values
• Vibration values
- pre-processed data
- raw data (handled by virtual DSP)
Virtual Online Unit enables the import of measuring re- CES API and then passes the virtual DSP in CES before be-
sults from other systems or units via the Condmaster Entity ing saved in the SQL Server database.
Server (CES) API. This opens up the opportunity to import
Virtual Online Unit makes it easy to set up measurement
measurement results from a variety of measuring devices
assignments defining the imported data. The data do not
not directly supported by Condmaster.
have to match the measurement assignment settings when
The vibration and user-defined measurement techniques it comes to sampling frequencies and sampling rates; our
are supported. While measurement assignment setting re- advanced algorithms automatically decimate and trans-
strictions apply, vibration data from almost any source can form the imported data into the correct format.
be imported into Condmaster.
Once in Condmaster, the system handles this data in the
More specifically, possible data to import via CES API are same way as data from SPM measurement systems. That
scalar values (via the user-defined measurement technique) means, among other things, that the imported data can be
and vibration values (via the vibration measurement tech- analyzed using Condmaster's all advanced features such as
nique). Vibration values can be pre-processed data or raw Colored Spectrum Overview, etc.
data. Scalar values and pre-processed vibration values are
received by the CES API and then saved directly to the SQL Part numbers
Server database. Raw vibration values are received by the MOD200 Virtual Online Unit
Condmaster® Ruby 2020 – Airius Edition
Measuring techniques and functions included in Condmaster Ruby Platform
Colored Spectrum Alarm notifications Condmaster.NET Temperature

Overview, CSO via SMS and email web & mobile apps measurement
RPM Measuring
REST API Plant Performer
measurement Point Imaging
SAP and User-defined

Condition View Voice recording
AMOS links measurements
Additional measuring techniques and functions included in Condmaster Ruby Airius Edition
Multi-channel
ISO 10816 FFT with symptoms Online
measurements
Airius Edition is a customization of the Condmaster Online, MOD187

Ruby software with measuring techniques and functions The online module (TD-599) allows the Condmaster Ruby to
tailored for use with Airius wireless vibration sensors. The communicate with all Airius wireless vibration sensors and
Condmaster licenses have fixed prices that depend on the offers advanced measurement, filtering and alarm options.
number of connected Airius sensors. These are used to set up the system to measure only when
required, to discard what is insignificant and to raise only
Condmaster Ruby Platform, PRO350
well-justified alarms.
The Condmaster Ruby Platform (TD-583) includes two user-
defined measurements (data input as analogue voltage
Multi-channel measurements, MOD192
or current, or manual) and a runtime counter for the
The multi-channel simultaneous vibration module (TD-592)
operating hours of a machine. Measuring Point Imaging
includes both two-channel and three-channel measurements,
enables users to connect images to measuring points.
which allows the user to study machine movement in two or
Condmaster.NET is a web application and downloadable
three dimensions by observing the difference of the phase
mobile app that provides easy access to measurement data
angles measured on the channels.
through a user-friendly interface.
In addition to the Condmaster Ruby Platform, the Airius Part numbers

PRO371 License for up to 6 Airius sensors, CD
Edition includes the following modules:
PRO372 License for up to 12 Airius sensors, CD
Vibration ISO 10816, MOD133 PRO373 License for up to 18 Airius sensors, CD
The vibration ISO 10816 module (TD-589) provides a cost- PRO374 License for up to 24 Airius sensors, CD
efficient method for the diagnosis of machine condition. PRO370 Upgrade for 6 additional Airius sensors, CD
PRO370X Additional user for a license
Measurements are made in three directions. Machine
PRO37X-USB Add -USB to get the software on USB
condition is diagnosed based on broadband measurements
that return an RMS value. ISO 10816 operates with the term
vibration magnitude, which, depending on the machine
type, can be an RMS value of vibration velocity, accelera-
tion, or displacement.
FFT with symptoms, MOD134

The FFT with symptoms module (TD-590) enables a vibra-
tion analysis function that generates three sets of machine
condition data: condition parameters, vibration spectra, and
trending of symptom values.
4
4
Shock Pulse Transducers,
Adapters and Tools
Standard adapters
d = M8 x1.25 / UNC 5/16 -18
Adapters are solid bolts which are mounted in countersunk

and threaded holes in the bearing housings. They form the Mounting hole CAP-02
connecting points for a transducer with quick connector, min. 15 mm
TRA-30 and equivalent.
Standard adapters are available in three lengths and various

thread sizes, see part numbers below. The material is either
stainless steel or zinc-plated steel.
Part numbers
Max. 57 mm
The following types of adapters are available:
32000 Zinc-plated, M8 x 1.25, 24 mm
32100 Zinc-plated, M8 x 1.25, 78 mm 78 mm
32200 Zinc-plated, M8 x 1.25, 113 mm
33000 Zinc-plated, UNC 5/16 -18, 24 mm

33200 Zinc-plated, UNC 5/16 -18, 113 mm Max. 92 mm
32010 Stainless steel, M8 x 1.25, 24 mm
32110 Stainless steel, M8 x 1.25, 78 mm
32210 Stainless steel, M8 x 1.25, 113 mm 113 mm
33010 Stainless steel, UNC 5/16 -18, 24 mm
CAP-02 Dust cap for adapters
Material, stainless steel SS 2346, AISI 303 (EN:1.4305) To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits:
Material, zinc-plated 12 μ m Zn 6.9 mm for M8
Torque 15 Nm 6.6 mm for UNC 5/16"
Mounting tools Torque the adapter with a torque wrench and a

17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
81027 Holder for countersink
81028 Countersink, angle 90°, ø 12 mm
81031 Pilot for M8
81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"
Non-standard adapters
d = M6x1.0 / M8 x1.25 / UNC 5/16 -18 / M10x1.5
Adapters are solid bolts which are mounted in countersunk

and threaded holes in the bearing housings. They form the
connecting points for a transducer with quick connector, Mounting hole
CAP-02
TRA-30 and equivalent. For standard adapters, see technical min. 15 mm
data sheet TD-001.
Part numbers
32300 Zinc-plated, M8, L= 202 mm
33100 Zinc-plated, UNC 5/16 -18, L= 78 mm
30010 Stainless steel, M6, L= 24 mm
33110 Stainless steel, UNC 5/16 -18, L= 78 mm
33210 Stainless steel, UNC 5/16 -18, L= 113 mm Mounting tools
33310 Stainless steel, UNC 5/16 -18, L= 202 mm 82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
33410 Stainless steel, UNC 5/16 -18, L= 291 mm 81027 Holder for countersink
34010 Stainless steel, M10, L= 24 mm 81028 Countersink, angle 90°, ø 12 mm
34210 Stainless steel, M10, L= 113 mm 81030 Pilot for M6
34310 Stainless steel, M10, L= 202 mm 81031 Pilot for M8
81033 Pilot for M10
CAP-02 Dust cap for adapters
Technical specifications To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits:
Material, stainless steel: SS 2346, AISI 303 (EN:1.4305)
5.0 mm for M6
Material, zinc-plated: 12 μ m Zn
6.9 mm for M8
Torque: 15 Nm
6.6 mm for UNC 5/16"
8.6 mm for M10
Torque the adapter with a torque wrench and a
17 mm socket (81086).
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2016-01. TD526 B Rev.0
Adapter Cap
CAP-02
41
11
16
53
TPEV
The adapter cap CAP-02, made of red santoprene, protects Technical specifications
the contact surface of adapters from dirt, paint, and damage.
Material: Santoprene (TPEV)
A clean and undamaged adapter surface is essential for the Temperature range: –60 to 135 °C
correct transmission of shock pulses from the bearing to the Weight: 2.5 g
measuring instrument. CAP-02 fits all types of SPM adapters.
Adapters with lock nut
Adapters with lock nut are solid bolts of stainless steel. They
are intended to replace existing mounting bolts or screws for
protective covers, etc., with a thickness up to 6 mm. Adapters
with lock nut are mounted in countersunk and threaded holes
in the bearing housings. They form connecting points for the
transducer with quick connector, TRA-30 and equivalent.
Adapters with lock nut are available in thread sizes from M8

to M12, see ordering numbers below. The table contains
adapter thread size (d), lock nut threads (dn), and the width
(n) across the flats of the lock nut.
Mounting hole
min. 15 mm
Ordering numbers
32511 d = M8 x 1.25 dn = 12 n = 19
34511 d = M10 x 1.5 dn = 14 n = 19
36511 d = M12 x 1.75 dn = 16 n = 22
Mounting tools
Technical data
Material Stainless steel, SS2346,
AISI 303 (EN:1.4305)
81028 Countersink, angle 90°, ø 12 (M6-M10)
Adapter torque M8 15 Nm
81029 Countersink, angle 90°, ø 15 (M12)
Lock nut torque M8 12 Nm
81031 Pilot for M8
81033 Pilot for M10
Adapter torque M10 20 Nm
81035 Pilot for M12
81085 Torque wrench
Adapter torque M12 30 Nm 81086 Sockets 17 mm
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits:
6.9 mm for M8
Torque the adapter with a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket, 8.6 mm for M10
then the lock nut with a 19 (22) mm long socket. 10.3 mm for M12
Glue-on adapter
13
4
36000
36010 ø16 17
Glue-on adapters have the same measuring characteristics

as threaded adapters and connect to the transducer TRA-30.
They have a flat, circular base with a removable tubular pin
for unloading and fixing, and are attached to the measuring
point with a suitable adhesive.
A glue-on adapter can replace the corresponding tapered

ø4.0
adapter:
min.4.5
• on thinwalled housings
• where drilling would affect equipment warranties
(mount without the tubular pin).
r = min. 100 mm
Mounting
Select a measuring point in accordance with the SPM rules.
Use a 4.0 mm drill for the mounting hole and make it 4.5 Material, stainless steel: SS 2346, AISI 303 (EN:1.4305)
mm deep. The contact surface has to be plane, clean and Material, zink-plated: SS 1914, 15 mm Zn
free from paint. It should be planed with a counterbore, Seat surface: ø16 mm
min. diameter 16 mm. Tubular pin: Spring steel,
for hole ø 4.0 mm
The recommended adhesives are 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or Weight: 22 g
480, to be applied according to the manufacturer's instruc- Adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638,
tion. Put adhesive into the mounting hole as well as onto the Loctite 480 or similar
adapter's seat surface. To avoid damage to the adapters's
Part numbers
contact surface, use a mallet of soft material to tap it down 36000 Glue-on adapter, zink-plated
into the mounting hole and press its seat surface against the 36010 Glue-on adapter, stainless steel
material of the bearing housing.
Mounting tools
If necessary, the adapter can be mounted without the tubular TOM-11 Counterbore, 16 mm
pin. Press it firmly against the bearing housing until the adhe- 81274 Holder for counterbore
sive has sufficiently hardened to hold the adapter's weight. 14602 Pilot, 4 mm
90472 Adhesive, 3M DP810 (50 ml)
Wait until the adhesive has completely hardened before
connecting a transducer.
Standard shock pulse transducers
A M8 /
UNC 5/16"
46.5 4 11 17
61.5
B
ø 11
46.5 58 11
115.5
Standard shock pulse transducers are used in all permanent

SPM installations for bearing monitoring. They are installed in Mounting hole Space
countersunk mounting holes on the bearing housings. min. 15 mm min. 100 mm
A shock pulse transducer converts the shock pulses emitted SPM 93022
by the bearing into electric signals. A coaxial cable connects
the transducer with a measuring terminal or measuring device.
Max. cable length is 4 m.
Transducer housing and base are made of stainless acid proof

Space min. 75 mm
steel, suitable for aggressive environments. Standard thread
size is M8, with UNC 5/16" as an alternative. Standard length
(A) is 61.5 mm. A long transducer (B), length 115.5 mm, is
used to reach bearing housings beneath protective covers.
The transducer is normally connected with a TNC plug, SPM

93022. A TNC angle plug, SPM 93077, can be used in narrow SPM 93077
spaces. To prevent cable corrosion in moist environments, Max. 57 mm
the coaxial cable must be con-nected with a sealing TNC
plug, SPM 13008.
Part numbers
40000 Standard shock pulse transducer, M8 x1.25
40100 Standard shock pulse transducer, UNC 5/16-18
40001 Standard shock pulse transducer,
M8 x1.25, extended
40101 Standard shock pulse transducer, Mounting tools
UNC 5/16 - 18, extended 82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
Technical specifications 81028 Countersink, angle 90°, 12 mm dia.
Measuring range Max. 100 dBsv 81031 Pilot for M8
Housing, base Stainless acid proof steel, 81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 6.9 mm for M8, 6.6
Design Sealed
mm for UNC5/16".
Connector tightness IP65 with TNC connector
IP 67 with conn. SPM13008 Torque and unscrew the transducer with a torque wrench and
Temperature range –30 °C to +150 °C a long 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
External overpressure Max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Mounting torque 15 Nm, max. 20 Nm
Connector TNC jack
Weight: 55 g
Shock Pulse Transducer with TMU
ø16 ø11
M8 /
UNC 5/16"
60.5 4 11 17
75.5
The shock pulse transducer with TMU is used in permanent

SPM installations for bearing monitoring, in cases where the Mounting hole Space
cable length between transducer and measuring unit exceeds min. 15 mm min. 115 mm
4 m. This allows a cable length of max. 100 m. The transducer
with TMU is installed in a countersunk mounting hole on the
bearing housing, in the same way as a standard transducer.
A shock pulse transducer with TMU (TMU = Transducer

SPM 93022
Matching Unit) converts the shock pulses emitted by the
bearing into an electric signal, and stabilizes the signal for Space min. 115 mm
transmission via a long cable. A coaxial cable connects the
transducer with a measuring terminal or measuring device.
Transducer housing and base are made of stainless, acid

proof steel, suitable for aggressive environments. Thread
SPM 13008
size is M8, with UNC 5/16" as an alternative.
Space min. 90 mm
The transducer is normally connected with a TNC plug, SPM
93022. In moist environments, the coaxial cable must be con-
nected with a sealing TNC plug, SPM 13008. A TNC angle
plug, SPM 93077, can be used in narrow spaces.
SPM 93077
Ordering numbers
42000 Shock pulse transducer with TMU, M8 x1.25
42100 Shock pulse transducer with TMU, UNC 5/16-18
Mounting tools
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
Technical data 81027 Holder for countersink
Measuring range Max. 100 dBsv 81028 Countersink, angle 90°, 12 mm dia.
Housing, base Stainless acid proof steel, 81031 Pilot for M8
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523 81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"
Design Sealed
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 6.9 mm for M8, 6.6
IP 67 with conn. SPM13008
mm for UNC 5/16".
Temperature range –30° C to +100° C
External overpressure Max. 0.7 MPa (7 bar) Torque and unscrew the transducer with a torque wrench
Torque 15 Nm, max. 20 Nm and a long 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Connector TNC jack
Weight 67 g
Shock Pulse Transducers Series 44000
t = M8
or UNC 5/16"
The shock pulse transducers series 44000 are used for

bearing monitoring with the portable instruments Leonova Mounting hole
Diamond/Emerald and in permanent SPM installations with min. 15 mm Space min. 110 mm
the online system Intellinova Compact. The transducers
are installed in countersunk mounting holes on the bearing
housings.
A shock pulse transducer converts the shock pulses emitted

SPM 93022
by the bearing into an electric signals. A coaxial cable con-
nects the transducer with the measuring unit. Max. cable Space min. 85 mm
length is 100 m.
Transducer housing and base are made of stainless, acid

proof steel, suitable for aggressive environments. Standard
thread size is M8, with UNC 5/16" as an alternative. The
extended transducer can be used to reach bearing housings
SPM 93077
beneath protective covers.
Max. 57 mm
The transducer is connected with a TNC plug (93022). A
TNC angle plug (93077) can be used in narrow spaces. To
prevent cable corrosion in moist environments, the cable
must be connected with a sealed TNC plug.
Part numbers
44000 Shock pulse transducer, M8 x1.25
44100 Shock pulse transducer, UNC 5/16 -18
44001 Shock pulse transducer, M8 x1.25, extended
44101 Shock pulse transducer, UNC 5/16 -18, extended
Mounting tools
Technical specifications 81028 Countersink, angle 90°, 12 mm dia.
Measuring range: max. 100 dBsv 81031 Pilot for M8
Housing, base: stainless acid proof steel,
Design: sealed To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 6.9 mm for M8, 6.6
Connector type: TNC jack mm for UNC 5/16".
Connector tightness: IP65, IP67 with sealed TNC
connector (IP67 or higher) Torque and unscrew the transducer with a torque wrench
Cable length: max. 100 m and a long 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Temperature range: – 30 °C to +150 °C
External overpressure: max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Mounting torque: 15 Nm, max. 20 Nm
Weight: 61 g
Isolation Foot for Shock Pulse Transducers
Shock Pulse
Transducer
47.6
36.6
Isolation Foot
20
The isolation foot is intended for SPM Shock Pulse Trans-

ducers and should be used to provide electric isolation.
The reason is that differences in earth potential between
17 mm
transducer and measuring equipment can cause measuring
faults. Transducers connected to the online system Intel- 1
linova Compact Ex must always be fitted with isolation feet. max.15 Nm
The isolation foot is installed in a countersunk mounting

hole, in the same way as a standard transducer. First mount
the transducer on the isolation foot to avoid damage to the 20 mm
isolation material, see the illustration beside. The isolation
exceed 1 Mohm at 500 V.
Technical data
Material: Stainless acid proof steel
SS-EN 10 088-3 (SS2382) / composite
Temperature range: –25 to +125 °C (–13 to +257 °F)
Torque: max. 15 Nm 2
Part numbers
Part no. Thread A Thread B 20 mm
16598 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25
max. 15 Nm
16599 UNC 5/16"-18 UNC 5/16"-18
16656 UNF 1/4"-28 UNC 5/16"-18
Glue-on isolation foot for shock pulse transducers
Shock pulse
transducer
31.8
Glue-on
Isolation Foot
2.5 – 3
M3
20
The glue-on isolation foot is intended for shock pulse trans-

ducers and should be used to provide electric isolation. The
reason is that differences in earth potential between trans-
ducer and measuring equipment can cause measuring faults.
Transducers connected to the online system Intellinova 81274
Compact Ex must always be fitted with isolation feet. They
have a flat, circular base which is glued to the measuring
point, and an M3 screw for unloading and fixing. The screw
can be removed when not needed. 81057
ø 2.7
Mounting
The isolation foot is mounted against a smooth, flat surface ø 20
on the machine. Use a 2.7 mm drill for the mounting hole
14041
and make it 4.5 mm deep. Always plane the surface with a
min.4.5
counterbore, min. diameter 20 mm.

max.1
Note!
Mechanical installation in potentially explosive atmosphere
must be performed in accordance with applicable regulations.
The recommended adhesives are 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or

Loctite 480. Please read the instructions for use and follow Part numbers
them carefully. Screw the isolation foot by hand into the 17406 Glue-on Isolation Foot, M8 x 1.25 (t)
mounting hole. The screw is self-threading. In narrow spaces 17411 Glue-on Isolation Foot, UNC 5/16-18 (t)
a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086) may be used. The torque
should not be more than 1 Nm. Wait until the adhesive has Tools
hardened before mounting the transducer. 81274 Holder for counterbore
81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
Technical specifications 14041 Pilot, diameter 2.7 mm
Material: Stainless acid proof steel, 81086 Socket, 17 mm
SS-EN 10 088-3 (SS2382) 90472 Adhesive, 3M DP810 (50 ml)
Temperature range: –25 to +125 °C (–13 to +257 °F)
Recommended adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or 480
Glue-on Mounting Foot for Shock Pulse Transducers
Shock pulse
transducer
16059/16061
3M DP810
Locking screw
The glue-on mounting foot is used when mounting shock The recommended adhesive is 3M DP810. Please read
pulse transducers on thinwalled bearing housings and on the instructions for use and follow it carefully. Screw the
machines where the drilling of standard mounting holes self-threading screw into the mounting hole. Wait until the
would affect equipment warranties. The mounting foot has a adhesive has hardened before mounting the transducer on
flat, circular base which is glued to the measuring point, and the mounting foot .
an M4 screw for unloading and fixing. Mounting foot 16059
has M8 x1.25 thread and adapter 16061 has UNC 5/16-18 Technical specifications
for transducer mounting.
Design: Stainless acid proof steel,
SS2382
Mounting Transducer thread (t): 16059; M8 x1.25
The foot is mounted against a flat, clean and unpainted 16061; UNC 5/16 -18
surface on the machine. Use a 3.4 mm drill for the mounting Locking screw: M4, length 6 mm
hole and make it 6 mm deep. Always plane the surface with Recommended adhesive: 3M DP810
a counterbore, min. diameter 25 mm. Torque limit, transducer: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ft)
Part numbers
16059 Glue-on mounting foot, M8 x 1.25
16061 Glue-on mounting foot, UNC 5/16 -18
90501 Dispensing gun for adhesive
90473 Mixing tube for dispensing gun 90501
Glue-on shock pulse transducer 40010
ø14
M3
47.5 2.5 - 3 17
40010
Glue-on transducers 40010 can replace standard transducers

on thinwalled bearing housings and on machines where the
drilling of standard mounting holes would affect equipment
warranties. They have the same measuring characteristics
as standard transducers, but a flat, circular base which is 81274
glued to the measuring point, and an M3 screw for unload-

ing and fixing.
Mounting 81275
ø 2.7
The transducer is mounted against a smooth, flat surface
on the machine. Use a 2.7 mm drill for the mounting hole ø 15
counterbore, min. diameter 15 mm. 14041
min.4.5
max.1
Loctite 480. Please read the instructions for use and follow
them carefully. Screw the transducer by hand into the mount-
ing hole. The screw is self-threading. In narrow spaces a 17
mm socket (SPM 81086) may be used. The torque should not
be more than 1 Nm. Wait until the adhesive has hardened
before connecting the cable.
min. 4.5 min. 100 mm
Measuring range: Max. 100 dBsv
Housing, base: Stainless acid proof steel,
Design: Sealed
Connector tightness: IP65 with TNC connector
Temperature range: –30 °C to +150 °C
External overpressure: Max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Recommended adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or 480 min. 4.5 min. 75 mm
Connector: TNC
Weight: 50 g
Tools
14042 Counterbore, complete
81274 Holder for counterbore
14041 Pilot, diameter 2.7 mm
81086 Socket, 17 mm
Glue-on Shock Pulse Transducer SPM 44010
44010
Glue-on transducers 44010 can replace standard transducers

on thinwalled bearing housings and on machines where the
warranties. They have the same measuring characteristics
as standard transducers, but a flat, circular base which is 81274
glued to the measuring point, and an M3 screw for unload-
ing and fixing.
Mounting
81275
The transducer is mounted against a smooth, flat surface ø 2.7
and make it 4.5 mm deep. Always plane the surface with a ø 15
counterbore, min. diameter 15 mm. 14041

min.4.5
them carefully. Screw the transducer by hand into the mount- max.1
ing hole. The screw is self-threading. In narrow spaces a 17
mm socket (SPM 81086) may be used. The torque should not
be more than 1 Nm. Wait until the adhesive has hardened
before connecting the cable.
Technical specifications min. 4.5 min. 110 mm

Design: Sealed
Connector: TNC
Connector tightness: IP65, IP67 with sealed TNC
connector (IP67 or higher)
External overpressure: Max. 1 MPa (10 bar) min. 4.5 min. 85 mm
Recommended adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or 480
Tools
14042 Counterbore, complete
81086 Socket, 17 mm
Shock Pulse Transducers in Bolt Design
M10
SPM
M12
17
55.5 60
115.5
A shock pulse transducer in bolt design is intended to replace

one of the holding bolts of the bearing housing. It can be
used in case there is an uninterrupted signal path between
the bearing and the transducer’s seat surface (A). This means
that the the seat surface (A) of the transducer is placed directly
on the bearing housing. Shock pulses from the bearing are
transmitted via that surface, not via the threads.
The transducer is mounted against a flat surface, milled and

unpainted, within the load zone of the bearing. Washers must
not be used. The transducer is pierced for a locking wire, hole
diameter 1.5 mm.
Space min. 100 mm
Via a coaxial cable with TNC connector, the transducer is
connected to a bearing damage detector or a measuring
terminal for a portable shock pulse meter. In moist environ-
ments, a sealing TNC connector SPM 13008 must be used.
An angle connector SPM 93077 is used in narrow spaces
(min. space requirement 85 mm). Max. cable length is 4 m.
The transducer is torqued with a torque wrench and a long
17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Part numbers
41225 Transducer in bolt design, M10 x 1.5
41435 Transducer in bolt design, M12 x 1.75
Technical data
Measuring range Max. 100 dBsv
Housing, base Stainless acid proof steel,
Mounting tools
Design Sealed 81027 Holder for counterbore
Connector tightness IP65 with TNC connector 81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
IP 67 with conn. SPM13008 81033 Pilot 8.5 mm (M10)
Temperature range -30° C to +150° C
81035 Pilot 10.2 mm (M12)
External overpressure Max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Hole for locking wire 1.5 mm dia.
Connector TNC jack
Torque: Max. 20 Nm for M10,
30 Nm for M12
Special Bolts for Shock Pulse Transducers
14073 14074 14075
Special bolts for shock pulse transducers are used in perma-

nent SPM installations for bearing monitoring. The typical
application is turbo chargers, where they function as holding
bolts for bearing caps and receivers for standard shock pulse
transducers with M8 threads (SPM 40000).
The bolts are made of high-tensile steel and must be mounted SPM 40000
without washers. Each bolt is delivered with an M3 locking SPM 46024-L
screw and an Allen key for this screw. The locking screw is se-
cured in its hole. Bolts must not be re-used after unscrewing.
Technical specfications
Material: High-tensile steel, SS-EN 2244-05, Locking
screw
EN 10083-3:2006, 42CrMo4
No washer!
Locking screw: SK6SS, M3 x 6
Turbo Bolt Thread Torque Cable Cable

type Art. no. size max. length (L) Art. no.
VTR 454 14073 M12 100 Nm 450 mm 46024-0.45

VTR 501 14073 M12 100 Nm 550 mm 46024-0.55
VTR 564 14074 M16 230 Nm 550 mm 46024-0.55
VTR 714 14075 M20 350 Nm 650 mm 46024-0.65
Shock Pulse Transducer with Probe TRA-22
TRA-22
TRA-22 is a hand-held probe, which is used together with

Shock Pulse Tester T30 (T2000/T2001) and Shock Pulse Ana-
lyzer A30 (A2010/A2011). The probe is directionally sensitive
and must be held aligned against the bearing and not deviate
from this direction by more than ±5°. The temperature range
is -30° to +70° C. The probe tip is spring loaded and moves
within a sleeve made of chloroprene rubber (neoprene) and
tolerates 110° C (230° F).
Measuring points for the probe transducer should be located

directly on the bearing housing and the signal path should be
in a direct line to the contact area. The strongest shock pulses
are emitted from the loaded region of the rolling interface in
the bearing. The loaded region for radial load covers a sec-
tor of ±45° from the load direction, for axial load the region
is 360°. Since the transfer of shock pulses to the bearing
housing is limited by the width of the bearing, direct radia-
BEX-20 BEX-21
tion of pulses will be restricted to a sector of ±60° from the
perpendicular to the rolling surface. Measuring points should
be clearly marked, for instance with the SPM marker BEX-19.
To maintain a steady pressure on the tip, press the probe

tip against the measuring point until the rubber sleeve is in
contact with the surface. Avoid pressing the probe tip against
cavaties and fillets which are smaller than the probe tip.
Ordering numbers
TRA-22 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly max. 60°
BEX-19 Measuring point marker BEX-19
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare parts
TRA-15 Transducer with probe
BAX-10 Probe handle
CAB-06 Cable for TRA-22
13108 Sleeve for probe tip
TRA-72

Leonova. The probe is directionally sensitive and must be
held aligned against the bearing and not deviate from this
direction by more than ±5°. The temperature range is -30°
to +70° C. The probe tip is spring loaded and moves within
a sleeve made of chloroprene rubber (neoprene) and toler-
ates 110° C (230° F).

directly on the bearing housing and the signal path should
be in a direct line to the contact area. The strongest shock
pulses are emitted from the loaded region of the rolling
interface in the bearing. The loaded region for radial load
covers a sector of ±45° from the load direction, for axial
load the region is 360°. Since the transfer of shock pulses to
the bearing housing is limited by the width of the bearing,
direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a sector of BEX-20 BEX-21
±60° from the perpendicular to the rolling surface. Measur-
ing points should be clearly marked, for instance with the
SPM marker BEX-19.
To maintain a steady pressure on the tip, press the probe tip

against the measuring point until the rubber sleeve is in con-
tact with the surface. Avoid pressing the probe tip against
Part numbers
TRA-72 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly max. 60°
BEX-19 Measuring point marker BEX-19
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare parts
BAX-10 Probe handle
CAB-37 Cable for TRA-72, 1.5 m (5 ft)

BearingChecker. The probe is directionally sensitive and
must be held aligned against the bearing and not deviate
from this direction by more than ±5°. The probe tip is spring
loaded and moves within a sleeve made of chloroprene rub-
ber (neoprene) and tolerates 110 °C (230 °F).

covers a sector of ±45° from the load direction, for axial
direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a sector of
ing points should be clearly marked, for instance with the BEX-20 BEX-21
SPM marker BEX-19.

Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m (5 ft)
Connector Mini coax
Temperature range –30° to +70° C.
Dimensions 260 x 25 mm (10.2 x 1 in) max. 60°
Weight 275 g (9.7 oz) BEX-19
Part numbers
TRA-73 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly
BEX-19 Measuring point marker
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare parts
BAX-10 Probe handle
CAB-73 Cable, mini coax connector, 1.5 m (5 ft)
Shock Pulse Transducer with Probe TRA78
TRA 78 is a handheld probe, used together with Leonova

Diamond® and Emerald®. The probe is directionally sensi-
tive and must be held aligned against the bearing and not
deviate from this direction by more than ±5°. The probe tip
is spring loaded and moves within a sleeve made of chlo-
roprene rubber (neoprene) and tolerates 110 °C (230 °F).
Standard cable length is 1.5 m. Other lengths up to 20 m
can be ordered.

covers a sector of ±45° from the load direction. For axial
direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a sector of BEX 20 BEX 21
ing points should be clearly marked, for instance with the
SPM marker BEX 19.

cavities and fillets which are smaller than the probe tip.
Coaxial cable: PVC, standard length 1.5 m (5 ft) or
other length, max 20 m (65.6 ft.)
Measuring range: Max. 85 dBsv max. 60°
Temp. range: –30° to +70 °C
BEX 19
Connector: Mini coax
Dimensions: 260 x 25 mm (10.2 x 1 in)
Weight: 275 g (9.7 oz)
Part numbers
TRA78 Shock pulse transd. with probe, cable length 1.5m
TRA78 - L Shock pulse transd. with probe, L = cable length,
max 20 m
BEX19 Measuring point marker
BEX20 Center drill
BEX21 Rotary file
Spare parts
TRA15 Transducer with probe
16626 Probe handle
CAB79 Cable for TRA78, mini coax connector, 1.5 m (5 ft)
Shock pulse transducer with quick connector TRA-30
TRA-30
TRA-30 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector. It is

used for measurements on permanently installed adapters.
The quick connector forms a bayonet connection together
with the adapter.
To attach the TRA-30 to an adapter, push the transducer firmly

onto the adapter and twist it clockwise.
Twist counter clockwise to unfasten the transducer.
Technical data
Design Sealed
Temperature range -30° to +70° C
Material, spanner Blacknited steel
Handle cover Urethan
Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m
Connector TNC
Weight 250 g
Part numbers
TRA-30 Transducer with quick connector, incl. cable
CAB-30 Cable for TRA-30
TRA-70
TRA-70 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector for

measurements on permanently installed adapters. The trans-
ducer can be used together with the handheld instrument
Leonova. The quick connector forms a bayonet connection
together with the permanently installed adapter.
To attach the TRA-70 to an adapter, push the transducer

firmly onto the adapter and twist it clockwise.
Technical data
Design Sealed
Temperature range –30° to +70° C
Connector BNC
Weight 250 g
TRA-74 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector

for measurements on permanently installed adapters. The
transducer can be used together with the handheld instru-
ment BearingChecker. The quick connector forms a bayonet
connection together with the permanently installed adapter.

Design Sealed
Temperature range –30° to +70° C
(–22° to +158° F)
Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m (5 ft)
Connector Mini coax
Dimensions 90 x 30 mm (1.2 x 3.5 in)
Weight 203 g (7.2 oz)
Shock pulse transducer with quick connector TRA 79
TRA79
TRA79-L
TRA 79 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector,

used together with the handheld instrument Leonova
Diamond® and Emerald®, for measurements on permanently
installed adapters. The quick connector forms a bayonet
Standard cable length is 1.5 m. Other lengths up to 20 m
can be ordered.
To attach the TRA 79 to an adapter, push the transducer

Design: Sealed
Temperature range: –30° to +70 °C
(–22° to +158 °F)
Material, spanner: Black oxide steel
Handle cover: Polyurethane
Coaxial cable: PVC, standard length 1.5 m (5 ft)
or other length, max 20 m (65.6 ft.)
Dimensions: 90x30 mm (1.2x3.5 in)
Weight: 210 g (7,4 oz)
Part numbers
TRA 79 Shock pulse transducer with quick connector,
cable length 1.5 m
TRA 79 - L Shock pulse transducer with quick connector,
L = cable length, max. 20 m
Spare part
CAB 103 Cable for TRA 79, 1.5 m, mini coax. connector
Transducer with quick connector TRA75
TRA75 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector

for BearingChecker, specially designed for narrow spaces.
On TRA75, the cable is fitted with an angle connector, mak-

ing this transducer about 30 mm shorter than the standard
model TRA74. In all other respects, the two models are
identical.
To attach the TRA75 to an adapter, push the transducer

Design: Sealed
Temperature range: –30° to +70° C
(–22° to +158° F)
Material, spanner: Blacknited steel
Material, handle: Stainless steel
Coaxial cable: PVC, length 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
Length, transducer: 70 mm (2.8 in)
Weight: 200 g (7 oz)
Sealed Transducer with Quick Connector and TMU
81385
65
15716
15837
TRA76
ø 32
TRA-76 is a sealed shock pulse transducer with quick connec-

tor, specially designed for applications where the measuring
cable is longer than 4 m. It has a built-in transducer match-
ing unit (TMU) which allows a cable length of up to 100 m
between the transducer and the measuring device. TRA-76
fits all SPM adapters.
If transducer and measuring cable are used in moist environ-

ments, it is necessary to equip the cable with a sealing TNC
cable plug SPM 15837.
To attach the transducer to an adapter, push the transducer

firmly onto the adapter and twist it clockwise. Twist counter
clockwise to unfasten the transducer.
Measuring range: max. 100 dBsv
Design: sealed IP67
(–22° to +212 °F)
Material: stainless acid proof steel
Sealings: Viton (fluor rubber)
Connector: TNC plug
Part numbers
TRA-76 Sealed shock pulse transducer with quick
connector for SPM adapters
15837 TNC cable plug, stainless steel, IP67
90005-L Coaxial cable without connectors,
– 25 to +70 °C (L = length in meters)
81385 Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm,
stainless acid proof steel
15716 Sleve for protection tube, stainless steel,
required to enable dismounting of the
protection tube
Transducer with Quick Connector TRA 77
59 81385
15716
15837
TRA 77
ø 32
TRA 77 is a sealed shock pulse transducer with quick connec-

tor for measurements on permanently installed adapters. It
is used for bearing monitoring with the online system Intel-
linova Compact. A coaxial cable connects the transducer
with the measuring unit. Max. cable length is 100 m.
A coaxial cable with a sealed TNC plug (15837) and a pro-

tection tube (81385) is recommended to prevent damages
and cable corrosion in moist environments.

Design: sealed IP67
Temperature range: –30° to + 100 °C
(–22° to +212 °F)
Material: stainless acid proof steel
Connector type: TNC plug
Part numbers
TRA 77 Sealed shock pulse transducer with quick
connector for SPM adapters
15837 TNC cable plug, stainless steel, IP67
81385 Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm,
15716 Sleeve for protection tube, stainless steel,
protection tube
Transducer with quick connector TRA-31
TRA-31
TRA-31 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector,

specially designed for narrow spaces.
On TRA-31, the cable is fitted with an angle connector, mak-

ing this transducer about 30 mm shorter than the standard
model TRA-30. In all other respects, the two models are
identical.

firmly onto the adapter and twist it clockwise.
Technical data
Design Sealed
Material, handle Stainless steel
Connectors TNC
Length 70 mm
Weight 220 g
Part numbers
TRA-31 Transducer with quick connector incl. cable
46012-1.5 Cable for TRA-31
Tel +46 152 22500 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.se ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 1998-07. TD-014 B Rev.0
Transducer with quick connector and TMU
TRA-32
66
ø 28
TRA-32 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector,

specially designed for applications where the measuring cable
is longer than 4 m.
TRA-32 has a built-in transducer matching unit (TMU) which

allows a cable length of up to 100 m between the transducer
and the shock pulse meter. TRA-32 fits all SPM adapters.
If transducer and measuring cable are used in moist environ-

ments, it is necessary to equip the cable with a sealing TNC
cable plug SPM 13008.
To attach the TRA-32 to an adapter, push the transducer firmly

onto the adapter and twist it clockwise.
Technical data
Design Sealed
Material, handle Stainless steel
Connector TNC
Max. cable length 100 m
Tachometer Probe TAD-18 / TAD-18TA
TAD-12
TAD-13
TAD-18 TAD-11 TAD-17 TAD-15
TAD-18 TA
TAD-14
CAB-10 TAD-16 TAD-10
The Tachometer Probe TAD-18 / TAD-18 TA is used together

with SPM's hand-held instruments for optical measurement
of the rate of rotation and for contact measurement of as well
the rate of rotation as the peripheral speed.

A light beam is directed against a reflecting tape on the
rotating object, from a distance of max. 0.6 m and from an Max. 45°
angle of max. 45°.

The contact adapter TAD-10 with a rubber tipped contact
center, TAD-11/15, is screwed onto the tachometer probe
and then held against the center of a shaft end or a wheel.

The contact adapter TAD-10 with contact wheel is held
against the circumference of a shaft, a belt, etc. The speed is
read out in units, depending on which contact wheel is used:
Meters per minute – use TAD-12, divide result by 10
Yards per minute – use TAD-13, divide result by 10
Feet per minute – use TAD-17, divide result by 2.
Ordering numbers
TAD-18 Tachometer probe for Leonova, incl. cable
TAD-18TA Tachometer probe for A30 / T30, incl. cable
CAB-10 Spiral cable
TAD-10 Contact adapter
TAD-12 = 0.1 m / min.
TAD-11 Contact center, rpm, short TAD-13 = 0.1 yd. / min.
TAD-15 Contact center, rpm, long TAD-17 = 0.5 ft / min.
TAD-12 Contact wheel, meter/min.
TAD-13 Contact wheel, yards/min.
TAD-17 Contact wheel, feet/min.
TAD-14 Reflecting tape, pad of 5 sheets
Measuring range: max. 20 000 rpm optical
TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
Measuring distance: max. 0.6 m (2 ft.)
Dimensions, Tachometer probe: 171 x 42 mm
Temperature probe TEM-11
TEM-11
TEN-10 TEN-11
CAB-10
The temperature probe TEM-11 is used together with SPM's

hand-held instruments, for temperature measurements in
the range of –50 to +440 °C.
The probe TEM-11 is connected via the spiral cable CAB-10

to the EXT connector of the instrument. The TEMP
menu appears automatically on the instrument when the
temperature probe is connected. It is power supplied by
the instrument.
Two probe tips belongs to TEM-11:

• TEN-10 for measuring the surface temperature of solids
• TEN-11 for measuring the temperatures of liquids.
The probe tips fit into the socket at the front end of the
probe. Probe and tips should be handled and stored with Tekniska data
care. Keep the protective cap on the TEN-10 when the tip is Measuring range: –50 to +440 °C
not being used. Maximum offset: ±5 °C
Meas. uncertainty: ±1 °C
Sensitivity: 10 mV / °C
Artikelnummer Output range: 0 to 5 V DC
TEM-11 Temperature probe with cable Power supply: +5 V DC
CAB-10 Spiral cable Measuring time: approx. 1 minute
TEN-10 Probe tip for solids Weight, TEM-11: 94 g
TEN-11 Probe tip for liquids Dimensions,
TEM-11: ø 42 x 118 mm
TEN-10: 122 mm with cap
TEN-11: 159 mm
Countersinking tools for adapters and transducers
ø8
ø 10
81027 82053
81027
c
ø 6.8 81057
dc
ø 20
p p
b d
min.2, max.4
min.13
min.15
min.1
Combination tools b (mm) p c dc (mm) d

The listed tools are used for correct countersinking of mount-
ing holes for adapters and standard shock pulse transducers. 5.5 81030 81028 ø12 M6/UNF 1/4"
The combination tool consists of a holder, a replaceable 6.9 81031 81028 ø12 M8
countersink and replaceable pilots. Ordering numbers are 6.6 81032 81028 ø12 UNC 5/16"
shown beside. 8.6 81033 81028 ø12 M10
8.1 81034 81028 ø12 UNC 3/8"
81057 Counterbore 10.3 81035 81029 ø15 M12
The counterbore is used for flat face milling of mounting
10.9 81036 81029 ø15 UNC 1/2"
holes for shock pulse transducers in bolt design and vibration
transducers. The counterbore is mounted in holder 81027
together with a pilot according to the table beside.
ø6
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot
The countersink is intended for mounting hole M8. 81274
Counterbore for Glue-on Transducer 40010

14042 Counterbore, complete 81275
81274 Holder for counterbore ø 2.7
81275 Counterbore, diameter 15 mm ø 15
14041
min. 4.5
Tools for measuring point preparation

max. 1
BEX-20 center drill and BEX-21 ball shaped rotary file are
used to prepare measuring points for the probe transducer,
and to faciliate drilling of mounting holes for adapters, studs,
and transducers at an angle.
BEX-20 BEX-21
ø4 ø 15
5
5
5
Vibration Transducers and Transmitters
DuoTech Accelerometers
DuoTech Accelerometer SLC141
SLC141TB
PIN A PIN B
+ –
Ø 10.9
Ø 20.8
21 8.5 1.5 13 (B)
41.9
The DuoTech accelerometer is a single transducer solution

used for vibration or shock pulse measurements, or both
in combination. The accelerometer is mounted in a coun-
M6 =5.0
tersunk mounting hole identical to holes normally used by UNC=6.6
shock pulse transducers. M8 =6.9
M10 =8.6 ø 12 t
The housing and base are made of stainless acid proof steel
suitable for aggressive environments. The accelerometer is
min.2, max.4
min.15
internally isolated in a Faraday shield providing maximum
min.13
min.1
protection from ground loops and RF interference.
Technical specfications
Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 10 mV/g *
Mounting tools
Measuring range, vibration: 6000 m/s2 = 600g
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8 x1.25
Measuring range, shock pulse: 10 to 95 dB 81027 Holder for countersink
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10 % 81028 Countersink, angle 90°, 12 mm dia.
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain 81030 Pilot for M6 x1.0
81031 Pilot for M8 x1.25
Frequency range, vibration: 2 Hz to 10 kHz (±3 dB)
81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"-18
Settling time: 3 sec.
81033 Pilot for M10 x1.5
Bias point: 10 to 13 V (typical 12 V)
Power supply: 24 V, 4 to 5 mA To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 5.0 for M6, 6.6 mm
for UNC 5/16", 6.9 mm for M8 or 8.6 for M10. Torque and
Temperature range: −40 to +125 °C
unscrew the accelerometer with a torque wrench and a long
Sealing: IP65, IP66/67 with sealed
21 mm socket.
connector (IP66/67 or
higher)
Casing: stainless acid proof steel, ARTICLE NO: SLC141 T B - X X X
Sandvik Grade: 1802, A B C D
EN: 1.4523
A. Part number SLC141
Isolation: case isolated, > 10 Mohm
B. Design T = Top entry
Mounting thread: M6 x1.0, M8 x1.25, M10 x1.5
C. Connection B = 2 pin connector MIL-C-5015
or UNC 5/16"-18
D. Thread (t) M6, M8, M10 or UNC
Torque limit: 10 Nm
Weight: approx. 75 g (excl. cable)
SERIAL NO: XX XX XXX
Connection: 2 pin MIL-C-5015
Transducer line: max. 100 m to instrument, Year Week Number
cable capacitance 210 pF/m
* Individual value given on the calibration chart.
DuoTech Accelerometer SLC144
SLC144TB PIN 2 PIN 1 SLC144TD
PIN A PIN B
+ – – +
Ø 10.9
Ø 10.9
Ø 20.8
Ø 20.8
21 8.5 1.5 13 (B) 21 8.5 1.5 10
41.9 17 (E) 41.9
SLC144TC SLC144TCP
WHITE +
BLACK –
Ø 10.9
8.5 1.5 6.8 L 11.5 L

21
44.9
L = Cable length max. 30 m, standard 3 m

used for vibration or shock pulse measurements or both
in combination. The accelerometer is mounted in a coun- M6 =5.0
tersunk mounting hole identical to holes normally used by UNC=6.6
M8 =6.9
shock pulse transducers. ø 12 t
M10 =8.6
min.2, max.4
min.15
min.13
min.1
Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 100 mV/g * Mounting tools
Meas. range, vibration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g 82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8 x1.25
Meas. range, shock pulse: –12 to 75 dB 81027 Holder for countersink
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10 % 81028 Countersink, angle 90°, 12 mm dia.
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain 81030 Pilot for M6 x1.0
Frequency range, vibration: 2 Hz to 10 kHz (±3 dB) 81031 Pilot for M8 x1.25
Settling time: 3 sec. 81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"-18
Bias point: 10 to 13 V (typical 12 V) 81033 Pilot for M10 x1.5
Power supply: 24 V, 4 to 5 mA
Temperature range: –40 to +125 °C To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 5.0 for M6, 6.6 mm
Sealing: IP65, IP66/67 with sealed for UNC 5/16", 6.9 mm for M8 or 8.6 for M10. Torque and
connector (IP66/67 or higher) unscrew the accelerometer with a torque wrench and a long
Casing: stainless acid proof steel, 21 mm socket.
Sandvik Grade: 1802,
EN: 1.4523
Mounting thread: M6 x1.0, M8 x1.25, M10 x1.5 ARTICLE NO: SLC144 T X - X X X - X X
or UNC 5/16"-18 A B C D E
Torque limit: 10 Nm A. Part number SLC144
Weight: approx. 75 g (excl. cable)
Connection: 2 pin MIL-C-5015, 4 pin
M12 or integral cable
C = Integral cable
Cable length (integral): standard 3 m, max. 30 m CP= Integral cable, adapter for
Cable type (intgral): SPM90389, shielded twisted protection tube
pair, –40 to +90 °C ** D = 4 pin M12 male connector,
Transducer line: max. 100 m to instrument, IEC compliant
cable capacitance 210 pF/m E = Extended 2 pin connector (17mm)
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. D. Thread (t) M6, M8, M10 or UNC
** Shield not connected to case E. Cable length (L) Desired integral cable length in meters,
standard 3m, max. 30m

Year Week Number
DuoTech Accelerometer with Quick Connector TRC100
ø 36 67
TRC100 is a DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector,

Diamond and Emerald, for measurements on permanently
The accelerometer is internally isolated in a Faraday shield
providing maximum protection from ground loops and RF
interference.

Measuring range, vibration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g
Measuring range, shock pulse: −12 to 75 dB
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10 %
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain
Design: sealed IP66/67
Temperature range: −40° to + 125° C
Material: stainless acid proof steel,
Sandvik Grade:1802,
EN:1.4523
Connector: 2-pin MIL-C-5015
Weight: 165 g Part numbers
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. TRC100 DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector
for SPM adapters
CAB110 Measuring cable, 8 pin -M12, 1.5 m, straight
CAB93 Measuring cable, 8 pin -2 pin, 1.5 m, straight
CAB82 Measuring cable, 8 pin -2 pin, 1.5 m, spiral
CAB83 Measuring cable, 8 pin -2 pin, 10 m
CAB83-L Measuring cable, 8 pin -2 pin (L= length in meter)
DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector TRC150
65.9
Ø36

Diamond and Emerald, for measurements on permanently
interference.

Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 100 mV/g*
Measuring range, vibration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g
Design: sealed IP66/67
Temperature range: −40° to +125 °C
Material: stainless acid proof steel,
Sandvik Grade:1802,
EN:1.4523
Material, sleeve: Isothane 3085AU
Connector: 2-pin MIL-C-5015
Cable length: max. 100 m Part numbers
Weight: 165 g TRC150 DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. for SPM adapters
CAB93 Measuring cable, Lemo 8 pin -2 pin, 1.5 m,
straight
CAB82 Measuring cable, Lemo 8 pin -2 pin, 1.5 m, spiral
CAB83 Measuring cable, Lemo 8 pin -2 pin, 10 m
CAB83-L Measuring cable, Lemo 8 pin -2 pin
(L= length in meter)
4-20 mA vibration transmitters
Ø 14.8
Ø 24
A B
TB
2 60.9
24
Ø 14.8
Ø 24
TCP
2 55.3 11.5 L
24
The 4-20 mA vibration transmitters are accelerometers that Installation example

provide a 4-20 mA output signal proportional to the true
RMS value of vibration velocity. The transmitters can be
Transmitter
Pin A/White (+)
connected to common process control systems (PLC, DCS). Power
The electrical signal is isolated from the transmitter housing. Supply
Pin B/Black (–) 12-24 VDC
The transmitters operate by using power from a standard
Shield
4-20 mA loop.
The transmitter is installed on a flat machine surface. For

mechanical fastening, mounting studs (available as acces- V DC Power – 12 V
Loop resistance R L max. =
sories) with thread size M6, M8, M10, or UNF 1/4” are used. 20 mA
The connection of the mounting studs is made through a
Part numbers Measuring range Frequency range
tapped hole with an M8 thread on the transmitter.
SLD722 0-12.5 mm/s, 0.5 ips 2 -1000 Hz
Technical specifications SLD723 0-2 5 mm/s, 1 ips 2 -1000 Hz
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA
Tolerance: 4 mA ± 5%, 20 mA ±10% SLD724 0-50 mm/s, 2 ips 2 -1000 Hz
Turn-on time: < 60 seconds SLD732 0-12.5 mm/s, 0.5 ips 10 -1000 Hz
Transverse sensitivity: < 5%
SLD733 0-2 5 mm/s, 1 ips 10 -1000 Hz
Maximum acceleration: 15 g
Repeatability: < 3% SLD734 0-50 mm/s, 2 ips 10 -1000 Hz
Operating temperature: –40° to +85 °C (–40° to +185 °F)
Power requirements: 12 to 24 V DC
Loop resistance: R L max. 600 Ω at 24 V DC M6=5.0
Casing: stainless acid-proof steel, Sandvik UNF=5.5
1802, EN:1.4523 M8 = 6.9 min. 16 t
Sealing: IP66/67 M10=8.6
Isolation: case isolated, >10 Mohm
min. 12
min. 10
max. 0.7
Cable type: 90389, shielded twisted pair.

High temp. cable on request
Mounting thread: M8, tapped hole
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft)
Weight: approx. 70 grams (2.5 oz) excl. Installation tools
cable 81027 Holder for counterbore
ARTICLE NO: SLD7XX TXX - X X 81030 Pilot for M6 and UNF 1/4"-28
A B C 81031 Pilot for M8
A. Part number See table 81033 Pilot for M10
B. Connection TB = 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015
TC P = Integral cable, adapter for To drill the installation hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8), 8.6
protection tube mm (M10), or 5.5 mm (M6 and UNF 1/4"-28). Tighten the
C. Cable length (L) 3, 5, 10, or 20 m (integral)
transmitter with a 24 mm torque wrench.
SERIAL NO: X X XX X X X
Accessories
Year Week Number 18177 Mounting stud M8-M6 (TD-287)
18178 Mounting stud M8-M10 (TD-287)
18179 Mounting stud M8-UNF 1/4”x28 (TD-287)
Vibration transducer, SLD144
Ø14.8
Ø14.8
Ø24
Ø24
A B
2 1
TB 3 4 TD
24 2 47.9 13 24 2 47 10
The vibration transducer SLD144 is a piezo-electric accelero- Installation example

meter of compression type with built-in electronics, designed
for vibration monitoring of industrial machinery. The electri- SLD1XX-TX Cable 46162/46163
cal signal is isolated from the transducer housing.
The transducer is installed on a flat machine surface and

connected via a twisted pair cable with a 2-pin or 4-pin
connector. The connection of mounting studs (available Sleeve Protection
15716 tube 81385
as accessories) is made through a tapped hole with an M8
thread on the transducer. For vibration transducers with side
entry, see TD-636.
Part Frequency Sensitivity * Bias
number range (±1dB) (typical)
In addition to acceleration measurement, temperature meas-
urement is available as an option for SLD144. When used SLD144 2 –10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s2 = 100 mV/g 10–13 V (12 V)
with the Intellinova Parallel EN online system (TD-562), the * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
transducer can measure temperature in the –20° to +120 °C
range. Temperature measurement is performed above 10
M6=5.0
kHz, where it does not interfere with the acceleration signal. UNF=5.5 min. 16 t
M8 = 6.9
Technical specifications M10=8.6
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m / s2 / µ strain typical
min. 12
min. 10
max. 0.7
Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz (± 1 dB)

Max. peak acceleration: 600 m / s2 = 60 g
Settling time: 3 sec
Installation tools
Power requirements: 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
Casing: stainless acid-proof steel, Sandvik
1802, EN:1.4523
81030 Pilot for M6 and UNF 1/4"-28
Sealing: IP66/67
81031 Pilot for M8
81033 Pilot for M10
Cable length: max. 100 m (328 ft)
Cable capacitance: 210 pF/m To drill the installation hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8), 8.6
Mounting thread: M8, tapped hole mm (M10), or 5.5 mm (M6 and UNF 1/4"-28). Tighten the
transducer with a 24 mm torque wrench.
Weight: approx. 110 grams (4 oz)
Accessories
ARTICLE NO: SLD144 TX - X 18177 Mounting stud M8-M6 (TD-287)
A B C 18178 Mounting stud M8-M10 (TD-287)
A. Part number SLD144 18179 Mounting stud M8-UNF 1/4”x28 (TD-287)
B. Connection TB = 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015 18180 Mounting stud M8-M8 (TD-287)
TD = 4-pin M12 connector
C. Temperature T = temperature measurement (optional)
SERIAL NO: X X XX X X X
Year Week Number
Vibration transducer, SLD144S
57 13
39
34.5
Pin A Pin B
+ –
7
24 t
43 24
The vibration transducer SLD144S is a piezo-electric Installation examples

accelerometer of compression type with side entry and
built-in electronics, designed for vibration monitoring of 101
industrial machinery. The electrical signal is isolated from
the transducer housing.
The transducer is installed on a flat machine surface and con-

nected via a twisted pair cable with a 2-pin connector. The Connector 15168
flat machine surface must be min. 30 mm in diameter (min.
16 mm in diameter when using mounting base 15757, 15802,
or 17769). The transducer has a captured bolt for installa-
tion. For vibration transducers with top entry, see TD-635. Ø30
Technical specifications 101

Nominal sensitivity, Sleeve 15716 Protection tube
main axis: 10 mV/m/s2 * =100 mV/g 81385
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10%
Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz (± 1 dB) Measuring cable
Max. peak acceleration: 600 m / s2 = 60 g 46105-L/46106-L
Bias point: 10 to 13 V (typical 12 V) Mounting base (optional)
15757 (M8)
Temperature range: – 40° to +125 °C (– 40° to 257 °F)
15802 (UNF 1/4")
Power requirements: 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
17769 (M6)
Casing: stainless acid-proof steel Sandvik Ø16
1802, EN:1.4523
Sealing: IP66/67
Thread (t): M6 x 1.0, M8 x 1.25 or UNF 1/4"-28
Weight: 200 grams (7 oz) M6=5.0
Connection: 2-pin connector, MIL-C-5015 style UNF=5.5 min. 30 t
Cable length: max. 100 m (328 ft) M8 = 6.9
Cable capacitance: 210 pF/m
min. 12

min. 10
max. 0.7
ARTICLE NO: SLD144S - X X X

A B
A. Part number SLD144S Installation tools
B. Thread (t) M6, M8, or UNF 81393 Holder for counterbore
81394 Pilot for M6 and UNF 1/4"-28
SERIAL NO: XXXXXXX 81395 Pilot for M8
Year Week Number 81396 Counterbore, diameter 30 mm
Vibration transducer SLD334S-G
PIN A PIN B
+ –
The glue-on vibration transducers SLD334S-G with side

entry based on micro-electro-mechanical-systems (MEMS) 88
Protection tube
technologies and can replace standard transducers on
81385
thinwalled bearing housings and on machines where the
warranties. It has a flat, circular base which is glued to the
measuring point, and an M3 screw for unloading and fixing.
The electrical signal is isolated from the transducer housing. Measuring cable (example)
46105-L / 46106-L
Mounting
counterbore, min. diameter 15 mm.

81274
them carefully. The screw is self-threading. Screw the trans-
ducer into the mounting hole by hand with modest torque.
The torque should not be more than 1 Nm. Wait until the
81275
adhesive has hardened before connecting the cable. ø 2.7
The transducer is connected via a twisted pair cable with ø 15

2 pin connector. In moist environment, use the sealed con-
nector with integrated measuring cable SPM 46162/ 46163 14041
together with cable protection tube SPM 81385.
min.4.5
max.1
Nominal sensitivity: 10 mV/m/s2 = 100 mV/g *
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain
Linear frequency range: 1 to 1000 Hz (±1 dB) Connector type: Compatible with 2 pin
1 to 2000 Hz (±3 dB) MIL-C-5015 style
Max. peak acceleration: 10 g Cable length: max. 100 m
Bias point: 8-12 V (type 11 V) * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Temperature range: – 20º to +85 °C
( – 4° to +185 °F ) Mounting tools
Power requirements: 24 V/2 to 5 mA 14042 Counterbore, complete
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel, 81274 Holder for counterbore
Sandvik 1802, EN:14523 81275 Counterbore, diameter 15 mm
Sealing: IP67 together with 14041 Pilot, diameter 2.7 mm
appropriate connector 90472 Adhesive, 3M DP810 (50 ml)
Isolation: Case isolated, > 1 Mohm
Recommended adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or
480
Weight: 110 grams
Vibration transducers, series SLD 300
The vibration transducers series SLD300 are small accelero-

meters based on micro-electro-mechanical-systems (MEMS) 85
technologies, designed for vibration monitoring of industrial
machinery. The electrical signal is isolated from the trans-
ducer housing.

min. 16 mm in diameter. The transducer is connected via a
twisted pair cable with 2 pin connector. In moist environ-
ment, use the sealed connector with integrated measuring 15168
cable SPM 46162/ 46163 together with cable protection
tube SPM 81385.
Transverse sensitivity: max. 5 % ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain (ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
Linear frequency range: 1 to 1000 Hz (±1 dB)
1 to 2000 Hz (±3 dB)
max. 0.7
min. 12
min. 10
Max. peak acceleration: 10 g
Temperature range: – 20º to +85° C
( – 4° to +185° F )
Power requirements: 24 V / 2 to 5 mA
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel Article number Thread (t) Nom. sensitivity * Bias Point
Sandvik 1802, EN:14523
SLD 322B-M8 M8 x1.25 4 mV/m/s2 =40mV/g 6 - 9 .5 V (typ 8 V)
Sealing: IP66/67 together with
appropriate connector SLD 322B-UNF UNF1/4-28 4 mV/m/s2 =40mV/g 6 - 9 .5 V (typ 8 V)
Isolation: Case isolated, > 1 Mohm
SLD 334B-M8 M8 x1.25 10mV/m/s2 =100mV/g 9-13V (typ11V)
Thread (t): M8 x1.25 or UNF 1/4"-28
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft) SLD 334B-UNF UNF1/4-28 10mV/m/s2 =100mV/g 9-13V (typ11V)
Weight: 55 grams (2 oz)
Connector type: Compatible with 2 pin * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
MIL-C-5015 style
Mounting tools
81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"
81031 Pilot for M8
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
mm (UNF 1/4"). Torque the transducer with a 24 mm torque
wrench.
Vibration Transducer TRV-18/19
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
Cable
36
clamp
9
t TRV-18: t = M8
TRV-19: t = UNF 1/4"- 28
ø 15
The transducers TRV-18 and TRV-19 are piezo-electric accel-

erometers of compression type with built-in preamplifier, de-
Moist environment:
signed for vibration monitoring of industrial machinery. They
SPM 13008
are used in permanent installations with the CMM System, Electric insula-
Intellinova and MG-4. The cable length between transducer tion:
and measuring unit is max. 50m (165 ft). TRX-18 (M8)
TRX-19 (UNF)
The transducer is mounted against a smooth, flat surface on
the machine. TRV-18 has thread size M8 and TRV-19 has UNF
1/4"-28. The transducers are delivered with three washers
for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the
transducer 90°. The coaxial cable (SPM 90005-L or 90267-L)
with TNC connector must be secured with a clamp close to
the transducer.
In moist environments, use sealing TNC cable plugs SPM
13008 to prevent cable corrosion. For electric insulation, use
insulation foot TRX-18/TRX-19.
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Technical data (ø 5.5) (UNF
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 1.2 mV/m/s2 * 1/4"-28)
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/μ strain
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7
Linear frequency range: 3 to 1000 Hz

Max. peak acceleration: 600 m/s2
Temperature range: -20° C to +125° C
(-4° F to +260° F)
Typical temperature drift: 0.25% / °C
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm for M8 and 5.5
Sandvik Grade:1802,
mm for UNF 1/4"-28. Torque and unscrew the transducer with
EN:1.4523
a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Design: Sealed
IP67 with conn. SPM13008
Mounting tools
Connector type: TNC 81027 Holder for counterbore
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ft) 81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
Power requirement: 12 to 24 V DC 81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"-28 (TRV-19)
Constant current: 2 to 5 mA
81031 Pilot for M8 (TRV-18)
Bias point: 5 to 11 V (typ 7 V)
Vibration Transducer TRV-20/21
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
Cable
36
clamp
9
t
ø15
The transducers TRV-20 and TRV-21 are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with built-in preamplifier, Moist environment:
designed for vibration monitoring of industrial machinery. SPM 13008
The transducers are used in permanent installations with Electric
insulation:
Intellinova, the CMS System (measuring unit VCM) and with TRX-18 (M8)
the hand-held instrument Leonova. The cable length between TRX-19 (UNF)
the transducer and the measuring unit is max. 50 m (165 ft).
The transducer is mounted against a smooth, flat surface on

the machine. TRV-20 has thread size M8 and TRV-21 has UNF
1/4"-28. The transducers are delivered with three washers
for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the
transducer 90°. The coaxial cable (SPM 90005-L or 90267-L) Typical frequency response
with TNC connector must be secured with a clamp close to
the transducer.
In moist environments, use sealing TNC cable plugs SPM

13008 to prevent cable corrosion. For electric insulation, use
insulated installation foot TRX-18/19.
Typical thermal response
Technical data
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 4.0 mV/m/s2 *
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/μ strain
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Temperature range: -20° C to +125° C
(ø 5.5) (UNF
(-4° F to +260° F)
1/2"-28)
Power requirements: 12–24 V, 2–5 mA
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel,
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7
Sandvik Grade:1802,
EN:1.4523
Design: Sealed
Mounting tools
Connector type: TNC
81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4" (TRV-21)
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf · ft)
Bias point: 6 to 12 V (typ 8 V) 81031 Pilot for M8 (TRV-20)
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm for M8 and 5.5
mm for UNF 1/4". Torque and unscrew the transducer with a
torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Vibration Transducer TRV-22/23 (A)
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
41.5
Cable
clamp
9
t TRV-22 (A): t = M8x1.25
ø 15 TRV-23 (A): t = UNF 1/4"- 28
The transducers TRV-22/23 (A) are piezo-electric accelerom-

eters of compression type, designed for vibration monitor-
ing of industrial machinery. They can be used together with
handheld instruments or in permanent installations. Max. SPM 13008
cable length between transducer and measuring unit is 10
m (33 ft).
The transducer is mounted in a threaded hole on a smooth,

flat surface on the machine. It is delivered with three wash-
ers for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the
transducer 90°. Fix low noise coaxial cable (SPM 90176-L
or 90292-L) with TNC connector with a clamp close to the Installation in moist environments
transducer.
For installations in moist environments, use sealing TNC

cable plugs (SPM 13008) to prevent cable corrosion.
Technical data ø 6.9 min. 16 M8x1.25

Nominal sensitivity, main axis (ø 5.5) (UNF
1/4"-28)
TRV-22 / TRV-23: 10 pC/m/s2 (7-12 pC/m/s2) *
TRV-22A / TRV23A: 12 pC/m/s2 (11-13 pC/m/s2) *
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7

Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain
Temperature range: –30° C to +150° C
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8 x1.25) or
(–22° F to +302° F) 5.5 mm (UNF 1/4"-28). Torque and unscrew the transducer
Typical temperature drift: 0.25% / °C with a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Sandvik Grade:1802, Part Numbers
EN:1.4523 TRV-22 Vibration transducer, M8 x1.25
Design: Sealed TRV-23 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"-28
Connector tightness: IP65 with TNC connector TRV-22A Vibration transducer, M8 x1.25
IP67 with conn. SPM13008 TRV-23A Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"-28
Weight: 171 grams (6 oz) 13008 Sealing TNC cable plug
Connector type: TNC 81027 Holder for counterbore
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ ft) 81057 Counterbore, diam. 20 mm
81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. 81031 Pilot for M8
4-20 mA Temperature Transmitter TMM-12 / 13
t = M8 (TMM-12)
UNC 5/16" (TMM-13)
TMM-12 and TMM-13 are temperature transmitters with a

measuring range from –16° to +120° C and an analog output
of 4 to 20 mA. The transmitters are mounted in countersunk Cable with
mounting holes. TMM-12 has thread size M8 and TMM-13 connector:
has thread size UNC 5/16". The transmitters are connected SPM 46098-L,
-65° to +200° C
via twisted pair cable with 2 pin connector, compatible with or SPM 46099-L,
2 pin MIL-C-5015 style. They use a power supply of 12 to -40° to +90° C
24 V DC (see derating curve). (L = length in m)
110
TMM-12 / 13 transmitters can be connected to the CMM
System (DMM and VDM-14/15 measuring units), to Intel-
linova (Analog Monitoring Unit) or to CMS System (AMS
unit) for continuous machine condition monitoring. They can
also be connected to the analog inputs on a PLC or similar.
min. 15
Countersunk
Derating curve for power supply mounting hole
Volt
25
20 Measuring range: –16° to 120 °C (3° to 248° F)
Output: 4 to 20 mA
15 Inaccuracy: typical 1° C, max. 3° C at 25° C
Linearity deviation: 2% +0.5 °C
Long time stability: 0.4 °C
10 Temperature range: –30° to 125° C (–22° to 257° F)
-16 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ºC Power supply: 12 to 24 V DC, see derating curve
Loop resistancemax: 50 (U-7) Ω for U=12 to 24 V DC
e.g. 400 Ω at 15 V
Housing: stainless acid proof steel,
Electrical connection
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523,
Viton sealing, IP67
TMM
Mounting hole: M8 x1.25 (TMM-12), UNC 5/16 -18
(TMM-13), 90° countersunk
+ Torque: max. 15 Nm
12 - 24 V DC Connector type: SPM 15168 or compatible with 2 pin
A –
+ – MIL-C-5015 style
4-20 mA
Accessories for vibration transducers and transmitters
15.5
13868
M8
18177
M6
15.5
16000
M10
M8 18178
16096
15.5
UNF
M8
18179
15757 / 15802 / 17769
15.5 TRX17
M8
18180
M8
Installation accessories for vibration transducers and

vibration transmitters of type SLD:
TRX17 Hand-held probe tip, M8 x1.25, in stainless steel
SS 2346. Not recommended for measurements
above 1000 Hz
13868 Glue-on measuring pad, stainless steel EN 4016
15757 Mounting base, M8 x1.25, stainless steel AISI 316L
15802 Mounting base, UNF1/4-28, stainless steel AISI316L
17769 Mounting base, M6, stainless steel AIS I316L 15745
18
15745 Glue-on adapter, M8 x1.25, stainless steel Sandvik

1802 (EN:1.4523), with an M4 for unloading and
fixing
15868 Glue-on adapter, UNF1/4-28, stainless steel Sand-
vik 1802 (EN:1.4523), with an M4 for unloading and
fixing
15585 Extension base, length 30 mm, M8 x1.25, stainless
steel SS 2346
15586 Extension base, length 80 mm, M8 x1.25, stainless 15757
12.5
steel SS 2346 15802

17769
16000 Mounting base for countersunk mounting hole,
M8 x1.25, stainless steel AISI 316L
16096 Isolation foot for transducers M8x1.25, composite,
with locking screw M8x1.25/ length 20 mm
18177 Mounting stud M8-M6
18179 Mounting stud M8-UNF 1/4”x28
19 (15585)
70 (15586)
For magnetic mounting bases, see TD-548.

15585
15586
Isolation Foot 16096 for Vibration Transducers
Transducer
Isolation foot
The isolation foot 16096 is most often used when the Technical specifications
grounding condition influences a measurement and there is Frequency range: < 5 kHz
a need to open up the grounding of a transducer. The isola- Operating temperature: –40 to +125 °C (–40 to 257 °F)
tion foot is mounted on a smooth, flat and clean surface on Material: Composite
the machine. The mounting hole should be threaded M8. Thread: M8 x1.25
Locking screw: M8 x1.25 length 20 mm
In addition to provide an electrical isolation it will also pro- Torque limit, transducer: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ft)
vide a thermal isolation of the transducer from the measuring
surface, especially useful when the surface has high tempera-
ture changes. This can reduce any negative effects that the
hot surface may have on the performance of the transducer.
The isolation foot will also act as a mechanical filter which

means that it will change the sensitivity of the transducer
for the higher frequencies. If accuracy is very important one
should avoid using an isolation foot for 10 kHz measurement
for this reason.
Glue-on Measuring Pad SPM 13868
Transducer/
transmitter
Magnetic
base TRX16
Non-ferritic
Measuring
øø28
28 2 material
pad 13868
The glue-on measuring pad 13868 is mounted on the meas- The recommended adhesives are 3M DP810, Loctite 638
uring point when using transducers and other products with or Loctite 480. Please read the instructions for use and fol-
magnetic base on non-ferritic materials. low them carefully. Wait until the adhesive has completely
hardened before using the mounting pad.
Mounting
Select a measuring point in accordance with the SPM rules.
The surface has to be plane, clean and free from paint. If the Material: stainless steel, ferritic,
surface is curved it should be planed with a counterbore, EN 1.4016
min. diameter 30 mm. Dimensions: diam. 28 x 2 mm
Adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638,
Loctite 480 or similar
Vibration transducer TRM100/110/120
Ø20
TRM100
52
99 1.5 m
TRM120
31
Ø23 TRM110
36
82 1.5 m
The vibration transducers are accelerometers based on

micro-electro-mechanical-systems (MEMS) technologies,
designed for vibration monitoring with the handheld instru-
ments VibChecker (TRM100/120) and Leonova (TRM110).
The transducer has integral magnet for attachment to plain,

clean metal parts with the main sensitivity axis pointing in
the desired measuring direction. To get comparable results,
measuring points should be clearly marked, so that the
measurements can always be taken in the same spots.
Nom. sensitivity, main axis:10 mV/m/s2 * =100 mV/g
Linear frequency range: 1 to 1000 Hz (±1dB)
Max. peak acceleration: 10 g
Temperature range: – 20º to +70 °C
(– 4° to +158 °F)
IEPE interface: 24 V / 2 to 5 mA
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel
Sealing: IP67
Isolation: Case isolated, > 1 Mohm Note! The magnetic transducer should be carefully mounted
Weight: 70 grams (2.5 oz) to the measuring point by "rocking" it into place.
Connector type, TRM100/120: QLA
Incorrect mounting of a transducer with integral magnet
Connector type, TRM110: Lemo Circular Push Pull
can cause very high g levels that may cause damage to the
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. transducer.
Part numbers
TRM100 Vibration transducer, straight, for VibChecker
TRM110 Vibration transducer, angled, for Leonova
TRM120 Vibration transducer, angled, for VibChecker
Airius – Wireless vibration sensor
Ø45
82
Airius is a wireless, battery-powered sensor that performs a

user-defined number of vibration measurements per day in Sensor torque:
the 10-1000 Hz or the 2-1000/10-5000 Hz frequency range. M4 with washer 2 Nm
M6 7 Nm
The MEMS (micro-electro-mechanical-systems) type sensor M8 7 Nm
measures triaxial vibration and temperature. UNF 1/4” 7 Nm
Ø 30 mm Screw torque:
The vibration sensor is optimal for use on standard produc-
M4 with washer 2 Nm
tion equipment, such as pumps and fans. Airius provides
M6 7 Nm
warning of vibration-related problems, such as imbalance, M8 17 Nm
misalignment, impeller and fan blade issues, resonance, and UNF 1/4” 8 Nm
cavitation, as well as gear and bearing faults. The sensor
is ideal wherever wireless transmission of vibration data is
practical or a matter of safety, as in inaccessible machines X
or machines placed in hostile or risky environments.
The favorable choice of battery technology, along with the

careful design, ensure four-year battery life at four measure-
ments a day under ideal conditions.
Airius is compatible with both Condmaster.NET, the cloud- Storage temperature: –40° to +85 °C (–40° to +185 °F)
based application providing easy access to measurement Maximum altitude: 2000 m
data through a user-friendly interface, and the analysis and Condition evaluation: ISO10816 Part 2, 3, 4 >600 rpm
diagnostic software Condmaster Ruby. Protection class: IP69
Relative humidity: 0 to 100% (non-condensing)
The SPM Connect app, downloadable for mobile devices, Wi-Fi: 802.11 b/g/n, 2.4 GHz
is used to configure the parameters required to connect Wi-Fi Security: WPA/WPA2 PSK/WPA2 Enterprise
to Condmaster Entity Server (CES) or SPM Cloud. The app (PEAP-MSCHAPv2 and TTLS-
MSCHAPv2 without certificates)
allows you to
Bluetooth: v4.2 BLE
• search for Airius vibration sensors via Bluetooth
• verify server connection Part numbers
• set up connection to Wi-Fi and CES/SPM Cloud. AIR01-01 Airius sensor, 10-1000 Hz, 2/4/8 g
AIR01-10 Airius sensor, 2-1000 Hz, 10/20/40 g or
Technical specifications 10-5000 Hz, 2/4/8/16 g
Material: housing; stainless steel EN 1.4523,
cover; polyamide Accessories
Weight: approx. 300 g 18470 Installation kit (installation foot, M4 screw,
Power supply: non-rechargeable 3.6 VDC Lithium M4 washer, M6 screw)
Frequency range: 10-1000 Hz or 2-1000/10-5000 Hz 18471 Installation kit (installation foot, M8 screw)
Readings: RMS, peak, peak-to-peak, crest,
kurt, skew, temperature Spare parts
Measurement range, –20° to +85 °C (–4° to +185 °F) 18472 Cover kit (cover, gasket, 4xM3 screws)
temperature: (accuracy +/– 2 °C) 18477 Battery cell Airius, Xeno
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600 lines
Airius – Wireless vibration sensor with external power
Ø28
16 82
+
4
Ø45
1 3
38
2
–
12.6
15
20
Airius is a wireless sensor that performs a user-defined

Sensor torque:
number of vibration measurements per day in the 10-1000
M4 with washer 2 Nm
Hz or the 2-1000/10-5000 Hz frequency range. The MEMS M6 7 Nm
(micro-electro-mechanical-systems) type sensor with digital M8 7 Nm
output measures triaxial vibration and temperature. UNF 1/4” 7 Nm
Ø 30 mm Screw torque:
The vibration sensor is optimal for use on standard produc- M4 with washer 2 Nm
tion equipment, such as pumps and fans. Airius provides M6 7 Nm
warning of vibration-related problems, such as imbalance, M8 17 Nm
UNF 1/4” 8 Nm
misalignment, impeller and fan blade issues, resonance, and
cavitation, as well as gear and bearing faults. The sensor
is ideal wherever wireless transmission of vibration data is
X
practical or a matter of safety, as in inaccessible machines
or machines placed in hostile or risky environments.
Airius is compatible with both Condmaster.NET, the cloud-

based application providing easy access to measurement
data through a user-friendly interface, and the analysis and
diagnostic software Condmaster Ruby. Storage temperature: –40° to +120 °C (–40° to +248 °F)
The SPM Connect app, downloadable for mobile devices, Maximum altitude: 2000 m
Condition evaluation: ISO10816 Part 2, 3, 4 >600 rpm
is used to configure the parameters required to connect
to Condmaster Entity Server (CES) or SPM Cloud. The app
Relative humidity: 0 to 100% (non-condensing)
allows you to Wi-Fi: 802.11 b/g/n, 2.4 GHz
• search for Airius vibration sensors via Bluetooth Wi-Fi Security: WPA/WPA2 PSK/WPA2 Enterprise
• verify server connection (PEAP-MSCHAPv2 and TTLS-
• set up connection to Wi-Fi and CES/SPM Cloud. MSCHAPv2 without certificates)
Bluetooth: v4.2 BLE
The Airius sensor has a 4-pin M12 male connector for
external power supply. For connectors that fit Airius, see Part numbers
TD-540 and TD-544. AIR02-01 Airius sensor, 10-1000 Hz, 2/4/8 g
AIR02-10 Airius sensor, 2-1000 Hz, 10/20/40 g or
Technical specifications 10-5000 Hz, 2/4/8/16 g
Material: housing; Stainless acid-proof steel
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523, Accessories
lid; polyamide 18470 Installation kit (installation foot, M4 screw,
Weight: approx. 185 g M4 washer, M6 screw)
Power supply: 24 V DC ±10 %, 400 mA 18471 Installation kit (installation foot, M8 screw)
Power rating: 1.2 W 18466 Installation foot, glue installation
Power connector: 4-pin M12 male connector 18549 Power supply for testing in indoor environment
Frequency range: 10-1000 Hz or 2-1000/10-5000 Hz (incl. Europlug, angled 4-pin M12 female connector,
Readings: RMS, peak, peak-to-peak, crest, and 1.8 m cable)
kurt, skew, temperature
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600 lines Spare parts
18472 Lid kit (lid, gasket, 4xM3 screws)
SPM Cloud solution – with Condmaster.NET and Airius
SPM Cloud Included in
AIR01-XX
MOD30X
(TD-567) MOD30X
The SPM Cloud solution with monthly subscription enables

access to measurement data from the Airius sensors. Stored
in SPM Cloud, the smart data from CES (Condmaster Entity
Server) can be viewed in Condmaster.NET from any device
with Internet access – anytime, anywhere in the world.
The solution includes:

• SQL Server in SPM Cloud
• Condmaster.NET
• CES in SPM Cloud
• Airius (ordered separately; see TD-567)
SPM Cloud offers a secure SQL Server with very high

availability. For each part number, the storage space
specified is guaranteed to be sufficient for three years
when performing four 3-channel measurements per Airius Airius® is a vibration sensor ideal for remote condition
sensor and day. Additional data storage can easily be monitoring of standard production equipment such as
added through part number MOD310. pumps and fans. The maximum number of Airius sensors
that can be included in a given SPM Cloud solution is
Condmaster.NET is an easy-to-use web application for
specified in the part numbers below. The Airius sensors are
evaluation of measurement results from the Airius sensors.
ordered separately; see technical data sheet TD-567.
Included in the SPM Cloud packages, Condmaster.NET
provides access to measurement data via all devices, e.g., Part numbers
computers, tablets, and smartphones. Users log onto MOD300 SPM Cloud: up to 24 sensors, 10 GB data storage
Condmaster.NET to view spectrums, time signals, trends, MOD301 SPM Cloud: up to 49 sensors, 20 GB data storage
and alarms – all based on data residing in SPM Cloud. MOD302 SPM Cloud: up to 99 sensors, 40 GB data storage
MOD303 SPM Cloud: up to 199 sensors, 80 GB data storage
The web application allows users to create components MOD304 SPM Cloud: up to 499 sensors, 200 GB data storage
and measuring points as well as set up vibration and MOD305 SPM Cloud: more than 499 sensors*
temperature measurements. The dashboard provides an
* Please contact SPM Instrument for information.
overview of the current condition status of all measuring
point, alarms, and any issues on component and measuring Options
point level. There is no limit to the number of user accounts MOD310 10 GB extra data storage
that can be created and used in Condmaster.NET.
CES is a high-performance backend communication

program that controls and links the Airius sensors and
Condmaster.NET, transmitting measuring assignments to
the sensors and accepting the measuring results. Using
a virtual digital signal processor (DSP), CES performs
advanced signal processing algorithms, providing smart
data to Condmaster.NET.
6
6
Accessories for Remote Monitoring
Transducer Matching Unit TMU 12
20 2 x M4
42
75 34
Transducer Matching Unit TMU-12 is an impedance con-

verter for all permanently installed SPM bearing monitoring TMU-12 Cable length
Min. 60 mm
systems. It is placed between the shock pulse transducer max. 100 m
type SPM 40000 and the measuring device or measuring
terminal. The bracket on the TMU is fastened with two
mounting screws to the machine or machine foundation.
The round connector base faces towards the transducer.
Measuring Unit
The TMU is used to extend the length of the coaxial cable Measuring terminal
between transducer and measuring device from max. 4 m
to max. 100 m. The distance between the TMU and the Cable length
transducer is always max. 4 m. max. 4 m
TMU-12 is suitable for both chemically basic and acid en-

vironments. For installations in moist environments, it is
necessary to use sealing TNC cable plugs SPM 13008 to Shock pulse transducer type
SPM 40000
prevent cable corrosion.
Technical specifications TMU-12

Min. 65 mm Cable length
Casing stainless acid proof steel,
max. 100 m
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523,
and fluor rubber
Sealing IP 65 with TNC connector, IP 67 with
sealed TNC connector (SPM 13008)
Temperature range – 30° to +100 °C
Dimensions 75 x ø 42 mm Sealing ring Measuring Unit
Measuring terminal
Weight 140 grams
Connectors TNC jacks
Cable length max. 100 m Moisture proof
cable connection with
Fastening screws 2 x M4, stainless acid proof steel
TNC plug SPM 13008
Shock pulse transducer type

SPM 40000
Terminal cabinets
150 240
180
120
14318
310
25
13778
293.9
25
180 4 x M6
16324
14102
14318 is a terminal cabinet that can receive up to 14 cables The individual cable is inserted through the chloroprene seal
from shock pulse and vibration transducers, and maximum in the bottom plate. Afterwards, terminal connectors are
two cables with M12 connectors. crimped, soldered or screwed on to the transducer cables.
14102 is a terminal cabinet that can receive up to 16 cables Terminal connectors, terminal brackets and other accessories
with M12 connectors. are ordered separately. For further information about the
accessories, see technical data sheet TD-480.
13778 and 16324 are terminal brackets with holes for
connector type BNC/TNC/2-pin and M12 respectively.

Dimensions: 240x180x150 mm 14102 Terminal cabinet, 16xM12
Mounting holes: M6, spacing 180x120 14318 Terminal cabinet, 2xM12, 14xBNC/TNC*
Casing: Stainless steel, SS142333
Door lock: Removable key Options
Protection class: IP 66 13778 Terminal bracket, BNC/TNC/2-pin
Temperature range: –30° to +80 °C 16324 Terminal bracket, M12
Cable inlets: Chloroprene, IP67
* IS version available (17834, TD-561)
Cable diameter: 5 to 7 mm
Terminal bracket 13778
Material: PVC
Dimensions: 310x25x25x3 mm
Terminal bracket 16324
Material: PVC
Dimensions: 293.9x25x25x3 mm
TNC/BNC Terminal Connectors for Sealed Installation
SPM 13777 SPM 13781
SW 17 SW 17 SW 17 SW 17
max. 5 max. 5
18 18
35 35
The terminal connectors SPM 13777 (TNC-TNC) and 13781

(TNC-BNC) are mainly used as measuring terminals, con-
necting a hand-held shock pulse meter with a permanently
installed shock pulse transducer. They are then normally
mounted on the terminal bracket SPM 13778.
The terminal connectors can also be used as bulkhead unions

for walls with a thickness of up to 5 mm. A sealed connection
is achieved by using sealed cable connector (SPM 13008).
ø 14 mm
The open end of the connectors should always be protected
by dust caps, SPM 93035 for TNC and SPM 93061 for BNC.
Technical data
Thread TNC-TNC or TNC-BNC
Nut width 17 mm
max. 5 mm
Mounting hole ø14 mm
Max wall thickness 5 mm
Material, connector body Stainless acid proof steel,
Material, nuts Nickel plated brass
Design Sealed
Temperature range -65 to +165 °C (-85 to +329 °F)
Connector tightness IP65, IP67 with appropriate
connector
Article numbers
13777 Terminal connector, TNC-TNC
13781 Terminal connector, TNC-BNC
93035 Dust cup for TNC terminal connector
93061 Dust cup for BNC terminal connector
Inductive Proximity Switches
90313 90454
90494
90507
90508
90529
Connector, male (90507, 90508, 90529)

1 +12 V Brown 90455
2 (not connected)
3 0V White
4 In Green
The inductive proximity switches have integrated amplifiers The angle brackets 90455 and 90456 are made of galvanized
and LED indicators for easy operation and adjustment. They steel. Cables, connectors and accessories for inductive
are available with integrated cable 2 m or with connector. proximity switches are described on TD-384.
Housing material: nickel plated brass Max. load current: max. 200 mA
Material active face: PBT Leakage current: <0,01 mA
Switching distance, Sn No load current: < 15 mA
90313, 90507, 90529: 8 mm, shielded Output function: NPN, N.O.
90454: 15 mm, shielded
Connection: plug M12 alt.
90508: 22 mm, shielded
integrated cable, PVC, 2 m
Switching frequency 90313; 3 x 0.34 mm2
90313, 90507, 90529: 500 Hz 90454; 3 x 0.5 mm2
90454: 250 Hz
90508: 300 Hz
Part numbers
Switching hysteresis: <15% (Sr)
90313 Inductive Proximity Switch M18 with integrated
Operating temperature: –25 °C to +70 °C cable 2 m without connector
Protection category: IP 67 90454 Inductive Proximity Switch M30 with integrated
Function control: LED cable 2 m without connector
Operating voltage: 10 to 30 V DC 90507 Inductive Proximity Switch M18 with connector
Ripple: < 10% 90529 Inductive Proximity Switch M18 with connector
Voltage drop
90508 Inductive Proximity Switch M30 with connector
90507: < 2.0 V
90313, 90508: < 1.5 V 90494 Angle bracket M18
90454, 90529: < 2.5 V 90455 Angle bracket M30
Accessories for inductive proximity switches
90509 90510
5m 90511
90617
90532
90555
16464 90443
17011
Cable Terminal
90554 connector connector
1 – Brown
2 – NC
3 – White
4 – Green
90509 is a PUR halogen-free sensor cable with a straight 90443 is a PUR cable with 3 conductors and shield. It has a
M12 connector intended for use with the inductive proximity wide temperature range and good resistance to mineral oils.
switches 90507 and 90508. Ambient temperature: – 40 to +80 °C
Rated voltage: 250 V Conductors: 0.25 mm², AWG 23
Rated current at 40 °C: 4A Rated voltage: 250 V
Insulation resistance, Test voltage: 1500 V
connector: ≥ 100 MΩ Diameter: 4.7 mm
Conductors: 4 x 0.34 mm², AWG 22 Bend radius: min. 71 mm
Cable diameter: 4.7 mm
Insulation resistance, cable: ≥ 1 GΩ / km 16464 is a junction box produced in gray alloy and has three
Conductor resistance: max. 58 Ω/km (at 20 °C) cable inlets. It is supplied with terminal block with 4 mantle
Nom. voltage, conductor: ≤ 300 V clamps, grounding screw and 3 cable inlets with thread
Length of cable: 5m Pg18.6 plus 2 cable inlets of type Pg11 and 1 blind plug.
Degree of protection: IP68 Terminal wire range: up to 3 x 2.5 mm2
Rated voltage: 500 V
90510 (straight) and 90511 (angled) are 4-position female Inner depth: 23 mm
Inner diameter: 76 mm
connectors for the inductive proximity switches 90507 and
90508. They are A-coded and have screw connection Pg 7.
Cable diameter, Pg18.6: 8 to 12 mm
Rated current at 40°C: 4A Cable diameter, Pg11: 3 to 8.5 mm
Insulation resistance: ≥ 100 MΩ Part numbers
Ambient temperature: – 40 to +85 °C 90509 Sensor cable, 5 m, with connector M12
Degree of protection: IP67 90510 Connector M12 straight, female, IP67
External cable diameter: 4 to 6 mm 90511 Connector M12 angled, female, IP67
90532 Connector M12 straight, male, IP67
90532 is a straight 4-position male connector with the same 90554 Terminal connector M12, IP67
specifications as the connectors 90510 and 90511. 90555 Sealing cap for 90554 made of plastic with fixing
band with 12 mm fastening eye
90554 is a 4-position terminal connector for rear/screw 90443 Cable PUR, – 40 to +80 °C
mounting with M16 thread, with straight solder connection.
90617 Terminal connector M12, IP67, with 0.5 m litz wire
16464 Junction box, IP67
90617 is a 4-position terminal connector for rear/screw
mounting with M16 thread, with 0.5 m TPE litz wire, 4 x 0.34 17011 Protection tube end for 90510 / 90511 / 90532
mm². Inductive proximity switches are described in TD-383.
7
7
Cables, Connectors and Tools
Coaxial cables and accessories
45011-L 46050 46041-L

45300-L 46012-L 46057-L 47125-L
46044-L 46045-L
46059-L 46058-L 81018
10473 82166
15716 15762
48013-L
46080 46081 46084 46097 82414
82415
15761
81385
16887 15866
Coaxial cables for shock pulse transducers and

vibration transducers with pre-amplifier
45011-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -25 to +70 °C 15761 Fitting for protection tube, stainless steel,
45300-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -55 to +150 °C thread for locknut M10 x 1
46012-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -25 to +70 °C 15762 End piece for protection tube, stainless steel
46041-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -55 to +150 °C 15866 Coupler for protection tube, stainless steel
46050-L Cable with connectors, TNC-SMB, -25 to +70 °C 16887 Protection tube end for angle connector 93077
46057-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -55 to +150 °C and 93105
46058-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -25 to +70 °C
46080-L Cable with connector, 2 pin, - 55 to +150 °C
46081-L Cable with connectors, 2pin -TNC , -25 to +70 °C Coaxial cables for vibration transducers
46084-L Cable with connectors, TNC- SMB, -25 to +70 °C without pre-amplifier
46097-L Cable with connectors, 2pin - BNC , -25 to +70 °C
46044-L Low noise cable with TNC connectors,
47125-L Cable with TNC sealing connectors, -55 to+150 °C -25 to +85 °C, L = max. 10 m
48013-L Cable with TNC angle connector and protection
46045-L Low noise coaxial cable with one standard
tube, -55 to +150 °C
TNC and one sealing connector (SPM 13008),
90005-L Coaxial cable without connectors, -25 to +70 °C -25 to +85 °C, L = max. 10 m
90267-L Coaxial cable without connectors, -55 to +150 °C 46059-L Low noise cable with TNC connectors,
90420-L Coaxial cable without connectors, halogen free, -25 to +85 °C, L = max. 10 m
- 25 to +70 °C
90176-L Low noise coaxial cable without connectors,
-25 to +85 °C
Accessories
10473 Sealing cover for TNC/BNC connector
Coaxial cable for vibration transducer TRV-01
81018 PVC sleeve for TNC/BNC crimp connector
82166 Neoprene tube for cable 90267-L 46019-L Low noise cable with connectors, TNC-SMA,
-25 to +85 °C, L = max. 10 m
81385-L Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm,
82414 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless steel
Note:
82415 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless acid proof steel When ordering cables and/or protection tubes, please state
15716 Sleeve for protection tube, stainless steel the desired length (L) in meters.
Coaxial Cables – Specifications
Part number 90005 Part number 90267
Cable model Coax RG58 Cable model Coax RG58
Colour Black Colour Dark grey
Jacket material PVC Jacket material FEP
Outer diameter 4.95 mm Outer diameter 4 mm
Bending radius 25 mm static / 75 mm flexible use Bending radius 20 mm static / 80 mm flexible use
Conductor material Tinned copper Conductor material Silver-plated copper
Conductors / diam. 19 / 0.18 Total diam. 0.92 mm Conductors / diam. 19 / 0.18 Total diam. 0.92 mm
Conductor area 0,66 mm2 Conductor area 0.66 mm2
Braid Tinned copper over polyester Braid Silver-plated copper
foil
Impedance 50 ohm
Impedance 50 ohm
Capacitance Nom. 94 nF/km, max 105 nF/km
Capacitance 101 pF/m
Temperature rating –20 to +70 °C Temperature rating –55 to +200 °C
Oil resistant No Oil resistant High
Recommended to Normal installation cable for Special remarks High chemical resistance
SPM and some TRV transducers Recommended to High temperature cable for SPM
and some TRV transducers
EN compliance IEC 60332-3-24
Part number 90176
Cable model Coax
Colour Black Part number 90420 (detailed specs, see TD-456)
Cable model Coax RG58
Jacket material PVC
Outer diameter 5 mm Colour Black
Bending radius 25 mm static use, 75 mm flexible Jacket material FRNC

use Outer diameter 4.95 mm
Conductor material Copper Bending radius 25 mm static / 75 mm flexible use
Conductors / diam. 1 / 0.5 mm Conductor material Tinned copper
Conductor area 0.20 mm2 Conductors / diam. 19 / 0.18 Total diam. 0.92 mm
Braid Copper Conductor area 0.66 mm2
Impedance 75 ohm Braid Tinned copper
Capacitance 70.7 pF/m
Impedance 50 ohm
Temperature rating –25 to +85 °C
Capacitance approx. 101 pF/m
Oil resistant No
Special remarks Low noise
Oil resistant Limited
Recommended to Special low noise cable for
TRV-01/22/23/26/27 vibration Special remarks Halogen free, low smoke
transducers Recommended to Medium demand cable for SPM
EN compliance IEC 60332-1/2/3 cat C, transducers
IEC 61034, IEC 60754-1/2 EN compliance EN 60332-1
Coaxial Cable 90420
1 Conductor
2 Dielectric
3 Braid
4 Jacket
Cable model: Coax RG58 Oil resistant: Resistant for testingoil "ASTM2"
Colour: Black and gearbox oil "SAE20", limited
Temperature rating: –25 to +70 °C resistant for diesel oil
Max. working voltage: 1400 volt Special remarks: Halogen free, low smoke
Loop resistance: < 53 Ω/km EN compliance: EN 60332-1
Outer diameter: 4.95 mm Attenuation:
Bending radius: 25 mm static/75 mm flexible use At dB/100m
Impedance: 50 ohm 1 MHz 1,4
Capacitance: approx. 101 pF/m 10 MHz 4,5
Conductor material: Tinned copper 20 MHz 6,5
Conductors / diam.: 19x0.18 = 0.92 mm 50 MHz 10,4
Conductor area: 0.66 mm2 100 MHz 15,1
Dielectric: PE, diameter 2,95 mm 200 MHz 21,9
Braid: Tinned copper, coverage 92% 500 MHz 36,6
Jacket material: FRNC 1000 MHz 54,8
Twisted pair cables and accessories
15716 15762
82414
82415 max. 8 mm
81385 15761
15716
15866
90381
90389
16191-2 46098-L 46162-L
16191-3 46099-L 46163-L
16191-4 48020-L 17011
48021-L
16191-2 Protected transducer cable, length 2 m, twisted 48020-L Twisted pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connector,
pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connectors (male - fits transducer SLD144TE with 17 mm connector
female) and protection tube, –65 to +200 °C ( –85 length, stainless steel, –65 to +200 °C ( –85 to
to +392 °F) +392 °F), see TD-301
16191-3 Protected transducer cable, length 3 m, twisted 48021-L Twisted pair cable 90389 with 2-pin connector,
pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connectors (male - fits transducer SLD144TE with 17 mm connector
female) and protection tube, –65 to +200 °C ( –85 length, stainless steel, –40 to +90 °C ( –40 to
to +392 °F) +194 °F), see TD-301
16191-4 Protected transducer cable, length 4 m, twisted 81385 Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm,
pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connectors (male - stainless acid proof steel
female) and protection tube, –65 to +200 °C ( –85
to +392 °F) 82414 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless steel
16191-L Protected transducer cable, twisted pair cable 82415 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless acid proof steel
90381 with 2-pin connectors (male - female) and
15716 Sleeve for protection tube, stainless steel,
protection tube, –65 to +200 °C ( –85 to +392 °F)
90381 Twisted pair cable, TEFZEL, AWG 20, diam. 4.8 protection tube
mm Temp. range –65 to +200 °C ( –85 to +392 °F)
15761 Fitting with locknut M10 x 1 for protection tube,
90389 Twisted pair cable, PUR, AWG 20, diam. 4.8 mm stainless steel
Temp. range –40 to +90 °C ( –40 to +194 °F)
15762 End piece for protection tube, stainless steel
46098-L Twisted pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connector
15866 Coupler for protection tube, stainless steel
15168, –65 to +200 °C ( –85 to +392 °F)
17011 Protection tube end for connector 90510 /
46099-L Twisted pair cable 90389 with 2-pin connector
90511 / 90532
15168, –40 to +90 °C ( –40 to +194 °F)
46162-L Twisted pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connector, 18366 Replacement kit: O-rings for 2-pin connectors
stainless steel, –65 to +200 °C ( –85 to +392 °F),
see TD-301 Note! When ordering cables and protection tubes, please
state the desired length (L) in meters.
46163-L Twisted pair cable 90389 with 2-pin connector,
stainless steel, –40 to +90 °C ( –40 to +194 °F),
see TD-301
Twisted Pair Cables – Specifications
Cable model TP 2 wire with shield Cable model TP 2 + 2 wires with one shield
Colour Yellow Colour Grey
Jacket material HFS / PUR
Jacket material PVC
Outer diameter 4.8 mm
Outer diameter 6 mm
Bending radius 25 mm static, 100 mm flexible
Bending radius 60 mm static use, 90 mm flexible
Conductor material Tinned copper use
Conductors/diam. 19 x 0.203 = 0.96 mm
Conductor material Copper
Conductor area AWG20 0.51 mm2
Braid Tinned copper between polyester Conductors/diam. 102 x 0.05 mm
foils Conductor area AWG24 0.20 mm2
Temperature rating –40 to +90 °C Braid Tinned copper
Oil resistant High
Special remarks Halogen free, low smoke
Oil resistant No
Recommended to Normal installation cable for VIB
transducers Recommended to Signal cable, for CMS system
EN complience IEC 60332-1, IEC60754-2, and likewise
IEC60544, IEC60216

Cable model TP 2 wire with shield Cable model 4 wires with shield
Colour Yellow Colour Black
Jacket material FPI205 / TEFZEL
Jacket material PVC
Conductor material Silver-plated copper Bending radius 25 mm static use, 100 mm
Conductors/diam. 19 x 0.203 = 0.96 mm flexible use
Conductor area AWG20 0.51 mm2 Conductor material Tinned copper
Braid Silver-plated copper Conductors/diam. 7 x 0.20 mm
Temperature rating –65 to +200 °C Conductor area AWG24 0.20 mm2
Oil resistant Medium
Braid Tinned copper
Special remarks Low smoke, Flame retardent
Recommended to High temperature cable for VIB
transducers Oil resistant Medium
Recommended to Signal cable, for DO/DI/AI
+ prox switches and likewise
Part number 90443
EN complience IEC 332-2
Cable model 3 wires with shield
Colour Grey
Jacket material PUR
Conductor material Copper
Conductors/diam. 15 x 0.15 mm
Conductor area AWG23 0.25 mm2
Braid Copper
Oil resistant High
Special remarks Halogen free
Recommended to Signal cable for prox switches etc.
Multicore Cables
The multicore cable 90466-L with 10 twisted pairs is suitable The multicore cables are overall shielded and all the pairs
for vibration monitoring. 90521-L with 10 twisted pairs and are individually shielded. They are resistant to UV radiation,
90522-L with 20 twisted pairs are suitable for both shock water absorption and inert to almost all chemicals, solvents
pulse and vibration monitoring. The multicore cables can and fluxes. When ordering, please state desired cable length
be used with the SPM Junction Boxes (TD-329). (L) in meters.
Part number 90466-L Part number 90521-L /90522-L
Cable model: Multi twisted pair, 10 pair Cable model,
Recommended to: Multi pair signal cable for 90521-L: Multi twisted pair, 10 pair
vibration signal 90522-L: Multi twisted pair, 20 pair
Type: LiHCH - PiMF Recommended to: Multi pair signal cable for
Temperature rating: –40 to +125 °C (–40 to +257 °F) vibration signal
Conductor cross-section: 0.5 mm2 Colour: Grey
Conductors: Bare copper flexible class 5 Jacket material: Special PVC
according to Standards VDE Outer diameter,
0295-IEC 228-CEI 20-29 90521-L: 15.2 mm
Primary insulation: Halogen free compound 90522-L: 22.6 mm
according to Standards VDE
Bending radius,
0227 part 5 - CEI 20-11 - IEC
60332-3A (special compound 90521-L: 90 mm static/180 mm flexible use
for high temperature) 90522-L: 135mm static/270 mm flexible use
Tape: Polyester Conductor material: Copper
Shield on pairs: Aluminium/polyester tape with Conductor construction
tinned copper drain wire and diameter: 14 x 0.15
Shield on total: Tinned copper braid Conductor area: AWG 23 0,25 mm2
Outer sheath: Halogen free compound Braid: Tinned copper over polyester
according to VDE 0207 part foil
5 - CEI 20-11 - IEC 60332-3A Temperature rating: –40 to +80 °C (–40 to +176 °F)
(special compound for high Oil resistant: High
temperature) Special remarks: Flame retardent, self-
Outer diameter: 16.5 mm extinguishing, cadmium and
Minimum bending radius: 250 mm silicone free
Nominal voltage: 300 / 500 V EN complience: IEC 60332-1, EN 60332-1/2
Test voltage: 2000 V Nominal voltage: 500 V
Conductor resistance: ≤ 39 Ohm/km (to 20 °C) Test voltage: 2000 V
Insulation resistance: 20 MOhm/km (to 20 °C) Conductor resistance: max 77.8 Ohm/km
Connectors and accessories for coaxial cables
13268 13777 13781 93022 93156 93032
93033 93035 93047 93060 93061 93062
93067 93077 93090 93091 93103 93286
93105 93113 93323 93363 93487
The listed equipment is used for SPM coaxial cable installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. See SPM instal-
lation instructions and application descriptions for details. The connectors are made of copper/brass with SUCOPLATE®
plating. They have PTFE/PFA insulators and silicone rubber gaskets. The temperature range is -65 to +165 °C (-85 to +329 °F).
TNC Connections BNC Connections

13777 TNC - TNC terminal connector (see TD-081) 93060 BNC cable connector, plug crimp (see TD-530)
13781 TNC - BNC terminal connector (see TD-081) 93061 BNC dust cap (see TD-532)
93022 TNC cable connector, plug, crimp (see TD-529) 93062 BNC-TNC adapter, plug-jack (see TD-533)
93032 TNC_TNC angle adapter, plug-jack (see TD-533) 93090 BNC terminal connector, crimp (see TD-532)
93033 TNC-TNC adapter, jack-jack (see TD-533) 93105 BNC angle connector, crimp (see TD-530)
93035 TNC dust cap for jack (see TD-532) 93363 BNC-mini coax adapter, fits Bearing Checker
93047 TNC cable connector, jack, crimp (see TD-529) (see TD-533)
93067 TNC - BNC adapter, plug-jack (see TD-533) 93487 BNC-BNC adapter, jack-jack (see TD-533)
93077 TNC angle connector, crimp (see TD-529)
93091 TNC terminal connector, flange, crimp (TD-532) SMA Connections
93113 TNC terminal connector, crimp (see TD-532) 93103 SMA cable connector, plug, crimp, fits TRV-01
93149 Low noise contact pin, TNC/BNC, for low (see TD-531)
noise cable 90176 (see TD-529)
93156 TNC cable connector, screw-type with strain SMB Connections
relief, solder/screw type (see TD-529) 93286 SMB cable connector, crimp (see TD-531)
93323 Clamping jaws for 93156 with high temp cable
(see TD-529) Sealed SMB Connections
14990 SMB cable plug, crimp (see TD-248)
Sealed TNC Connections 15869 SMB cable plug, crimp (see TD-294)
13008 TNC cable plug, crimp (see TD-009) 15388 SMB cable plug, composite, crimp (see TD-258)
15837 TNC cable plug, crimp (see TD-292)
15291 TNC cable plug, composite, crimp (see TD-257) Connector for Coax Screw Terminal
13268 TNC-TNC adapter, jack-jack, for sealed
12775 Mounting kit for coax cable (fits Intellinova Com-
connection (see TD-025)
pact, INB80/82, Junction Box 162XX)
TNC cable connectors
3 security holes ø 1
SW 14 SW 12.7
ø 14.5
ø 16
93022 93047
29 36
26.3
SW 11
ø 16
ø 16
93156
26.5
37.6
93077
93323 93149
TNC connectors are used for SPM Instruments coaxial cable brass with SUCOPLATE® plating. They have PTFE / PFA insu-
installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. See lators and silicone rubber gaskets. The temperature range
SPM Instruments installation instructions and application is –65 to +165 °C (–85 to +329 °F).
descriptions for details. The connectors are made of copper/
Part numbers
93022 TNC cable connector, plug, crimp 93149 Low noise contact pin, TNC/BNC, for low noise
93047 TNC cable connector, jack, crimp cable 90176
93077 TNC angle connector, plug, crimp 12775 Connector for SPM coax screw terminal (Intel-
93156 TNC cable connector, screw-type with strain linova Compact, INB80/82, Junction Box 162XX)
relief, solder/screw type
93323 Clamping jaws for 93156 with high temp cable Sealed TNC cable connectors, see TD-296.
TNC terminal connectors, see TD-532.
TNC adapters, see TD-533.
BNC cable connectors
26.3
29
ø 14.5
ø 14.5
37.6
93060 93105
BNC connectors are used for SPM Instruments coaxial cable brass with SUCOPLATE® plating. They have PTFE / PFA insu-
installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. See lators and silicone rubber gaskets. The temperature range
SPM Instruments installation instructions and application is –65 to +165 °C (–85 to +329 °F).
descriptions for details. The connectors are made of copper/
Part numbers
93060 BNC cable connector, plug, crimp BNC Terminal connectors, see TD-532.
93105 BNC angle connector, plug, crimp BNC Adapters, see TD-533.
12775 Connector for SPM coax screw terminal (In-
tellinova Compact, INB80/82, Junction Box
162XX)
SMA / SMB cable connectors
24.33
29
ø 6.53
HEX 8
ø 6.1
93103 93286
13.5
The listed equipment is used for SPM Instruments coaxial copper/brass with SUCOPLATE® plating. They have PTFE /
cable installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. PFA insulators and silicone rubber gaskets. The temperature
See SPM Instruments installation instructions and applica- range is –65 to +165 °C (–85 to +329 °F).
tion descriptions for details. The connectors are made of
Part numbers
93103 SMA cable connector, plug, crimp (fits TRV-01)
93286 SMB cable connector, jack, crimp
14990 SMB cable plug, crimp (TD-248)
15869 SMB cable plug, crimp (TD-294)
15388 SMB cable plug, composite, crimp (TD-258)
TNC/BNC terminal connectors
16
1/2”-28
SW 17 SW 16
ø 16
93035
60
max. 3.5
19.4
93113
ø4
36
17
1/2”-28
SW 17 SW 16
ø 14.5
93061
60
max. 3.5
19.4
93090
ø4
36
The terminal connectors are used for SPM Instruments

coaxial cable installations for shock pulse and vibration
monitoring, mainly used as measuring terminals, connect-
ing a hand-held instrument with a permanently installed
transducer. They are then normally mounted on the terminal 93091
bracket 13778 or in a terminal cabinet.
The terminal connectors 93090 and 93113 can also be used

as bulkhead unions for walls with a thickness of up to 3.5 mm.
4.3 14.4
The open end of the connectors should always be protected M 2.5
2.55
by dust caps, 93035 for TNC and 93061 for BNC.
The connectors are made of copper/brass with SUCOPLATE®

12.7
17.5
plating. They have PTFE / PFA insulators and silicone rubber
gaskets. The temperature range is –65 to +165 °C (–85 to
+329 °F).
(35.88) 17.5
Part numbers
93091 TNC terminal connector, flange, crimp ø3 ø3
93113 TNC terminal connector, crimp
93035 TNC dust cap for jack
93090 BNC terminal connector, crimp
12.7
12.7
.7
.3
12
11
93061 BNC dust cup for jack

Sealed TNC/BNC terminal connectors, see TD-081.
Rear panel mounting Front panel mounting
TNC/BNC adapters
25.6
18.35
ø 14.5
ø 16
26
20.6
34.1
93032 93062
ø 14.5
36
32.5
28
ø 9.6
ø 11.5
93033 Ref plane 93363
Ref plane
15.7
(32)
11.1
ø 12
ø 16
ø 15
93487
93067 33.77
HEX 14
TNC and BNC adapters can be used for joining two coaxial are made of copper/brass with SUCOPLATE® plating. They
cables, to repair broken cables or to prolong cables during have PTFE / PFA insulators and silicone rubber gaskets. The
installation. See SPM Instrument installation instructions temperature range is –65 to +165 °C (–85 to +329 °F).
and application descriptions for details. The connectors
Part numbers
93032 TNC angle adapter, plug-jack
93033 TNC adapter, jack-jack
93067 TNC - BNC adapter, plug-jack
93062 BNC - TNC adapter, plug-jack
93363 BNC - mini coax adapter (fits BearingChecker)
93487 BNC - BNC adapter
TNC adapter 13268 for sealed installation, see TD-025.
Sealed Connectors – Overview
13008 15837 17155 14990 15869
16100
15291 15388 17800
15168 15836 46162-L / 46163-L 13268

48020-L / 48021- L
The listed equipment is used for SPM cable installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. See specific data sheets
(TD) for installation descriptions and technical specifications.
Article Fitting for

Connector Type Protection Material TD sheet
no. protection tube
13008 TNC plug IP67 stainless steel* no TD-009
15837 TNC plug IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-292
17155 TNC plug IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-462
15291 TNC plug IP67 composite yes TD-257
13268 TNC jack - jack IP67 stainless steel* no TD-025
14990 SMB plug IP67 stainless steel** no TD-248
15869 SMB plug IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-294
15388 SMB plug IP67 composite yes TD-258
16100 2-pin jack IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-314
17800 2-pin jack, extended collet IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-527
15168 2-pin jack IP67 composite yes TD-217
15836 2-pin plug IP67 composite yes TD-291

46162-L 2-pin jack with integrated cable IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-301
- 65° to +200° C ***
46163-L 2-pin jack with integrated cable, IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-301
- 40° to +90° C ***
48020-L 2-pin jack with integrated cable and ex- IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-301
tended collet, - 65° to +200°C ***
48021-L 2-pin jack with integrated cable and ex- IP67 stainless steel* yes TD-301
tended collet, - 40° to +90° C ***
* Sandvik 1802, EN:1.4523
** AISI 316L, EN:1.4404
*** When ordering connector with integrated cable, please state the desired cable length (L) in meters.
TNC Cable Plug 13008
SPM 13008 is a special TNC cable plug for SPM installations

in moist environments. It prevents moisture from entering the
coaxial cable and causing loss of signal strength. The cable
plug fits standard shock pulse transducers and other SPM
measuring equipment with TNC jacks having a ø 14 mm con-
nector base. It must be used wherever the TNC connection SPM 13008
is exposed to water, steam, or high humidity. SPM
93022
The cable seal, marked A below, seals the cable entry when
the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring marked
B is placed over the receiving TNC jack and seals the other
end of the connection.
Moist environment Normal environment
Note: The connector package contains two cable seals (A) of
different sizes, marked in different colours:
• green seal for cable diameter 4 mm
• black seal for cable diameter 5 mm.
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate

the thread with oil or grease. Tighten the connector with a
14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping is included in the package.

SPM offers two tools for connector mounting:
81052 Cutting tool for stripping coaxial cables
81478 Crimping tool for fitting cable connectors.
81479 Die for TNC to crimping tool 81478.
To join two cables in moist environment, use the TNC adapter

SPM 13268 (separate data sheet) together with two cable
connectors SPM 13008.
Technical data:
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel,
Temperature range: -40° to 150° C (-40° to 302° F)
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber)
Connector tightness: IP67
Torque: Min. 7 Nm / Max. 9 Nm
SPM 17155 is a sealed TNC cable plug designed for use

with cable protection tube (SPM 81385). The plug prevents
81052
moisture from entering the coaxial cable and causing loss of 1
signal strength. It fits standard shock pulse transducers and
other SPM measuring equipment with TNC jacks having a
ø 14 mm connector base. It can be used wherever the TNC
connection is exposed to water, steam, or high humidity.
The cable seal, marked A in the figure, seals the cable entry
A
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring
marked B is placed over the receiving jack and seals the
2
other end of the connection.
Note! The connector package contains two cable seals (A)

of different sizes, marked in different colours:
• green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm
• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm. 3
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate the
B
thread with oil or grease. Tighten the connector and the end
piece for the protection tube with a 14 mm open wrench. Max. 9 Nm
4
The instruction for cable stripping is included in the package.
81478 Crimping tool for fitting cable connectors. Max. 9 Nm
81479 Die for TNC to crimping tool 81478. 5
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel
Temperature range: –40° to 150 °C (–40° to 302 °F) 6
Protection category: IP67
Torque: Min. 7 Nm/Max. 9 Nm 81385 15716
ø 13.6
ø 12
47.5
14
SPM 15837 is a sealed TNC cable plug designed for use
with cable protection tube (SPM 81385). The plug prevents 81052
moisture from entering the coaxial cable and causing loss of 1
signal strength. It fits standard shock pulse transducers and
other SPM measuring equipment with TNC jacks having a
ø 14 mm connector base. It can be used wherever the TNC
connection is exposed to water, steam, or high humidity.
The cable seal, marked A in the figure, seals the cable entry
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring A
marked B is placed over the receiving jack and seals the
2
Note! The connector package contains two cable seals (A)
• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm.
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate 3

14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping is included in the package. B

81478 Crimping tool for fitting cable connectors. 4
81479 Die for TNC to crimping tool 81478.
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel
Temperature range: –40° to 150° C (–40° to 302° F)
Connector tightness: IP67
TNC Adapter for Sealed Installation
SPM 13268
SPM 13268 is a special TNC adapter (jack - jack) for joining

two coaxial cables. It is used to repair broken cables or to
prolong cables during installation.
In environments where the connection is exposed to water, Sealing

SPM 13008 rings SPM 13008
steam, or high humidity, the cable plugs must be of sealed
type (e.g. SPM 13008). This type of plug prevents moisture
from entering the coaxial cable and causing loss of signal
strength. The sealing rings are placed over the receiving
TNC jacks of the adapter. The connection is tightened with
two 14 mm open wrenches until the sealing rings are slightly Cable joint in moist environmemt
flattened against the adapter body.
Technical Data
Material, adapter body: Stainless acid proof steel,
Design Sealed
Temperature range -65 to +165 °C (-85 to +329 °F)
Connector tightness IP65, IP67 with appropriate
connector
Connector type: TNC jack
SPM 15291 is a TNC cable plug made of composite mate-

rial and has sealings which prevent moisture from entering
SPM 81052
the cable causing loss of signal strength. The cable plug fits
standard shock pulse transducers and other SPM measur-
ing equipment with TNC jacks. It must be used wherever
1 A B C D
the TNC connection is exposed to water, steam, or high
humidity.
The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with cable
protection tube. The connector can easily be mounted in
the field by crimping/soldering. C D
2
The cable seal, marked B in the figure, seals the cable entry
when the connector collet (A) is tightened. Note: The con-
nector package contains two cable seals (B) of different sizes, SPM 81026
C
marked in different colours.
3
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm
• Black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm.
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate SPM 81026
the thread with oil or grease. Tighten the collet (A) by hand
or with a 10 mm open wrench, 2 to 2.5 Nm. The instruction 4 A
for cable stripping is included in the package.
SPM offers two tools for connector mounting: Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm
81052 Cutting tool for stripping coaxial cables Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
5
Mounting: Crimp/solder termination
Wire range/size: Coaxial cable diam. 4 – 5.2 mm
Temperature range: – 40º C to +150º C 2 - 2.5Nm
(– 40 º F to 302º F)
Material, connector body: Composite
Contact plating: Gold
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP 67
SMB Cable Plug 14990
The sealed SMB cable plug SPM 14990 fits SPM vibration
transducers of type SLD with SMB connector.
1
The cable seal, marked B in the figure, seals the cable entry 81052 + 81101
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring
marked G is placed over the receiving jack and seals the
other end of the connection. 2
Note: The connector package contains two cable seals (B)

Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm
• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm. Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
3
14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping and crimping is included

in the package. SPM offers tools for connector mounting: 4

81101 Insert for cutting tool 81052
81478 Crimping tool for fitting cable connectors
81479 Die for TNC to crimping tool 81478
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel, 5
AISI 316L
Temperature range: –40° to 150 °C (–40° to 302 °F)
Connector type: SMB
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP67
ø 13.6
ø 12
40.5
14
The sealed SMB cable plug SPM 15869 fits SPM vibration
transducers of type SLD with SMB connector. The end of
the cable plug is designed for use with cable protection 1
tube (SPM 81385).
81052 + 81101
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring 2
marked G is placed over the receiving jack and seals the
Note! The connector package contains two cable seals (B)

3 Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm.

14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping and crimping is included

in the package. SPM offers tools for connector mounting: 4
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel,
5
Temperature range: –40° to 150 °C (–40° to 302 °F)
Connector type: SMB
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP67
SPM 15388 is a SMB cable plug for connection of vibration

transducers of type SLD with SMB connector. It is made of
81052 + 81101
composite material and has sealings which prevent moisture
from entering the cable causing loss of signal strength.
1 A B
The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with cable C D
protection tube. The connector can easily be mounted in
the field by crimping/soldering.
when the connector collet (A) is tightened. Note: The con-
nector package contains two cable seals (B) of different sizes, C D
marked in different colours.
2
SPM 81300
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate C
the thread with oil or grease. Tighten the collet (A) by hand
3
or with a 10 mm open wrench, 2 to 2.5 Nm. The instruction
for cable stripping is included in the package. SPM 81300

81052 Cutting tool for stripping coaxial cables 4
Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
Wire range/size: Coaxial cable diam. 4 – 5.2 mm
Temperature range: – 40 ºC to +150 ºC 5
(– 40 ºF to 302 ºF)
Contact plating: Gold 2 - 2.5Nm
2-pin cable jack 15168
22
69
15168 is a 2-pin MIL style cable jack for connection of vibra-

tion transducers of type SLD to twisted pair cable or coaxial
1
cable. The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with G
C E
cable protection tube. The connector can easily be mounted A B D F H I
in the field, either by crimping or soldering.
when the connector collet (A) is tightened. Note: The con- Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm Green
nector package contains 3 sockets (D) and 2 cable seals (B) Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
of different sizes, marked in different colours.
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm.
Twisted pair Coax
To mount the connector, slide the parts A, B and C over the 2

cable. Cut and strip the cables as shown in the figure and
crimp/solder the sockets (D). Use the socket 16 -18 AWG
for the shield when using coaxial cable. Mount the green
sealing ring (I) on the contact body (H). Slide the nut (E) over
the connector body and mount the sealing ring (F). Push E
3
F I
the sockets (D) into the connector body and secure them
by mounting the locking pin (G). Mount the connector on a
transducer and tighten first part E and then part C by hand.
Tighten the collet (A) with a suitable tool, 2 to 2.5 Nm. 4
Mounting: Crimp/solder termination 5
Wire range/size: 0.30 - 0.60 mm2 / 22-20 AWG G
0.75 - 1.5 mm2 /16-18 AWG
Temperature range: – 40 to +125 ºC (–40 to 257 ºF)
7 6
SLD
A C E
2 – 2.5 Nm
2-pin cable plug 15836
22
69
15836 is a sealed 2-pin MIL style cable plug for twisted

pair cable or coaxial cable and is used together with cable
plug 15168 as cable joint. The end (A) of the connector is 1
F
designed for use with cable protection tube (81385). The A C G
B D E
connector can easily be mounted in the field, either by
crimping or soldering.
when the connector collet (A) is tightened. Note: The con- Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm
nector package contains 3 contact pins (D) and 2 cable seals Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
(B) of different sizes, marked in different colours.
• Black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm. Coax
Twisted pair
To mount the connector, slide the parts A, B and C over the
2
cable. Mount the sealing ring (E) on the connector body (G).
Cut and strip the cable as shown in the figure (2) and crimp/
solder the cables into the contact pins (D). Use the contact
pin 16 -18 AWG for the shield when using coaxial cable. Push
the connector pins (D) into the connector body and secure
them by mounting the locking pin (F). Mount the sleeve (C) F
on the connector body and tighten by hand. Mount the col- 4
let (A) and tighten with a suitable tool, 2 to 2.5 Nm. D
Mounting: Crimp/solder termination E
Wire range/size: 0.30 - 0.60 mm2 / 22-20 AWG 3
0.75 - 1.5 mm2 /16-18 AWG
Temperature range: – 40 ºC to +125 ºC
(–40 ºF to 257 ºF) 6 5
A
C
15836 15168
2-pin Cable Jack 16100
81018
60 72 106
22
16503
58
16100 is a 2-pin MIL style cable jack for twisted pair cable
and is used together with vibration transducers of type SLD/
1
SLC. The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with G
E H
cable protection tube 81385 with sleeve 15716. The con- A B C D F I
nector can easily be mounted in the field, either by crimping
or soldering. The cable seal, marked B in the figure, seals
the cable entry when the connector collet (A) is tightened.
Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm Green
If not used together with protection tube, use the PVC sleeve Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
81018 or the short end piece 16503 for fixed installation.
Note! The connector package contains 3 sockets (D) and 2 Twisted pair Coax
cable seals (B) of different sizes, marked in different colours.
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm 2
To mount the connector, slide the parts A, B, E and C over

the cable. Cut and strip the cables as shown in the figures
and crimp/solder the sockets (D). Use the socket 16-18 AWG 4
for the shield when using coaxial cable. Mount the sealing G
rings F (black) and I (green) on the connector body (H). Push
the sockets (D) into the connector body and secure them by
mounting the locking pin (G). Mount the connector body (H) F I
on the part C and tighten by hand. Tighten the end piece
3
(A) with an 12 mm open spanner, 2 to 2.5 Nm.
5
Technical specifications C H
Type: 2 pin MIL style, female
Wire range/size: 0.30 - 0.60 mm2 / 22-20 AWG
0.75 - 1.5 mm2 / 16-18 AWG
Temperature range: –40° to 125 °C (–40 to 257 °F) 6
A C
2 – 2.5 Nm
Accessories
16503 Short end piece
81018 PVC sleeve
75
2-pin extended cable jack 17800
81018
63 75 109
22
16503
61
17800 is a 2-pin MIL style cable jack with extended collet

for twisted pair cable and is used together with vibration
1
transducers of type SLC144TE with 17 mm connector length Only when using black seal
H
and transducers from other manufacturers. D
E J
A BC F G I
The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with cable
protection tube 81385 with sleeve 15716. The connector can
easily be mounted in the field, either by crimping or solder- Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm Green
ing. The cable seal, marked C in the figure, seals the cable Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
entry when the connector collet (A) is tightened.
Twisted Coax
If not used together with protection tube, use the PVC sleeve 2 pair
81018 or the short end piece 16503 for fixed installation.
The connector package contains three sockets (F) and two

cable seals (C) of different sizes, marked in different colours.
4 H
To mount the connector, slide the parts A, B (only when

using black seal), C, D and E over the cable. Cut and strip GJ
3
the cables as shown in the figures and crimp/solder the
sockets (F). Use the socket 16 -18 AWG for the shield when
using coaxial cable. Mount the sealing rings G (black) and 5
J (green) on the connector body (I). Push the sockets (F) E I
into the connector body and secure them by mounting the
locking pin (H). Mount the connector body (I) on the part E
and tighten by hand. Tighten the end piece (A) with an 12
mm open spanner, 2 to 2.5 Nm.
6
Technical specifications A E
Type: 2 pin MIL style, female
Wire range/size: 0.30 - 0.60 mm2 / 22-20 AWG
0.75 - 1.5 mm2 / 16-18 AWG 2 – 2.5 Nm
Temperature range: –40° to 125 °C (–40 to 257 °F)
Accessories
16503 Short end piece
81018 PVC sleeve
2-pin Cable Jack with Integrated Cable
46162-L / 46163-L
48020-L / 48021-L
(L = desired length in meters)
46162-L and 46163-L are 2-pin MIL style cable jacks with Technical specifications
integrated twisted pair cable for connection of vibration Type: 2 pin MIL style, female
transducers of type SLD and SLC (13 mm connector length). Material, body: Stainless steel, Sandvik
Grade:1802, EN:1.4523
48020-L and 48021-L are similar but have an extended collet Contact plating: Gold
that fits transducers of type SLC144TE with 17 mm connector Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP 67
length and transducers from other manufacurers. Temperature range:
46162-L/48020-L –65 to +200 ºC (–65 to +392 ºF)
The cable jacks with integrated cable are specially designed 46163-L/48021-L –40 to +90 °C ( –40 to +194 °F)
for extreme environmental conditions and for applications Dimensions, cable jack:
with potentially explosive atmosphere. The end of the con- 46162-L/46163-L A = 56 x diam. 22 mm
nector is designed for use with cable protection tube 81385 48020-L/48021-L A = 59 x diam. 22 mm
with sleeve 15716.
Part numbers
46162-L 2-pin cable jack with high temp. cable 90381
46163-L 2-pin cable jack with standard cable 90389
48020-L 2-pin cable jack with extended collet and high
temp. cable, 90381
48021-L 2-pin cable jack with extended collet and
standard cable 90389
Note! When ordering cables please state the desired cable

length (L) in meters.
Bulkhead unions
6-20
79
16157
10396 10392
17841
10393 12112
max. 50 max. 25
105 80
93035 93035
10393 and 12112 are bulkhead unions (measuring termi- 17841 is a 2-pin MIL style bulkhead union (measuring
nals) for thicker walls or partitions (max 25 mm and 50 mm terminal) for walls or partitions with a thickness between
respectively). They have TNC jacks on both sides and are 6 and 20 mm. The bulkhead union is used together with
supplied with sealing ring and a dust cap. vibration transducers of type SLC / SLD. It is supplied with
a sealing ring.
10396 is a sealing sleeve that can be used together with
10393 and 12112. It is supplied with a sealing ring. For information about terminal cabinets, see technical data
sheet TD-154.
10392 is a sealing sleeve that can only be used together with
standard transducers. The transducer is pressed through the For information about terminal brackets, protection caps
teflon sealing when tightening. and other accessories, see technical data sheet TD-480.

Bulkhead union 10393 and 12112 10393 Bulkhead union, max. wall thickness 50 mm
Material: Nickel plated brass 12112 Bulkhead union, max. wall thickness 25 mm
Bulkhead union 17841 17841 Bulkhead union, wall thickness 6 to 20 mm

Material: Stainless steel
Options
Type: 2-pin, male (MIL-C-5015)
Conductor: AWG28 10392 Sealing sleeve for transducer
Tightening torque: > 20Nm 10396 Sealing sleeve for bulkhead union
Protection: IP67 16157 Protection cap for 2-pin terminal connector
Mounting hole: Ø 25 mm (+0,5/−0)
Seals: FPM 75 O-ring 93035 Protection cap for TNC connector
Temperature range: −40 to +100 °C
Sealing sleeve 10392 for transducer

Material: Brass/Reinforced teflon
Sealing sleeve 10396 for bulkhead union

Material: Brass/Nitrile
M12 cable connectors
90554 90532 90510
90627 90511
17011
Cable Terminal
connector connector
90510 (straight) and 90511 (angled) are 4-position female Part numbers
connectors.They are A-coded and have screw connection Pg7. 90510 Connector M12 straight, female, IP67
90511 Connector M12 angled, female, IP67
Rated current at 40°C: 4A 90532 Connector M12 straight, male, IP67
Rated voltage: 250 V 90554 Terminal connector M12, IP67
Insulation resistance: ≥ 100 MΩ 90627 Connector M12 straight, female, IP67, SS
Ambient temperature: –40 to +85 °C 17011 Protection tube end for 90510/90511/90532
External cable diameter: 4 to 6 mm
90532 is a straight 4-position male connector with the same

specifications as the connectors 90510 and 90511.
90554 is a 4-position terminal connector for rear/screw

mounting with M16 thread, with straight solder connection.
90627 is a straight 4-position female connector with shell

in stainless steel. It is A-coded and has screw connection.
Rated current at 40°C: 4A

Conductors: 0.75 mm2, AWG 18
External cable diameter: 3 to 5.5 mm
Pre-moulded M12 connectors
41.3 38.5
28
Ø14.5
M12
27.5
31
M12
Ø14.5
Ø7.8
Ø6.5
Ø17
18216
The pre-moulded female 4-pin cable connectors, with Part numbers

locking rings in stainless steel, are available as either straight 49005 M12 connector, straight, cable 90389, 5 m
or angled. The twisted pair cable 90381 or 90389 is available 49010 M12 connector, straight, cable 90389, 10 m
in three different cable lengths with connector in one end. 49020 M12 connector, straight, cable 90389, 20 m
49105 M12 connector, angled, cable 90389, 5 m
See part numbers below.
18216 is a protection tube adapter for snap on to the 49120 M12 connector, angled, cable 90389, 20 m
pre-moulded cable connector. 49205 M12 connector, straight, cable 90381, 5 m
49210 M12 connector, straight, cable 90381, 10 m
For further information about 90381 and 90389, see TD-394. 49220 M12 connector, straight, cable 90381, 20 m
Technical specifications 49310 M12 connector, angled, cable 90381, 10 m
Rated current at 40°: 4A 49320 M12 connector, angled, cable 90381, 20 m
Conductors: 0.34 mm2, AWG 22 Accessories
Ambient temperature: –25° to +90 °C 15716 Sleeve for protection tube, stainless steel, required
Degree of protection: IP68 to enable dismounting of the protection tube
Cable type: Twisted pair 18216 Protection tube adapter
Material locking rings: Stainless steel 81385 Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm, stainless
Material housing: PUR acid proof steel
Service Box 15758
The Service Box 15758 is a protective cover for cable joint It is mounted in upright position with two mounting screws,
specially designed for extreme environmental conditions. diameter max. 7 mm. The cable clamp and the retaining pin
It is made of stainless acid proof steel, AISI 316, and has an will secure the cable joint inside the box.
access opening in the bottom.
Junction Box
160 200
200
120
The junction box is intended for joining multiple measuring
Part Material, Measuring Multicore
cables into a single multicore cable and is designed for quick
number enclosure cables cables
installation. It is robust and sealed for use in harsh environ-
ments. The box allows easy inspection and troubleshooting 16203 Stainless steel 8 coaxial cables 1
if required.
16204 Stainless steel 16 coaxial cables 2
The junction box is available with enclosures in stainless or
powder-coated steel, for up to 16 coaxial or 8 twisted pair 16205 Stainless steel 8 pair cables 1
cables to be integrated into 1 or 2 multicore cables. One
16206 Stainless steel 16 pair cables 2
or two terminals for connections, depending on model, are
provided in the the box mounted on a DIN rail. The cable 16207 Stainless steel 8 coaxial + 8 pair 2
inlets (PG29) are intended for up to eight measuring cables
each. Cable entries not in use are simply sealed using the 16177 Coated steel 8 coaxial cables 1
plugs provided.
16199 Coated steel 16 coaxial cables 2
Technical specifications 16200 Coated steel 8 pair cables 1

Design, enclosure: stainless steel AISI 304 / EN 16201 Coated steel 16 pair cables 2
1.4301/SS 2333 alt. powder-
coated steel 16202 Coated steel 8 coaxial + 8 pair 2
Input terminals: screw terminals for coaxial or
push-in terminals for twisted pair
Accessories
cables, cable diam. 5 mm 12775 Connector for coaxial cable
Output terminals: push-in terminals for multicore 90466 - L Multicore cable,10 pairs, halogen free, type
cables, cable diam. 16 to 26 mm LiHCH-PiMF 10 x 2 x 0.5, - 40 to +125°C,
L = desired length in meters (see TD-330)
Cable inlets: 2 or 4 type PG29 with sealing
inserts for up to 8 measuring 81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
cables or 1 multicore cable 81473 Mounting braces, stainless steel, 4 pcs
Dimensions (w x h x d): 200 x 200 x 120 mm IND19 Mounting magnets, 3 pcs
(7.9 x 7.9 x 4.7 inches)
Mounting holes,
coated steel enclosure: 160 x 160 mm (6.3 x 6.3 inches)
diameter 8.5 mm
Tools for fitting cables and connectors
81478
81479 81480 81127
81130 81300 81052
The listed tools are used to prepare coaxial cables and to 81052 Cutting tool for coaxial cables with
mount connectors for SPM installations, both for shock pulse TNC/BNC connectors
and vibration monitoring.
81101 Replacement cassette for cutting tool 81052,
Crimping tool SPM 81300 is used for coaxial cables with used for coaxial cables with SMB connectors
SMB connectors.
81127 Fitting tool for connectors with strain relief
SPM 81478 is a crimping tool with replaceable die. Die for 81130 Expansion pliers for fitting neoprene tube
fitting TNC/BNC connectors has part number 81479 and die SPM 82166
for fitting connector 15168 has part number 81480.
81300 Crimping tool for fitting SMB connectors
Cutting tool 81052 has a replaceable knife cassette. The
81478 Crimping tool without die
standard cassette is used for coaxial cables with TNC/BNC
connectors and the replacement cassette 81101 for coaxial 81479 Die for crimping tool 81478, used for fitting
cables SMB connectors. TNC/BNC coaxial connectors
81480 Die for crimping tool 81478, used for fitting

2-pin connectors
8
8
Precut Shims
Precut shims
C
SCAT-XX
B
In the shaft alignment process, precut shims can be used to 10 stainless steel shims, single thickness
correct the exact vertical position of a movable machine so it Part numbers
will be in alignment with the stationary or reference machine. Dimension Thickness (mm)
A B C 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.50
Shims in packs of 10
Shims in stainless steel are available in six different 55 50 15 A-005 A-010 A-020 A-040 A-050
dimensions and in ten different thicknesses, from 0.05 to 75 70 23 B-005 B-010 B-020 B-040 B-050
3.00 mm. Shims are supplied in packs of 10* in single thick- 90 80 32 C-005 C-010 C-020 C-040 C-050
ness, according to the part number tables to the right. 125 105 44 D-005 D-010 D-020 D-040 D-050
200 200 55 F-005 F-010 F-020 F-040 F-050
Industrial cases with precut shims 200 200 85 G-005 G-010 G-020 G-040 G-050
Shims are also available packaged in convenient cases with
a compartmentalised high density foam insert. The refillable
cases are available with five different assortments, where 10 stainless steel shims, single thickness*
every case of precut shims offers a combination of popular Part numbers
shim dimensions and thicknesses. The small cases have Dimension Thickness (mm)
dimensions of 305x230x115 mm and the large cases have A B C 0.70 0.80 1.00 2.00* 3.00*
dimensions of 435x295x155 mm. 55 50 15 A-070 A-080 A-100 A-200* A-300*
75 70 23 B-070 B-080 B-100 B-200* B-300*
Part numbers, cases with solid shims 90 80 32 C-070 C-080 C-100 C-200* C-300*
SCAT-91 Small case with 180 shims: 10 pcs of A-/B-/C- 125 105 44 D-070 D-080 D-100 D-200* D-300*
0.05/0.10/0.20/0.50/0.70/1.0
200 200 55 F-070 F-080 F-100 F-200* F-300*
SCAT-01 Small case with 360 shims: 20 pcs of A-/B-/C-
200 200 85 G-070 G-080 G-100 G-200* G-300*
0.05/0.10/0.20/0.50/0.70/1.0
SCAT-92 Large case with 360 shims: 10 pcs of A-/B-/C-/D- * Shims come in packs of 10, except for the thicknesses 2 mm
0.05/0.10/0.20/0.40/0.50/0.70/0.80/1.0/2.0 (5 pcs) and 3 mm (2 pcs).
SCAT-02 Large case with 680 shims: 20 pcs of A-/B-/C-/D-
0.05/0.10/0.20/0.40/0.50/0.70/0.80/1.0 and
10 pcs of A-/B-/C-/D-2.0
SCAT-32 Large case with 340 shims: 20 pcs of C-/D-
0.05/0.10/0.20/0.40/0.50/0.70/0.80/1.0 and
10 pcs of C-/D-2.0. Empty rows for A and B shims.
9
9
Instruments Approved for
Potential Explosive Atmosphere
Leonova Diamond® IS
DIA500 IS 16863
CAS28 Ex
CAS27 Ex
Leonova Diamond IS is a three-channel handheld machine Parts of the Leonova system are specified on the technical
condition analyzer approved for use in potentially explosive data sheets (TD) listed below:
environments. The following functions are always included Instrument specifications TD-358
for unlimited use: User-selected functions TD-360
frequency and time domain analysis TD-361
• ISO 2372 vibration monitoring SPM Shock pulse method dBm/dBc TD-406
• Speed and temperature measurements SPM Shock pulse method LR/HR TD-362
• Automatic recording, up to 50 hours SPM Spectrum® TD-407
• Stethoscope function Vibration monitoring ISO2372 TD-408
• Recording of vocal comments Vibration monitoring ISO 10816 with spectrum TD-363
Vibration monitoring ISO 6954 TD-484
The main Leonova functions are user-selected, see TD-360. 3-channel simultaneous vibration monitoring TD-364
With synchronous measurement, enveloping, true zoom, Vibration Advanced TD-459
and up to a 25 600 line spectrum over DC up to 40 kHz, FFT spectrum with symptoms TD-460
Leonova Diamond IS has full vibration analysis capacity. The HD ENV TD-511
Vibration Expert TD-365
evaluation tables of the ISO 10816 standards for broadband
EVAM evaluated vibration analysis TD-401
measurement of vibration velocity, acceleration, and dis- HD ENV TD-511
placement are also incorporated. For single and dual plane Run up/Coast down and Bump test TD-402
rotor balancing, an easy-to-use graphical guide calculates HD Order tracking TD-403
balancing weights and their position. Frequency Response Function, FRF TD-402
HD Analysis TD-514
Part numbers Vibration Expert TD-365
DIA500 IS Leonova Diamond IS, incl. wrist strap. Must be SPM HD Expert TD-361
combined with selectable basic platform func- Orbit analysis/Shaft centerline plot TD-368
tion (DIA510/520/530/550), see TD-360 Balancing, single and dual plane TD-369
Recording function TD-409
Required accessories, non-hazardous environments
16999 USB -isolator incl. communication cables
Accessories TD-378
CHA01 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, Euro plug
Tachometer/ Temperature probe TD-448
CHA02 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, UK plug
Carrying cases, Ex TD-497
CHA03 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, US plug
CHA04 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, AU plug
Spare parts
Accessories approved, hazardous environments 16645 Protection foil for display
DIA162 Extra memory, 4 GB 14661 Wrist strap
DIA163 Extra memory, 8 GB 90362 AC adapter, Euro plug, 100-240 V AC
16850 Optional battery pack 90380 AC adapter, UK plug, 100-240 V AC
BATT02-Ex Optional battery pack 90379 AC adapter, US plug, 100-240 V AC
CAS27Ex Carrying case, plastic, foam insert, 42x34x12 cm 90528 AC adapter, AU plug, 100-240 V AC
CAS28 Ex Carrying case, soft, modular insert, 37x20x27cm 16863 Battery charger IS
Optional accessories, non-hazardous environments 72000 User guide, Leonova Diamond IS
CAS25 Carrying case, plastic, foam insert, 54x41x21 cm CAB94IS Communication cable, USB-mini USB, 1 m
CAS26 Carrying case, soft, modular insert, 39x23x26 cm CAB104IS Communication cable, USB-USB, 1 m
81469 Silica gel (moisture absorbent) spare for CAS25 17102 Battery pack removal tool
81468 Code lock, TSA approved, for CAS25
Patents
Leonova Diamond® IS – Instrument specifications
Technical specifications Transducer types: SLD200 series or any transducer

Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx (acc., disp., vel.) with voltage
Marking: I M1 Ex ia I Ma Ta: -10°C to +50°C output
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Ta: -20°C to +50°C Measuring techniqes: ISO 2372, ISO 10816, HD ENV,
Housing: ABS/PC/TPE, IP65 EVAM Evaluated Vibration Analysis,
Dimensions: 297x130x69 mm Orbit, 3 channels simultaneously,
Weight: 1005 g balancing
Keypad: sealed, snap action
Bearing monitoring
Display: TFT colour, 480x272 pixels,
Measuring range: SPM HD: –30 to 110 dBsv (44011
4.3 inch widescreen, adjustable
transducer)
backlight
LR/HR: –19 to 99 dBsv
Memory: 256 MB RAM, 512 MB Flash, SD
Resolution: 0.2 dB/HD, 1 dB dBm/dBc and
card 1 GB expandable up to 8 GB
LR/HR
Transducer types: SPM 44011, 44111, 44211, probe
DSP processor: 375 MHz floating point
transducer TRA78IS and transduc-
Communication: USB 2.0
er with quick connector TRA79IS,
Power supply: rechargeable battery pack
DuoTech SLC2xx, TRC2xx
Battery power: for min. 12 h normal use (20 °C)
RPM input
Charging temperature: 0 to 45 °C
Measuring range: 1 to 150 000 PPM
General features: language selection, battery
Resolution: 1 pulse
status indication, transducer line
Accuracy: ± (1 pulse + 0.01% of reading)
test, metric or imperial units
Transducer types: SPM TTP10 IS
Output/input
Headphones/ AUX input
microphone: 3.5 mm stereo plug Interface: according to NAMUR standard
Communication: mini USB, via USB-isolator IEC60947-5-6
Rated supply voltage: 8.2 V
Stethoscope Operating Frequency: up to 40 kHz
Transducer types: shock pulse and vibration transducer Switching time: < 10 µs
Settings: filter, volume and gain Switching position: 1.6 mA
Vibration monitoring Switching current
Vibration channels: 3 simultaneous difference: 0.3 mA
Dynamic range: < 120 dB, 24 bit A/D converter Functional cable length: max. 100 m, shielded if > 3m
Frequency range: 0 (DC) to 40 kHz
Resolution: max. 25 600 lines Temperature measurement
Vibration transducer input: < 24 Vpp. Transducer supply of Transducer type: TTP10IS Tachometer/Temp. probe
2.5 mA for IEPE (ICP) type can be
set On/Off Patents
Leonova Diamond® IS – User selected functions
SPM SPM
HDm/HDc LR / HR PLATFORM Module
unlimited use in Ruby
SPM HD SPM
Expert dBm/dBc
• Balancing, SPM HDm/HDc and/or LR/HR
ISO 10816 SPM
with spectrum Spectrum • Speed measurement
• Temperature measurement
3 channel PLATFORM Orbit / Shaft • Stethoscope function
simultaneous centerline • Automatic recording, up to 50 hours
vibration plot
• Time signal recording
ISO 6954 Balancing
• Supports 2 channel simultaneous
Vibration HD
Expert vibration measurements MOD136
Vibration Analysis
Advanced • Supports up to 12.800 lines, 20 kHz MOD139
To obtain the optimal performance range and instrument Leonova automatically deducts credits from the tank when
price, Leonova users can select any or all of the condition its 'Measure' key is pressed. Thus, the user's operating costs
diagnosis and maintenance functions below, under two al- depend on the number of measurements taken. Credit tanks
ternative conditions of sale. The choice is between unlimited are refilled, and/or new functions added, by loading a coded
and limited use (Function & Use). file ordered via the local distributor.
When use is limited, the price for the function itself is much Unlimited and limited functions can be combined at will.
lower. Instead, the user prepays a tankful of 'credits'. Platform functions are always for unlimited use.
Choose your basic platform (compulsory) Functions for Limited Use (Function & Use)
DIA510 Leonova Diamond IS, HDm/HDc DIA295 SPM HD Expert, time and freq. domain analysis (3)
DIA520 Leonova Diamond IS, Balancing DIA297 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc (2)
DIA530 Leonova Diamond IS, LR/HR DIA230 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc (1)
DIA550 Leonova Diamond IS, HDm/HDc + LR/HR DIA231 Shock pulse method LR/HR (2)
Functions for Unlimited Use Module in Ruby DIA232 SPM Spectrum (2)
DIA195 SPM HD Expert, time and MOD195 DIA233 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum (1)
frequency domain analysis DIA298 Vibration ISO 6954 (1)
DIA197 Shock pulse method HDm/HDc (Platform) DIA238 Orbit analysis (5), Shaft centerline plot (5)
DIA130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc MOD130 DIA292 3 channel simultaneous vibration (6)
DIA131 Shock pulse method LR/HR MOD131 DIA293 Vibration Expert
DIA132 SPM Spectrum, MOD132 incl. HD Order Tracking, Time signal and
12.800 lines, 20 kHz MOD139 25 .600 lines / 40 KHz (no credit consumption)
DIA133 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum MOD133
HD ENV (3)
DIA198 Vibration ISO 6954 MOD198
DIA138 Orbit analysis / Shaft centerline plot MOD138 EVAM evaluated vibration analysis (2)
DIA192 3 channel simultaneous vibration MOD192 Post trigger (25)
DIA193 Vibration Expert MOD193 Run up / coast down (50)
HD ENV Bump test (25)
EVAM evaluated vibration analysis Frequency Response Function, FRF (25)
25.600 lines / 40 KHz DIA294 Vibration Advanced
HD Order Tracking incl. HD Order Tracking, Time signal and
Time signal, Post trigger 12.800 lines / 20 kHz (no credit consumption)
Run up/coast down, HD ENV (3)
Bump test and FRF FFT spectrum with symptoms (2)
DIA194 Vibration Advanced MOD135+MOD139
Post trigger (25)
HD ENV
DIA240 HD Analysis
FFT spectrum with symptoms
12.800 lines / 20 kHz, Time signal, Vibration Expert (3 – 50)
HD Order Tracking, Post trigger SPM HD Expert (3)
DIA140 HD Analysis MOD140 DIA209 Balancing, single and dual plane
Vibration Expert Single plane (4 runs: 16 / 2 runs: 42)
SPM HD Expert Dual plane (80)
DIA109 Balancing, single and dual plane Credit consumption is stated within brackets.
DIA290 Credits for limited functions
DIA291 Credits for limited functions, refill
Leonova Emerald® IS
EME600 IS
16863
CAS28 Ex
CAS27 Ex
Leonova Emerald® IS is a handheld machine condition Parts of the Leonova system are specified on the technical
analyzer approved for use in potentially explosive environ- data sheets (TD) listed below:
ments. The following functions are always included for Instrument specifications TD-374
unlimited use: User-selected functions TD-376
frequency & time domain analysis TD-435
• Shock pulse method SPM HDm/HDc and/or LR/HR SPM Shock pulse method dBm/dBc TD-440
• ISO 2372 vibration monitoring SPM Shock pulse method LR/HR TD-436
• 1 channel vibration monitoring SPM Spectrum® TD-441
• Speed and temperature measurements Vibration monitoring ISO 2372 TD-446
• Automatic recording, up to 50 hours Vibration monitoring ISO 10816 with spectrum TD-442
• Stethoscope function Vibration Premium TD-366
HD ENV TD-512
FFT with symptoms TD-367
The main Leonova functions are user-selected, see TD-376. HD Order tracking TD-439
With synchronous measurement, enveloping, true zoom and Vibration Supreme TD-445
HD ENV TD-512
up to a 12 800 line spectrum over DC up to 20 kHz, Leonova
EVAM Evaluated Vibration TD-438
Emerald® has full vibration analysis capacity. SPM has also HD Order tracking TD-439
incorporated the evaluation tables of the new ISO 10816 HD Analysis TD-515
standards for broadband measurement of vibration velocity, Vibration Supreme TD-445
acceleration and displacement. For single rotor balancing, Shock pulse method SPM HD TD-435
an easy to use graphical guide calculates balancing weights Balancing, single plane TD-443
and their position. Recording function TD-444
Part numbers Accessories TD-378
EME600IS Leonova Emerald IS, incl. wrist strap. EME600IS Tachometer/ Temperature probe TD-448
must be combined with selectable basic plat- Carrying cases, Ex TD-497
form (EME610/EME630/EME650), see TD-376
Spare parts
Required accessories, non-hazardous environments 16686 Protection foil display
16999 USB -isolator incl. communication cables 14661 Wrist strap
CHA01 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, Euro-plug 90362 AC adapter, Euro-plug, 100-240 V AC
CHA02 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, UK-plug 90380 AC adapter, UK-plug, 100-240 V AC
CHA03 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, US-plug 90379 AC adapter, US-plug, 100-240 V AC
CHA04 IS Battery charger incl. AC adapter, AU-plug 90528 AC adapter, Australia plug, 100-240 V AC
16863 Battery charger IS
Accessories approve, hazardous environments PRO52 Leonova Service Program
16850 Optional battery pack 71998 User guide, Leonova Emerald IS
BATT02-Ex Optional battery pack CAB94IS Communication cable, USB - mini USB, 1 m
CAS27 Ex Carrying case, plastic, foam insert, 42x34x12 cm CAB104IS Communication cable, USB - USB, 1 m
CAS28 Ex Carrying case, soft, modular insert, 37x20x27 cm 17102 Battery pack removal tool
Optional accessories, non-hazardous environments
81468 Code lock, TSA approved, for CAS25 Patents
81469 Silica gel (moisture absorbent) for CAS25 www.spminstrument.com/patents
CAS25 Carrying case, plastic, foam insert, 54x41x21 cm
CAS26 Carrying case, soft, modular insert 39x23x26 cm
Leonova Emerald® IS – Instrument specifications
Technical specifications Transducer types: SLD2XX series or any transduc-

Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx ers (acc, disp., vel.) with volt-
Marking: I M1 Ex ia I Ma Ta: -10°C to +50°C age output
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Ta: -20°C to +50°C Measuring techniqes: ISO 2372, ISO 10816, HD ENV,
Housing: ABS/PC/TPE, IP65 FFT with symptoms, EVAM
Dimensions: 306x108x71 mm Evaluated Vibration Analysis,
Weight: 960 g balancing
Keypad: sealed, snap action
Bearing monitoring
Display: TFT colour, 240x320 pixels, 3.5
Measuring range: SPM HD: –30 to 110 dBsv
inch, adjustable backlight
(44011 transducer)
Memory: 256 MB RAM, 512 MB Flash,
LR/HR: –19 to 99 dBsv
SD card 1 GB
Resolution: 0.2 dB / HD,
1 dB / dBm/dBc and LR/HR
DSP processor: 375 MHz floating point
Transducer types: SPM 44011, 44111, 44211,
Communication: USB 2.0
probe transducer TRA78IS and
Power supply: rechargeable battery pack
transducer with quick connec-
Battery power: for min. 14 h normal use (20°C)
tor TRA79IS, DuoTech SLC2xx,
Charging temperature: 0 to 45 °C (32 to 113 °F)
TRC2xx
General features: language selection, battery
status indication, transducer line RPM input
test, metric or imperial units Measuring range: 1 to 150 000 PPM
Resolution: 1 pulse
Output/input
Accuracy: ± (1 pulse + 0.01% of reading)
Headphones/
Transducer types: SPM TTP10 IS
microphone: 3.5 mm stereo plug
Communication: mini-USB, via USB-isolator Temperature measurement
Transducer type: TTP10IS Tachometer/Temp. probe
Stethoscope
Transducer types: shock pulse and vibration transducer
Patents
Settings: filter, volume and gain
Vibration channels: 1
Dynamic range: < 120 dB, 24 bit A/D converter
Frequency range: 0 (DC) to 20 kHz
Resolution: max. 12 800 lines
Vibration transducer input: < 24 Vpp. Transducer supply of
2.5 mA for IEPE (ICP) type can be
set On/Off
Leonova Emerald® IS – User selected functions
SPM HD SPM
Expert HDm/HDc
SPM
HD Analysis
LR / HR
Vibration SPM
Supreme
PLATFORM
dBm/dBc
Vibration SPM
Premium Spectrum
ISO 10816 Balancing

with spectrum Single Plane
To obtain the optimal performance range and instrument all of the condition diagnosis and maintenance functions
price for their purpose, Leonova users can select any or below. Platforms are selectable.
Choose your basic platform (compulsory) Optional functions Module in Ruby

EME610 Leonova Emerald IS, HDm/HDc EME195 SPM HD Expert, MOD195
EME630 Leonova Emerald IS, LR/HR freq. and domain analysis
EME650 Leonova Emerald IS, HDm/HDc + LR/HR EME130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc MOD130
EME131 Shock pulse method LR/HR MOD131
Platform functions
EME132 SPM Spectrum MOD132
• SPM HDm/HDc + LR/HR EME133 Vibration ISO 10816 MOD133
• RMS vibration, ISO 2372 with spectrum
• Speed measurement EME134 Vibration Premium MOD135
HD ENV
• Temperature measurement
FFT spectrum with symptoms
• Stethoscope function 6400 lines, 10 kHz
• Recording HD Order tracking
• Manual recording, free quantity Time signal
Post trigger
EME193 Vibration Supreme MOD197
HD ENV
• Supports up to 6400 lines , 10 kHz EVAM evaluated
vibration analysis
12800 lines, 20 kHz
+ all functions in EME134
EME140 HD Analysis MOD140
Vibration Supreme
SPM HD Expert
EME109 Balancing, single plane
Tel +46 152 225 00 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2015-11. TD-376 B Rev.0
Leonova Diamond®/Emerald® IS – Accessories
TAD19IS TAD22 TAD21
TRC200
TRC250 TTP11IS TAD23
TAD24
TTP10 IS TAD25
14765
TRA79IS
SLD244S
81319
TRA78IS TRX17
Part numbers Balancing

Shock pulse monitoring 81319 Magnetic base
CAB80IS Measuring cable, mini coax - BNC slip on, 1.5 m 14765 Holder for tachometer probe TTP10IS
CAB81IS Measuring cable, mini coax - BNC 1.5 m
Headset
CAB101IS Measuring cable, mini coax - TNC, 1.5 m
EAR16 IS Headset with headband (TD-447)
TRA78 IS Shock pulse transducer with probe (TD-432)
EAR17 IS Headset with helmet brackets (TD-447)
TRA79 IS Shock pulse transducer with quick connector
EAR18 IS Headset with neckband (TD-447)
for measuring adapters (TD -433)
EAS11 Hygiene set for headset and headphones
Others
SLD2XX Vibration transducers (TD-215, TD-300)
16999 USB-isolator incl. communication cables
Spare parts
TRX17 Probe for vibration transducer, M8
13108 Sleeve for probe tip (TRA78IS)
CAB82 IS Measuring cable, 6 pin - 2 pin 1.5 m, spiral
TTP11IS Contact adapter for TTP10IS
CAB83 IS Measuring cable, 6 pin - 2 pin 10 m
CAB79IS Cable for TRA78IS, 1.2 m
CAB83 IS-L Measuring cable, 6 pin - 2 pin
CAB103IS Cable for TRA79IS, 1.5 m
(L = length in meter)
CAB94IS Communication cable, USB - mini USB, 1 m
CAB88 IS 3 channel vibration split cable, 6 pin , 0.25 m
CAB104IS Communication cable, USB - USB, 1 m
(Diamond IS)
16632 Adapter 6.3 / 3.5 mm phones plug for headset
CAB89IS 2 channel vibration split cable, 6 pin , 0.25 m
(Diamond IS)
CAB97 IS Measuring cable, 6 pin - BNC, 1.5 m, spiral
CAB123IS-X-Y-L 1-3 channels generic cable. Customized options.
For vibration transducers, see TD-637 and TD-638.

For magnetic mounting bases, see TD-548.
Speed and temperature monitoring
TTP10IS Tachometer and temperature Probe (TD-448)
TAD21 Contact center, rpm, short (30 mm)
TAD22 Contact center, rpm, long (60 mm)
TAD19IS Contact center, rpm, extra long (170 mm)
TAD23 Contact wheel m/min
TAD25 Contact wheel ft./min
TAD16 Reflecting tape, 5 sheets
CAB92IS Cable for NAMUR sensor, 1.5 m, spiral,
5 pin - M12
Shock pulse transducer with probe, TRA78IS
TRA78 IS is a hand-held probe transducer permitted for use

together with SPM's handheld Ex instruments in applica-
tions with potentially explosive atmosphere. The probe is
directionally sensitive and must be held aligned against the
bearing and not deviate from this direction by more than
±5°. The probe tip is spring loaded and moves within a
sleeve made of chloroprene rubber (neoprene) and toler-
ates 110 °C (230 °F).
Measuring points for the probe should be located directly

on the bearing housing and the signal path should be in a
direct line to the contact area. The strongest shock pulses
are emitted from the loaded region of the rolling interface
in the bearing. The loaded region for radial load covers a
sector of ±45° from the load direction, for axial load the
region is 360°. Measuring points should be clearly marked,
for instance with the SPM marker BEX19.

max. 60°
BEX19
Safety
The cable must be fitted to the transducer to maintain an
ingress protection of minimum IP65.
No maintenance is required. Exchange of cable or probe tip

sleeve are the only repair actions allowed.
Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx
Marking: I M1 Ex ia I Ma List of complying standards
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga EX – General requirements: IEC 60079-0:2011,
Ui: 28 V, Ii: 120 mA, EN 60079-0:2012
Pi: 300 mW, Ci: 2 nF EX – Intrinsic safety: IEC 60079-11:2011,
Ambient temperature, Ta: –20 °C to +50 °C EN 60079-11:2012
Measuring range: max. 100 dBSV EX – Ga Equipment: IEC 60079-26:2006,
Enclosure: stainless steel, TPE EN 60079-26:2007
(rubber alike) grip
Sealing: IP65 Spare parts
Dimensions: 260x25 mm 13108 Sleeve for probe tip
Weight: 275 g (incl. cable) CAB79IS Coaxial cable for TRA78IS
Coaxial cable: total length 1.5 m, PVC
Electrical connector: mini Coax
Shock pulse transducer with quick connector, TRA79IS
TRA79IS is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector

transducer is used together with SPM's handheld Ex approved
instruments and is specially designed for applications with
potentially explosive atmosphere. The transducer is connected
to the instrument via a 1.5 m (5 feet) coaxial cable.
The transducer has bayonet catch. To attach TRA79IS to an

adapter, push the transducer firmly onto the adapter and
twist it clockwise. Twist counter clockwise to unfasten the
transducer.
Safety
The cable must be fitted to the transducer to maintain an
ingress protection of minimum IP65.
No maintenance is required. Exchange of cable is the only

repair action allowed.
Marking: I M1 Ex ia I Ma
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Ui: 28 V, Ii: 120 mA,
Pi: 300 mW, Ci: 2 nF
Ambient temperature, Ta: –20 °C to +50 °C
Measuring range: max. 100 dBSV
Enclosure: stainless steel
Sealing: IP65
Dimensions: 66x28 mm
Weight: 200 g (incl. cable)
Coaxial cable: length 1.5 m, PVC
Electrical connector: mini Coax
List of complying standards

EX – General requirements: IEC 60079-0:2011,
EN 60079-0:2012
EX – Intrinsic safety: IEC 60079-11:2011,
EN 60079-11:2012
EX – Ga Equipment: IEC 60079-26:2006,
EN 60079-26:2007
Spare parts
CAB103IS Coaxial cable for TRA79IS
Tachometer and temperature probe, TTP10 IS
TAD22 TAD21
TAD19IS
TAD23
TAD24
TAD25
TTP10 IS
TTP11IS
TAD16
The tachometer and temperature probe TTP10IS is used

together with Leonova Diamond® and Emerald® instruments
for optical or contact measurement of the rate of rotation
and for contact measurement of peripheral speed. It also
has a built-in temperature sensor.

A light beam is directed against a reflecting tape on the 5-75°
rotating object, from a distance of 30-500 mm and from an
angle of 5-75°.

The contact adapter TTP11IS with a rubber tipped contact
center, TAD-21/22/19IS, is attached onto the probe and then
held against the center of a shaft end or a wheel.

The contact adapter TTP11IS with contact wheel is held
against the circumference of a shaft, a belt, etc. The speed
is read out in units, depending on which contact wheel is
used: TAD-23/24/25.
The tachometer and temperature probe TTP10IS is also used
together with Leonova Diamond/Emerald for temperature
measurements with a thermopile element in the range –20
to +300 °C.
Measuring range, rpm: max. 100 000 (pulses) optical
Measuring distance, rpm: 30 to 500 mm
Indicator, rpm: blue LED
Measuring range, temp.: –20 to +300 °C
Measuring accuracy, temp.: ± 2,5 °C *
ø 100
D:S, temp: 8:1

ø25
ø 50
Operating temperature: 0 to +40 °C

Weight: 210 g
Dimensions: 137x50 mm, 179 incl. TTP11IS 200 400 800
* If RF emission is present at 625 MHz to 655 MHz, the accuracy is pos-

sibly reduced to ±2.5°C – 10% of full scale TAD19IS Contact center, rpm, extra long, 170 mm
Part numbers TAD24 Contact wheel yd./min
TTP10 IS Tachometer and temperature probe, incl. TTP11IS TAD25 Contact wheel ft./min
TAD21 Contact center, rpm, short, 30 mm TAD16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
Spare parts
TTP11IS Contact adapter
Headset with microphone IS
91015
EAR16IS EAR17IS EAR18IS
EAR16/17/18 IS are specially selected headsets for Leonova

Diamond / Emerald, providing excellent sound reproduction
even in noisy environments. The headphones are equipped
with microphone for voice recording of comments to
the measuring points. In order to use EAR16/17/18 with
Leonova Diamond/Emerald, the required phones plug
adapter (16332) is included.
• lndividually sprung headband wires of stainless sprung

than plastic through a wide temperature range. Snap-mount (Z3E)
no protruding parts.
To mount the headphone, snap the helmet attachment into
pressure-equalizing channels provide low pressure, effec-
the slot on the helmet. Note! The cups can be set in three
tive sealing and ideal comfort.
positions: working position, ventilation position and parking
• Connection cord, 0.75 to 1.4 m, of soft spiral polyure-
position. When in use, the cups must be placed in working
thane with a 6.3 mm stereo plug.
position. Press the wires inward until you hear a click on
• Frequency range 125-8000 Hz
The headsets are tested and approved in accordance with in working position are not pressing on the helmet lining or
PPE directive 89/686/EEC and EMC directive 89/336/EEC the edge of your hard hat so that leakage can occur. Parking
to meet the demands for CE labelling. position should not be used if the cups are damp inside after
an intense period of use.
Headset with headband, EAR16IS
The headset EAR16IS is a headset with two parallel Marking
connected earphones and a microphone. It has a collapsible II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 -20°C ≤ Ta ≤ +50°C *
headband for convenient storage when you are not using the IECEx NEM 09.0005X
headset.
Part numbers
Headset for helmet, EAR17IS EAR16IS Headset with headband
The headset with microphone EAR17IS is a headset with two EAR17IS Headset with helmet brackets
parallel connected earphones and a microphone. The head- EAR18IS Headset with neckband
set fits most safety helmets available in the market today. EAS11 Hygiene set (consists of two sets of attenuating
The headphones have standard snap-mounts (Z3E) and are cushions and snap-in sealing rings.)
91015 Headband with velcro for EAR18IS
adapted to a specific helmet by simple manipulation.
Headset with neckband, EAR18IS Spare part

The headset EAR18IS is a headset with two parallel 16632 Adapter 6,3 / 3,5 mm phones plug
connected earphones and a microphone. It has a neckband * Headsets are not allowed to be used in zone 0.
for use with or without helmet. A soft headband with velcro
is optional.
1
40
L+
45
55
2
L-
Inductive Proximity Switches, NAMUR
36
LED
6
Connector,
M12x1
female (90510, 90511)
90576 1
2 4
3
M18x1 1 BN Brown +
2 BU Blue –
90494
90510
4
54
40
45
55
24
M12
18
20
LED
6
M12x1 18
90577
90511
35
M12
20
41
18
90455
14.8
The inductive proximity switches of NAMUR standard have Part numbers

LED indicators for easy operation and adjustment. The angle 90576 Inductive Proximity Switch M30
brackets 90455 and 90494 are made of galvanized steel. 90577 Inductive Proximity Switch M18
93516 M12 connector with 2 meter cable,
Technical specifications straight, (female)
Ex marking: II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga 93517 M12 connector with 2 meter cable,
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T115°C angled, (female)
Standards: 90510 M12 connector, straight (female)
NAMUR DIN EN 60947-5-6 90511 M12 connector, angled (female)
Housing material: metal, CuZn, chrome-plated 90494 Angle bracket M18
Material active face: plastic, PBT 90455 Angle bracket M30
Rated operating distance, Sn:
90576 10 mm
90577 5 mm
Switching frequency:
90576 0.5 kHz
90577 1 kHz
Hysteresis: 1... 10%
Ambient temperature:
90576 –25 °C to +70 °C
90577 –25 °C to +70 °C
Max. tightening torque housing nut:
90576 75 Nm
90577 25 Nm
Shock resistance: 30g
Protection category: IP 67
Switching state: LED, yellow
Voltage: Nom. 8.2 VDC
Actuated current
consumption: ≤ 1.2 mA
Non-actuated current
consumption: ≥ 2.1 mA
Connection: male M12X1
TRA-37 is a hand-held probe transducer permitted for use

together with BearingChecker Ex in applications with po-
tentially explosive atmosphere. The probe is directionally
sensitive and must be held aligned against the bearing and
not deviate from this direction by more than ±5°. The probe
tip is spring loaded and moves within a sleeve made of chlo-
roprene rubber (neoprene) and tolerates 110 °C (230 °F).
Measuring points for the probe should be located directly

on the bearing housing and the signal path should be in a
direct line to the contact area. The strongest shock pulses
are emitted from the loaded region of the rolling interface
in the bearing. The loaded region for radial load covers a
sector of ±45° from the load direction, for axial load the
region is 360°. Measuring points should be clearly marked,
for instance with the SPM marker BEX-19.

BEX-20 BEX-21
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO08ATEX1374
Ex certification: I M2/II 2G Ex ib I/IIB T4
CE number: 0470
Ta: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 120 °F)
Coaxial cable: PVC, length 1.5 m (5 ft)
Connector: mini coax
Dimensions: 260 x 25 mm (10.2 x 1 in)
max. 60°
BEX-19
Part numbers
TRA-37 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly
BEX-19 Measuring point marker
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare part
TRA-38 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector

transducer is used together with the handheld instrument
BearingChecker Ex and is specially designed for applications
with potentially explosive atmosphere. It is provided with a
transducer matching unit (TMU). The transducer is connect-
ed to BearingChecker Ex via a 1.5 m (5 feet) coaxial cable.
The transducer has bayonet catch. To attach the TRA-38 to

an adapter, push the transducer firmly onto the adapter and
twist it clockwise.
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO08ATEX1374
Ex certification: I M2/II 2G Ex ib I/IIB T4
CE number: 0470
Ta: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 120 °F)
Design: sealed
Material, spanner: blacknited steel
Material, handle: stainless steel
Coaxial cable: PVC, length 1.5 m (5 ft)
Connector: mini coax
Dimensions, transducer: 66 x 28 mm
Carrying Cases Ex
CAS27 Ex CAS28 Ex
The carrying cases CAS27 Ex and CAS28 Ex, made of con- charges. CAS27 Ex is made of hard conductive plastic and
ductive material, are especially designed for transporting has a foam inlay set suitable for Leonova Dimond IS/Emerald
measuring instruments in explosive environment. They reli- IS with accessories. CAS28 Ex is a soft case with easily cus-
ably prevent electrostatic charge and divert already existing tomizable modular insert and is provided with shoulder belt.
Technical specifications CAS27 Ex Technical specifications CAS28 Ex

Material: PRE-ELEC® PP 1375 carbon black Material: electrically conductive skai®,
filled conductive thermoplastic approx. 90% PVC-compound
compound based on polypropylene approx 10% CO/PES-knitted fabric
Insert: die-cut foam weight 630 ±50 gr/m2
Surface resistance: <104 Ω IEC 61340-2-3 thickness 1.1 ±0.2 mm
Dimensions: 42 x 34 x 12 cm (16.5 x 13.4 x 4.7 in) Insert: modular
Inside dimensions: 41 x 27 x 11 cm (16.1 x 10.7 x 4.4 in) Dimensions: 37 x 20 x 27 cm (14.5 x 7.9 x 10.6 in)
Weight: 1.2 kg (2.7 lbs) Weight: 1.2 kg (2.7 lbs)
Terminal cabinet IS 17834
150 240
IS – CIRCUIT
180
120
Sealed cable inlets, cut to

insert cable. Then crimp on
the connector.
180
4 x M6
The terminal cabinet 17834 can recieve up to 14 cables Safety

from shock pulse and vibration transducers, and up to two The following conditions relate to safe installation and use
cables with M12 connectors. The individual cable is inserted of equipment:
through the chloroprene seal in the bottom plate. After- • The junction box is part of an intrinsic safety installation
wards, terminal connectors are crimped on to the transducer as “simple apparatus” defined in EN 60079-14:2008 and
cables. The terminal connectors and accessories are ordered IEC 60079-14:2013.
separately, see technical data sheet TD-480. • The junction box is permanently marked with “IS-Circuit”.
Mounting holes: M6, spacing 180x120
Casing: Stainless steel, SS142333
Door lock: Removable key
Temperature class: T6 and T85 °C
Protection level: Ex Ga and Ex Da
(Zone 0, 1, 2 and 20, 21, 22)
Cable inlets: Chloroprene, IP67
Cable diameter: 5 to 7 mm
Part numbers
17834 Terminal cabinet, IS version
Intellinova® Parallel EN Ex – System INSEN8 Ex
600
7 8 9
11
10 PWR PWR
6 5 4 3 8
380 210
1. System unit INCEN8 4. Key phasor interface 7. Ethernet switch 10. Power supply unit 12 V DC*
2. Power supply 5. Barrier, digital input/output 8. Ethernet unit 11. Displacement signal interface
3. Barrier, RPM 6. VIB transducer Ex interface 9. Relay for external alarm *Only needed if INO17 is installed.
INSEN8 Ex is an advanced online system, intended for use in By collecting data from parallel condition measurement on
potentially explosive environments, for continuous monitor- eight channels for bearing condition and vibration measure-
ing of machine condition. The system is comprised of system ment, and four RPM channels, the system allows complex
unit INCEN8, Ex cabinet, internal cabling and terminals for measurement applications. Two digital inputs and two digital
power supply. Power supply (IND34 Ex or IND35 Ex) and outputs can be used for connection to PLC or via external
DIN rails are included in INSEN8 Ex. Desirable cable inlets relays to machine stop, warning lamp or measurement as-
must be specified to complete the order. In order to obtain signments, etc. The system also has two analog inputs.
a complete Ex system, Ex interfaces must be used.
The system communicates with Condmaster Ruby via stan-
The system is ATEX and IECEx certified to be installed in Gas- dard Ethernet in a LAN network. The Group Measurement
explosion-endangered area and Dust-explosion-endangered function enables measurement assignments to trigger mul-
area. Ex interfaces for transducers located in Ex gas Zones 0, tiple system units. In Condmaster, the Live View is used for
1 or 2, or Ex dust Zones 20, 21, 22 are ordered separately. monitoring the state of all connected devices.
IND8 Ex is an industrial enclosure designed for encapsula-
INCEN8 is equipped with parallel measuring logic, alarm,
tion of INCEN8. The cabinet, intended for wall mounting, is
storing and analysis logic. Technical specifications for the
certified as Ex "restricting breathing" for use in zone 2 and
system unit, see technical data sheet TD-565.
"dust ignition protection by enclosure" for use in zone 22.
Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx IND8 Ex 316 Ex cabinet in stainless acid proof steel
Design, enclosure: stainless steel, IP66 IND34 Ex Power supply, 24 V DC
Power supply: IND35 Ex: 100-240VAC, 34W, 50-60 Hz IND35 Ex Power supply unit, 100-240 V AC
IND34 Ex: 24VDC Nom., 34W IND36 Ex Cable inlets, plastic
Cable channels: 4 pcs, plastic IND37 Ex Cable inlets, metal
Dimensions: 380x600x210 mm (15x23.6x8.3 in) IND38 Ex Cable inlets, customized
Weight: approx. 20 kg (44 Ibs)
Options
Marking IND21 Wi-Fi Ethernet modem, incl. antenna with 5m cable
II 3 (1) G Ex nR [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc IND22 Ethernet switch with RJ45 communication
II 3 (1) D Ex tc [ia Da] IIIC IP66, T85°C Dc IND23 Ethernet switch with fiber-optical communication
100-240Vac 47-63Hz 34W alt. 24Vdc Nom Ta: −20 to +60°C IND28 Signal relay
INO17 Key phasor interface (TD-299)
Part numbers INO33 Displacement signal interface (TD-549)
INSEN8 Ex Intellinova Parallel EN Ex system IND09Ex Ex interface for VIB transducers, max. 8 (TD-495)
(INCEN8+Ex cabinet+cable inlets+power supply) IND26 Ex interface for analog input AI, max. 2
INCEN8 System unit IND27 Ex interface for RPM according to NAMUR (TD-502)
IND8Ex 304 Ex cabinet in stainless steel IND29 Ex interface for digital input DI, max. 2
IND30 Ex interface for digital output DO, max. 2
Intellinova® Parallel EN Ex – System INSEN16 Ex
3
2
13 1 online condition monitoring
12
4
5
11
10 9
8
7 6
1. System unit INCEN16 5. Displacement signal interface 9. Key phasor interface 13. Ethernet switch
2. Network connection, RJ45 6. Power supply 24 V DC 10. Barrier, digital input/output *Only needed if INO17 is installed.
3. Input for SD memory card 7. Power supply unit 12 V DC* 11. VIB transducer Ex interface
4. Ethernet unit 8. Barrier, RPM 12. Barrier, analog input
INSEN16 Ex is an advanced online system, intended for By collecting data from parallel condition measurement
use in potentially explosive environments, for continuous on sixteen channels for bearing condition and vibration
monitoring of machine condition. The system is comprised measurement, and eight RPM channels, the system allows
of system unit INCEN16, Ex cabinet, internal cabling and ter- complex measurement applications. Four digital inputs and
minals for power supply. Power supply (IND34 Ex or IND35 four digital outputs can be used for connection to PLC or via
Ex) and DIN rail are included in INSEN16 Ex. Desirable cable external relays to machine stop, warning lamp or measure-
inlets must be specified to complete the order. In order to ment assignments, etc. The system also has four analog inputs.
obtain a complete Ex system, Ex interfaces must be used.
The system communicates with Condmaster Ruby via
The system is ATEX and IECEx certified to be installed in Gas- standard Ethernet in a LAN network. The Group Measure-
explosion-endangered area and Dust-explosion-endangered ment function enables measurement assignments to trigger
area. Ex interfaces for transducers located in Ex gas Zones multiple system units. In Condmaster, the Live View is used
0, 1 or 2, or Ex dust Zones 20, 21, 22 are ordered separately. for monitoring the state of all connected devices.
IND16 Ex is an industrial enclosure designed for encapsulation
INCEN16 is equipped with parallel measuring logic, alarm,
of INCEN16. The cabinet, intended for wall mounting, is
storing and analysis logic. The unit has status LED indicators
certified as Ex "restricting breathing" for use in zone 2 and
and USB connection for setup of the system. Technical speci-
"dust ignition protection by enclosure" for use in zone 22.
fications for the system unit, see technical data sheet TD-543.
Technical specifications Marking

Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx II 3 (1) G Ex nR [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Design, enclosure: stainless steel, IP66 II 3 (1) D Ex tc [ia Da] IIIC IP66, T85°C Dc
Power supply: 100 -240 VAC/24 V DC, 34 W, 50-60 Hz 100-240Vac 47-63Hz 34 W alt. 24Vdc Nom Ta: −20 to +60°C
Cable channels: 2 pcs, plastic
Dimensions: 600x600x210 mm (23.6x23.6x8.3 in) Options
Weight: approx. 31 kg (68.4 Ibs) IND21 Wi-Fi Ethernet modem, incl. antenna with 5m cable
IND22 Ethernet switch with RJ45 communication
Part numbers IND23 Ethernet switch with fiber-optical communication
INSEN16 Ex Intellinova Parallel EN Ex system IND28 Signal relay, max. 4
(INCEN16 + Ex cabinet+cable INO17 Key phasor interface (TD-299)
inlets+power supply) INO33 Displacement signal interface, max. 4 (TD-549)
INCEN16 System unit IND09 Ex Ex interface for vibration transducer, max. 16 (TD-495)
IND16 Ex 304 Ex cabinet in stainless steel IND26 Ex interface for analog input AI, max. 4
IND16 Ex 316 Ex cabinet in stainless acid proof steel IND27 Ex interface for RPM according to NAMUR (TD-502)
IND24 Ex Cable inlets, plastic IND29 Ex interface for digital input DI, max. 4
IND25 Ex Cable inlets, metal IND30 Ex interface for digital output DO, max. 4
IND33 Ex Cable inlets, customized
IND34 Ex Power supply, 24 V DC
IND35 Ex Power supply unit, 100-240 V AC
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS06 Ex
1
3 2
380
5 4
1. Circuit board 4. Input /output Ex interface 380 210

2. SD memory card 5. Power supply unit
3. Ethernet switch (option) 6. Cable inlets
The system unit INS06 Ex in the Intellinova Compact series is a small set up in Condmaster® Ruby. The unit has three digital outputs for
and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring of machine connection to PLC or via external relays to machine stop, external
condition. The system is ATEX and IECEx certified to be installed warning lamp, etc.
in Gas-explosion-endangered area and Dust-explosion-endangered
If Digital Output or Analog Input is connected to equipment located
area. Cable inlets are included in INS06 Ex. Power supply unit and
in Ex hazardous zone 0/20 or 1/21, Intellinova® System units need
Ex interfaces for transducers located in Ex gas Zones 0, 1 or 2, or
to be ordered as special. The actual type of equipment intended
Ex dust Zones 20, 21, 22 are ordered separately. The enclosure,
to be used must be specified at time of ordering the system unit.
intended for wall mounting, is certified as Ex “restricting breath-
This so suitable Ex interfaces can be installed.
ing” for use in zone 2 and “dust ignition protection by enclosure”
for use in zone 22. The unit is equipped with multiplexing measuring logic, alarm, storing
and analysis logic. It is connected via standard Ethernet in a LAN net-
INS06 Ex measures bearing condition on four channels, vibration
work. The circuit board is equipped with status LED indicators and an
on two channels and analog signals on three channels. Two RPM
SD memory card used for data buffering and setup of the system unit.
sensors can be connected and linked to measuring assignments
Design, enclosure: stainless steel, IP66 Transducer type: SLD200 series, SLC244 DuoTech or IEPE
Memory: SD card, 2 GB (ICP®) type transducers with a nominal bias
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps output voltage of 10 to 14 VDC
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 VAC, output 12 VDC, 1.5 A or
10 to 36 VDC, 25 W Digital Inputs DI/RPM
Ambient temperature: −20 to +60 °C (−4 to 140 °F) Digital/RPM inputs: 2 channels, multiplexing
Storage temperature: −20 to +80 °C (−4 to 176 °F) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply NAMUR
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 380 x 210 mm (15 x 15 x 8.3 in)
Weight: approx. 11 kg (24 lbs) Digital Outputs DO
ATEX, IECEx marking: II 3 (1) G Ex nR [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
II 3 (1) D Ex tc [ia Da] IIIC IP66,T85 °C Dc Analog Inputs AI
100-240Vac 47-63Hz 36W/10-36Vdc 25W Input channels: 3
Ta: −20 to +60 °C Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Bearing Monitoring Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Measuring methods: SPM HD, LR/HR HD Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Measuring range: −20 to 80 dBsv (SPM HD)
−19 to 80 dBsv (LR/HR) Options (need to be specified when system is ordered)
Amplitude scale unit: HDm / HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, IND01 Ex Wi-Fi Ethernet unit incl. antenna with 5 m cable
SPM Spectrum HD IND02 Ex Ethernet switch with RJ45 communication
Transducer line test: TLT test IND03 Ex Ethernet switch with fiber-optic and RJ45
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with TNC connectors communication
Transducer type: SPM 44000 Ex series with isolation foot, IND09 Ex Ex interface for vibration transducer, max. 2
only for use with coaxial cables IND10 Ex Ex interface for shock pulse transducer, max. 4
IND04 Ex Ex interface set for 1 channel DI/RPM according
Vibration Monitoring NAMUR
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, FFT with symptoms, IND05 Ex Ex interface set for 2 channels DI/RPM according
EVAM vibration analysis, HD ENV NAMUR
Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing * Ex interface for digital input DI/RPM - not NAMUR
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz * Ex interface for analog input AI, max. 3
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g * Ex interface for digital output DO, max. 3
transducer) IND31Ex Power supply unit, 24 VDC, 25W
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g IND32Ex Power supply unit, 230 VAC, 47-63 Hz, 36W
transducer) * Special option. Please contact SPM Instrument for information.
FFT peak-hold Accessories
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800 IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Intellinova® Compact – System Unit INS 08V Ex
3 1 2
380
5 4
6
1. Circuit board 4. Input /output Ex interface 380 210
2. SD memory card 5. Power supply unit
3. Ethernet switch (option) 6. Cable inlets
The system unit INS08V Ex in the Intellinova Compact series is a three digital outputs for connection to PLC or via external relays to
small and advanced measuring unit for continuous monitoring of machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
machine condition. The system is ATEX and IECEx certified to be
If Digital Output or Analog Input is connected to equipment located
installed in Gas-explosion-endangered area and Dust-explosion-
in Ex hazardous zone 0/20 or 1/21, Intellinova® System units need
endangered area. Cable inlets are included in INS08V Ex. Power
supply unit and Ex interfaces for transducers located in Ex gas Zones to be ordered as special. The actual type of equipment intended
0, 1 or 2, or Ex dust Zones 20, 21, 22 are ordered separately. The to be used must be specified at time of ordering the system unit.
enclosure, intended for wall mounting, is certified as Ex “restrict- This so suitable Ex interfaces can be installed.
ing breathing” for use in zone 2 and “dust ignition protection by
enclosure” for use in zone 22.
INS08V Ex measures vibration on eight channels and analog signals in a LAN network. The circuit board is equipped with status LED
on three channels. Up to three RPM sensors can be connected and indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
linked to measuring assignments set up in Condmaster. The unit has setup of the system unit.
Design, enclosure: stainless steel, IP66
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Digital Outputs DO
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 VAC, Output 12 VDC, 1.5 A or
10 to 36 VDC, 25 W Analog Inputs AI
Ambient temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Input channels: 3
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Measurement range: 0 to 20 mA
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) Resolution: 0.01 mA (12 bit)
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 380 x 210 mm (15 x 15 x 8.3 in) Meas. accuracy: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Weight: approx. 11,7 kg (26 lbs) Input resistance: current 100 Ω
ATEX, IECEx marking: II 3 (1) G Ex nR [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
II 3 (1) D Ex tc [ia Da] IIIC IP66,T85°C Dc
100-240Vac 47-63Hz 36W/ 10-36Vdc 25W Options (need to be specified when system is ordered)
Ta: –20 to +60 °C IND01 Ex Wi-Fi Ethernet unit incl. antenna with 5 m cable
IND02 Ex Ethernet switch with RJ45 communication
Vibration Monitoring IND03 Ex Ethernet switch with fiber-optic and RJ45 communication
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, FFT with symptoms, IND09 Ex Ex interface for vibration transducer, max. 8
EVAM vibration analysis, HD ENV IND04 Ex Ex interface set for 1 channel DI/RPM according
Measuring channels: 8, multiplexing NAMUR
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz IND05 Ex Ex interface set for 2 channels DI/RPM according
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g NAMUR
transducer) IND07 Ex Ex interface set for 3 channels DI/RPM according
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100 mV/g NAMUR
transducer) * Ex interface for digital input DI/RPM - not NAMUR
Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top * Ex interface for analog input AI, max. 3
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, * Ex interface for digital output DO, max. 3
FFT peak-hold IND31EX Power supply unit, 24 VDC, 25W
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800 IND32EX Power supply unit, 230 VAC, 47-63 Hz, 36W
Transducer type: SLD200 series, SLC244 DuoTech or IEPE * Special option. Please contact SPM Instrument for information.
(ICP®) type transducers with a nominal bias
output voltage of 10 to 14 VDC Accessories
IND14 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-386)
Digital Inputs DI/RPM 81524 Mounting braces for wall mounting, 4 pcs.
Digital / RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply NAMUR
1 2 1. Circuit board
2. SD memory card
3
3. Power supply unit
600
4 5
4. VIB transducer Ex interface
5. DI / AI / DO Ex interface
6. SPM transducer Ex interface
6
7. Ethernet switch (option)
8. Cable inlets
7
380 210
8
area. Cable inlets are included in INS12 Ex. Power supply unit and If Digital Output or Analog Input is connected to equipment located
Ex interfaces for transducers located in Ex gas Zones 0, 1 or 2, or in Ex hazardous zone 0/20 or 1/21, Intellinova® System units need
Ex dust Zones 20, 21, 22 are ordered separately. The enclosure, to be ordered as special. The actual type of equipment intended
intended for wall mounting, is certified as Ex “restricting breath- to be used must be specified at time of ordering the system unit.
ing” for use in zone 2 and “dust ignition protection by enclosure” This so suitableEx interfaces can be installed.
for use in zone 22. The unit is equipped with multiplexing measuring logic, alarm,
INS12 Ex measures bearing condition on eight channels, vibration storing and analysis logic. It is connected via standard Ethernet
on four channels and analog signals on three channels. Up to three in a LAN network. The circuit board is equipped with status LED
RPM sensors can be connected and linked to measuring assignments indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
setup of the system unit.
Design, enclosure: stainless steel, IP66 Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Transducer type: SLD200 series, SLC244 DuoTech or IEPE
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps (ICP®) type transducers with a nominal bias
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 VAC, Output 12VDC, 1.5 A or output voltage of 10 to 14 VDC
10 to 36 VDC, 25 W
Ambient temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Digital Inputs DI/RPM
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital/RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply NAMUR
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 600 x 210 mm (15 x 23.6 x 8.3 in) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/rev.)
ATEX, IECEx marking: II 3 (1) G Ex nR [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Digital Outputs DO
II 3 (1) D Ex tc [ia Da] IIIC IP66,T85°C Dc Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
100-240Vac 47-63Hz 36W/10-36Vdc 25W Analog Inputs AI
Ta: –20 to +60 °C Input channels: 3
Measuring range: –20 to 80 dBsv (SPM HD) Input resistance: current 100 Ω
–19 to 80 dBsv (LR/HR)
Amplitude scale unit: HDm / HDc, LR/HR, Time Signal HD, Options (need to be specified when system is ordered)
SPM Spectrum HD IND21 Ex Wi-Fi Ethernet unit incl. antenna with 5 m cable
Transducer line test: TLT test IND22 Ex Ethernet switch with RJ45 communication
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with TNC connectors IND23 Ex Ethernet switch with fiber-optic and RJ45 communication
Transducer type: SPM 44000 Ex series with isolation foot, IND09 Ex Ex interface for vibration transducer, max. 4
only for use with coaxial cables IND10 Ex Ex interface for shock pulse transducer, max. 8
IND04 Ex Ex interface set for 1 channel DI/RPM according NAMUR
Vibration Monitoring IND05 Ex Ex interface set for 2 channels DI/RPM according NAMUR
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, FFT with symptoms, IND07 Ex Ex interface set for 3 channels DI/RPM according NAMUR
EVAM vibration analysis, HD ENV * Ex interface for digital input DI/RPM - not NAMUR
Measuring channels: 4, multiplexing * Ex interface for analog input AI, max. 3
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz * Ex interface for digital output DO, max. 3
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g IND31Ex Power supply unit, 24 VDC, 25W
transducer) IND32Ex Power supply unit, 230 VAC, 47-63 Hz, 36W
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g
* Special option. Please contact SPM for information.
transducer)
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, Accessories
1 2 1. Circuit board
2. SD memory card
3
3. Power supply unit
600
4 5
4. VIB transducer Ex interface
5. DI / AI / DO Ex interface
6. SPM transducer Ex interface
6
7. Ethernet switch (option)
8. Cable inlets
7
8
380 210
area. Cable inlets are included in INS18 Ex. Power supply unit and If Digital Output or Analog Input is connected to equipment located
Ex interfaces for transducers located in Ex gas Zones 0, 1 or 2, or in Ex hazardous zone 0/20 or 1/21, Intellinova® System units need
Ex dust Zones 20, 21, 22 are ordered separately. The enclosure, to be ordered as special. The actual type of equipment intended
intended for wall mounting, is certified as Ex “restricting breath- to be used must be specified at time of ordering the system unit.
ing” for use in zone 2 and “dust ignition protection by enclosure” This so suitable Ex interfaces can be installed.
for use in zone 22. The unit is equipped with multiplexing measuring logic, alarm,
INS18 Ex measures bearing condition on twelve channels, vibration storing and analysis logic. It is connected via standard Ethernet
on six channels and analog signals on three channels. Up to three in a LAN network. The circuit board is equipped with status LED
RPM sensors can be connected and linked to measuring assignments indicators and an SD memory card used for data buffering and
setup of the system unit.
Design, enclosure: stainless steel, IP66 Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Memory: SD card, 2 GB Transducer type: SLD200 series, SLC244 DuoTech or IEPE
LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10 Mbps (ICP®) type transducers with a nominal bias
Power supply unit: 100 to 240 VAC, Output 12VDC, 1.5 A or output voltage of 10 to 14 VDC
10 to 36 VDC, 25 W
Ambient temperature: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) Digital Inputs DI/RPM
Storage temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to 176 °F) Digital/RPM inputs: 3 channels, multiplexing
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing) RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply NAMUR
Dimensions (w x h x d): 380 x 600 x 210 mm (15 x 23.6 x 8.3 in) RPM measuring range: 0.1 to 120 000 rpm (when 1 pulse/
Weight: approx. 15 kg (33 lbs) rev.)
ATEX, IECEx marking: II 3 (1) G Ex nR [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Digital Outputs DO
II 3 (1) D Ex tc [ia Da] IIIC IP66,T85°C Dc Digital outputs: 3, open collector, user configurable
100-240Vac 47-63Hz 36W/10-36Vdc 25W
Ta: –20 to +60 °C Analog Inputs AI
Input channels: 3
Measuring range: –20 to 80 dBsv (SPM HD) Input resistance: current 100 Ω
–19 to 80 dBsv (LR/HR)
SPM Spectrum HD Options (need to be specified when system is ordered)
Transducer line test: TLT test IND21 Ex Wi-Fi Ethernet unit incl. antenna with 5 m cable
Input connectors: for coaxial cables with TNC connectors IND22 Ex Ethernet switch with RJ45 communication
Transducer type: SPM 44000 Ex series with isolation foot, IND23 Ex Ethernet switch with fiber-optic and RJ45 communication
only for use with coaxial cables IND09 Ex Ex interface for vibration transducer, max. 6
IND10 Ex Ex interface for shock pulse transducer, max. 12
Vibration Monitoring IND04 Ex Ex interface set for 1 channel DI/RPM according NAMUR
Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, FFT with symptoms, IND05 Ex Ex interface set for 2 channels DI/RPM according NAMUR
EVAM vibration analysis, HD ENV IND07 Ex Ex interface set for 3 channels DI/RPM according NAMUR
Measuring channels: 6, multiplexing * Ex interface for digital input DI/RPM - not NAMUR
Frequency range: DC to 40 kHz * Ex interface for analog input AI, max. 3
Measuring range: ≥ 60 g peak-peak (using 100 mV/g * Ex interface for digital output DO, max. 3
transducer) IND31Ex Power supply unit, 24 VDC, 25W
Resolution: 0.0015m/s2 RMS (using 100mV/g IND32Ex Power supply unit, 230 VAC, 47-63 Hz, 36W
transducer) * Special option. Please contact SPM Instrument for information.
Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential, Accessories
Intellinova® – Ex Interface for DI/RPM
99 12.5 7
114.5
The Ex interface for DI/RPM is an Ex i NAMUR isolating and malfunction according to NAMUR NE 44. Direction of
amplifier for operating proximity sensors and switches in Ex operation can be selected (operating or closed circuit cur-
areas. It has input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947- rent behavior).
5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex
The Ex interface is available for both Intellinova Compact
ia] IIC and LED indicators for supply voltage, switching state,
Ex and Intellinova Parallel EN Ex. See part numbers below.
Dimensions (w x h x d): 12.5x99x114.5 mm Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Ambient temperature: –20 °C to +60 °C Electrical isolation: 375 V (Peak value in accordance with
Storage temperature: –40 °C to +80 °C EN 60079-11)
Maximum altitude: ≤ 2000 m Designation: Output 1/output 2
Permissible humidity: 10 % to 95 % (non-condensing) Electrical isolation: 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage (surge
Noise immunity: EN 61000-6-2 voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
Degree of protection: IP20 basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))
ATEX / IECEx marking: II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC Safety data
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC Max. internal inductance Li: negligible
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Max. internal capacitance Ci: 1.1 nF
[Ex ia Ga] IIC Max. output voltage Uo: 9.6 V
[Ex ia Da] IIIC Max. output current Io: 10 mA
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Max. output power Po: 25 mW
Input data Group IIC
Non-load voltage: ~ 8 V DC Max. external inductivity Lo: 300 mH
Switching points: (attenuated) < 1.2 mA (blocking) Max. external capacity Co: 3.6 µF
(unattenuated) > 2.1 mA (conductive) Group IIB / IIIC
Output data Max. external inductivity Lo: 1000 mH
Switching output: 2 transistor outputs, passive Max. external capacity Co: 26 µF
Max. switching voltage: 30 V DC Safety max. voltage Um: 253 V AC (125 V DC)
Min. contact current: 5 mA (short-circuit resistant)
Power supply EMC data
Nom. supply voltage: 24 V DC Standards/regulations: EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-6
Supply voltage range: 19.2 V DC to 30 V DC (24 V DC
(–20% to +25%))
Max. current consumpt.: < 28 mA (24 V DC) Part numbers
Power consumption: ≤ 800 mW IND04Ex Ex interface for 1 channel DI/RPM according to
General NAMUR, incl. power supply unit and internal wiring for
No. of channels: 1 Intellinova Compact Ex
Status display: green LED (supply voltage) IND05Ex Ex interface for 2 channels DI/RPM according to
yellow LED (switching state) NAMUR, incl. power supply unit and internal wiring for
red LED (line errors) Intellinova Compact Ex
Inflammability class: according to UL 94 V0 IND07Ex Ex interface for 3 channels DI/RPM according to
Pollution degree: 2 NAMUR, incl. power supply unit and internal wiring for
Surge voltage: category II Intellinova Compact Ex
Housing material: PA 66-FR IND27 Ex interface for RPM according to NAMUR, incl.
Input/output internal wiring for Intellinova Parallel EN Ex
Electrical isolation: 375 V (Peak value in accordance with
EN 60079-11)
Designation: Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector
Electrical isolation: 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage
(surge voltage category II; pollution
degree 2, safe isolation as per
EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Shock pulse transducers for potentially explosive atmosphere
44011 / 44111 / 44211 44911
The 44000-family of transducers for explosive atmosphere

is approved for use in mining, explosive gases and dust. Non-explosive
Explosive environment environment
The transducer is connected to a measuring SPM instru-
Only connect SPM instruments
ment for bearing condition monitoring. Measuring in- with applicable certificate
struments in hazardous areas must be suitable certified. directly to the transducer! Connection to
Instruments outside hazardous areas must be connected non-exproof
instruments and
via a suitable and certified barrier. measuring units
Leonova
Family members are 44011, 44111 and 44211 with the 44911 Diamond IS
mounting thread as the only difference. Transducer 44911 / Leonova
Emerald IS Ex Interface
has a flat base which is glued to the measuring point, and
1730X
a M3 screw for unloading and fixing. The recommended
44011/ 44111/ 44211
adhesives are 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or Loctite 480.
Transducer connector must be fitted with either a mating

cable plug or a protection plug to maintain an ingress 44011 with isolation to Ex Interface
protection of minimum IP54. foot 16598 1730X
The isolation foot, 16598/17406/17411, must not be exposed

to flow of non-conductive media and hazardous electrosta- 44011/44111 with glue-on
tic charging must be avoided when used in group IIC zone isolation foot 17406 /17411
0, or used in group IIIA/B/C atmosphere.
Explosive environment Zone 2 Area
Certificate number: Sira 13ATEX2197X
IECEx SIR 13.0074X Intellinova
Ex certification: I M1 Ex ia I Ma 44011 with isolation Compact Ex
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga foot 16598 with
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T 135 °C Da Ex interface
Ta:–40 °C to +120 °C 1730X
Ui: 28 V, Ii: 120 mA,
44011/44111 with glue-on
Pi: 300 mW, Ci: 2 nF isolation foot 17406 /17411
Measuring range: max. 100 dBSV
Environment: –40 to +120 °C, max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Enclosure: stainless acid proof steel Approved accessories
IP67 (depends on TNC plug) 93035 TNC dust cap, IP67
Electrical connector: TNC 13008 TNC plug, crimp, IP67, stainless steel
Mounting thread (t): 44011: M8x1.25 15837 TNC plug, crimp, IP67, stainless steel, conduit
44111: UNC 5/16 -18 hold
44211: M10x1.5 93022 TNC plug, crimp, IP65, straight
Mounting torque: max. 15 Nm 93077 TNC plug, crimp, IP65, right angle
Weight: 65 g (44911; 55g) 90267 RG400 Coaxial cable, –55 /+200 °C, 105 pF/m
90005 RG58 Coaxial cable, –25 /+70 °C, 101 pF/m
16598 Isolation foot, M8 / M8, –25 /+125 °C
17406 Glue-on isolation foot, M8 , –25 /+125 °C
17411 Glue-on isolation foot, UNC 5/16", –25 /+125 °C
90472 Adhesive, 3M DP810 (50ml)
Transducer and transformer
for potentially explosive atmosphere
Shock Pulse Transducers
42011/ 42011 L69 / 42111 / 42211
Transducer 42011 (M8), 42011 L69 (M8), 42111 (UNC 5/16") and
42211 (M10) must be used together with Coupling Transformer
14196 or 15127 when connected to external measuring units. They
are also certified for use together with the portable instruments
type A30/T30 with certificate Nemko 03ATEX185. The code of the t
portable instruments is Ex ib I/IIB T4 which also will be the code of
the transducers, when used together. They are installed inside the
area with potentially explosive atmosphere in the same way as any
standard SPM transducer.
Coupling Transformer Art. no. Thread (t) L

Coupling Transformer 14196 and 15127 connects the transducer to 42011 M8 4
the measuring instrument. The transformer provide galvanic isolation 42011 L69 M8 69
and a diode safety barrier between the transducer and the instru- 42111 UNC 5/16" 4
ment. The transformer itself shall be installed in unclassified area. 42211 M10 4
Safety
14196 50 42
This equipment must only be installed, used and maintained by
competent personnel. Such personnel shall have undergone train- 35 32
ing, which included instruction on the various types of protection
and installation practices, the relevant rules and regulations, and on
the general principles of area classification. Appropriate refresher
training shall be given on a regular basis (See EN 60079-17).
57.5
Specific Conditions of Use
65
80
Connection from Coupling Transformers to Shock Pulse Transducers
must be evaluated in the end-installation whereof the allowed limits
for use of cable must not be exceeded. The following limits applies:
Ratio L/R 506 µH/Ω. Co: 29 nF for IIC or Co: 288 nF for IIB or 888 nF
for IIA.
ø4
The intrinsically safe plug (50Ω LINE) of the Coupling Transformer
shall be isolated from metal parts which may be earth connected
and shall withstand a voltage test of 500 V AC for one minute. 35 42
15127
32
Technical Data, Transducer 42011/42011 L69/42111/42211
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 188X,
IECEx NEM 11.0029X
Ex certification: I M1 Ex ia I Ma
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T500 81°C Da IP66/67
57.5
94
65
CE number: 0470
Measuring range: Max. 80 dBSV
Temperature range: – 20° C to + 80° C
External overpressure: Max. 0.7 MPa (7 bar)
Design: Sealed, stainless acid proof steel
ø4
Connector type: TNC
Torque limit: 15 Nm
Technical Data, Transformer 14196 / 15127 Explosive environment None-explosive

environment
IECEx NEM 11.0029X Only connect instruments
Ex certification: I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I with applicable certificate
directly to the transducer! Connection to
II (1)G [Ex ia Ga] IIC non-exproof
II (1)D [Ex ia Da] IIIC instruments and
CE number: 0470 measuring units
Transducer
Safety data: Um: 250V, Uo: 2V, Io: 140mA, Co: 31nF,
42011 / 42011 L69 / 42111 / 42211
L/R: 506 µH/Ω Um: 250 V
Temperature range: – 20° C to + 55° C A30 Ex Coupling
Design: Plastic, epoxy resin, sealed T30 Ex Transformer
Connector type: TNC to transducer (50 Ω LINE), BNC to 14196 / 15127
instrument (METER)
Torque, fastening screws: Max. 3 Nm
Glue-on Transducer and transformer
for potentially explosive atmosphere
Shock Pulse Transducer
Transducer 42911 must be used together with Coupling Transformer 42911
14196 or 15127 when connected to external measuring units. It is
also certified for use together with the portable instruments type
A30/T30 with certificate Nemko 03ATEX185. The code of the por-
table instruments is Ex ib I/IIB T4 which also will be the code of the
ø14
transducer, when used together. The transducer is installed inside
M3
the area with potentially explosive atmosphere in the same way
as standard SPM transducers but is glued to the measuring point.
62 2.5-3 17
Coupling Transformer
Coupling Transformer 14196 and 15127 connects the transducer
to the measuring instrument. The transformer provide galvanic
isolation and a diode safety barrier between the transducer and
the instrument. The transformer itself shall be installed in unclas- 14196
50 42
sified area.
35 32
Safety
This equipment must only be installed, used and maintained by
competent personnel. Such personnel shall have undergone train-
ing, which included instruction on the various types of protection
and installation practices, the relevant rules and regulations, and on
57.5
65
the general principles of area classification. Appropriate refresher
training shall be given on a regular basis (See EN 60079-17).
80
Specific Conditions of Use
Connection from Coupling Transformers to Shock Pulse Transducers
must be evaluated in the end-installation whereof the allowed limits
for use of cable must not be exceeded. The following limits applies: ø4
Ratio L/R 506 µH/Ω. Co: 29 nF for IIC or Co: 288 nF for IIB or 888 nF
for IIA.
35 42
15127
The intrinsically safe plug (50Ω LINE) of the Coupling Transformer 32
shall be isolated from metal parts which may be earth connected
and shall withstand a voltage test of 500 V AC for one minute.
Technical Data, Glue-on Transducer 42911

IECEx NEM 11.0029X
Ex certification: I M1 Ex ia I Ma
57.5
94
65
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T500 81°C Da IP66/67
CE number: 0470
Measuring range: Max. 80 dBSV
External overpressure: Max. 0.7 MPa (7 bar)
ø4
Design: Sealed, stainless acid proof steel
Connector tightness: IP 67 (depends on TNC plug)
Connector type: TNC
Mounting: Glue-on using adhesive (3M DP810,
Loctite 638, Loctite 480 or similar) Explosive environment Non-explosive
environment
Technical Data, Transformer 14196 / 15127
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 188X, Only connect instruments
IECEx NEM 11.0029X with applicable certificate
Ex certification: I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I directly to the transducer! Connection to
II (1)G [Ex ia Ga] IIC non-exproof
instruments and
II (1)D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
measuring units
CE number: 0470
Safety data: Um: 250V, Uo: 2V, Io: 140mA, Co: 31nF, Transducer 42911
L/R: 506 µH/Ω Um: 250 V
Temperature range: –20 °C to +55 °C A30 Ex
T30 Ex Coupling
Design: Plastic, epoxy resin, sealed Transformer
Connector type: TNC to transducer (50 Ω LINE), BNC to 14196 / 15127
instrument (METER)
Torque, fastening screws: Max. 3 Nm
Shock Pulse Transducer Ex Interface
J2
Non - I.S.
J3
J4
J1
I.S.
17300 17301 17302 17303

IND10 Ex
The Shock Pulse Transducer Ex interfaces series SPM 1730X

are interfaces for the 44X11-family of transducers for explosive Explosive Area Non Explosive or Zone 2 Area
atmosphere. The transducer interface enables connection of an
unspecified non-hazardous area measuring instrument to an in-
Transducer 44011
with isolation foot
Ex Interface
trinsically safe transducer located in explosive areas. Any suitable
shock pulse transducer with matching IS parameters can be used
together with the transducer interface. Coaxial cable to measuring
instrument
The transducer interface has extremely low capacitance and are
carefully shielded to obtain maximum performance also in dis-
turbed (EMC) environments. I.S. Earth
Machine ground
Screw holes or a DIN-rail clip make mounting easy and flexible.
Connectors are available for front or top/bottom cabling. A front Electrical IS parameters
mounted earth rail enables easy mounting of multiple interfaces. UO = 23.1V, IO = 51.6mA. PO = 298 mW, Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 mH
The transducer interface can be installed in the non-hazardous
area or in zone 2 (in a suitable enclosure). Technical specifications
Safety Mounting: on DIN rail or M3 screw mounting
This interface must only be installed, used and maintained by com- Connectors: input; TNC, front or bottom
petent personnel. Such personnel shall have undergone training, output; BNC, front or top
which included instruction on the various types of protection and Enclosure: IP54
Ambient temperature,
installation practices, the relevant rules and regulations, and on
operating and storage: −40 to +70 °C
the general principles of area classification. Appropriate refresher Dimensions: approx. 90 x 61 x 16 mm
training shall be given on a regular basis (See EN 60079-17). Weight: approx. 100 grams
The installation, use and maintenance of this interface must com- Part numbers
ply with the appropriate European, national and local regulations, 17300 SPM Transducer Ex Interface, front / front connectors
which may include reference to the IEC standards IEC60079-14, 17301 SPM Ex Interface, front / bottom connectors
IEC60079-17 and IEC60079-19. In addition, particular industries 17302 SPM Ex Interface, top / bottom connectors
17303 SPM Ex Interface, top / front connectors
or end users may have specific requirements relating to the safety
IND10 Ex SPM Transducer Ex Interface 17301 incl. wiring for
(or health) and these requirements should also be met. Instructions Intellinova Compact Ex
and specifications issued by the manufacturer must be followed.
The SPM Transducer Ex Interface must be installed in a minimum Approved accessories

IP20 enclosure. The interface must not be used in a chemical envi- 17474 I.S. Earth bar
ronment that is known to damage plastics or electric components. Screw mounting:
83271 Spacer M3 x 14
Transducers isolated from Earth are only allowed to be 82367 Screw MRTX M3 x 10
connected to the SPM Transducer Ex Interface. Transducers 82027 Washer BRB 3.2 x 6 x 0.5
without internal isolation (e.g. SPM 44011) must be installed Cable lug:
with additional external isolation to Earth. 93542 M4, 2 – 5 mm2 (10-14 AWG), non-insulated
93543 M4, 3 – 5 mm2 (10-12 AWG), insulated (yel)
93544 M4, 1 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG), non-insulated
Marking
93545 M4, 1.5 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG), insulated (blu)
I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
I.S. Earth cable:
II (1) GD [Ex ia Ga] IIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
90601 4 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, −40/+90°C)
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc 90602 1.5 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, −40/+90°C)
Ta : −40 °C to +70 °C
CML 14ATEX2077X Spare parts
CML 14ATEX4078X, IECEx CML 14.0031X 83267 Saddle type pressure plate (for J3, J4)
83269 Screw M4 x 8 (for J3, J4)
83270 Washer for 83269
Vibration Transducer Ex Interface
J2
J3
J4
J1
17310 17311 17312 17313

IND09 Ex
The Ex interfaces series SPM 1731X are interfaces (Associ-

ated Apparatus) for vibration transducers (I.S. Equipment). Explosive Area Inside nR Enclosure
The transducer interface enables connection of an unspeci- Ex
fied non-hazardous area measuring instrument to an intrinsi- interface
Transducer
Vibration
J1 J2
cally safe transducer located in explosive areas. Any suitable B 1 –
1
vibration transducer with matching IS parameters can be A 2 2 +
used together with the transducer interface. 3 3
Measuring
The transducer interface has extremely low capacitance and Shielded TP cable J3, J4 system
are carefully shielded to obtain maximum performance also in
disturbed (EMC) environments.
Machine ground I.S. Earth
Screw holes or a DIN-rail clip make mounting easy and flexible.
Connectors are available for front or top/bottom cabling. A front
mounted earth rail enables easy mounting of multiple interfaces.
The transducer interface can be installed in the non-hazardous Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx
area or in zone 2 (in a suitable enclosure). Mounting: on DIN rail or M3 screw mounting
Connectors: screw terminals, front or top/bottom
Safety
This interface must only be installed, used and maintained by Enclosure: IP54
competent personnel. Such personnel shall have undergone Ambient temperature,
training, which included instruction on the various types of operating and storage: −40 to +70 °C
protection and installation practices, the relevant rules and Dimensions: approx. 90 x 58 x 19 mm
regulations, and on the general principles of area classification. Weight: 90 grams
Appropriate refresher training shall be given on a regular basis
(See EN 60079-17). Part numbers
The installation, use and maintenance of this interface must 17310 VIB Transducer Ex interface, front / front connectors
comply with the appropriate European, national and local 17311 VIB Transducer Ex interface, front / bottom connectors
regulations, which may include reference to the IEC standards 17312 VIB Transducer Ex interface, top / bottom connectors
IEC60079-14, IEC60079-17 and IEC60079-19. In addition, par- 17313 VIB Transducer Ex interface, top / front connectors
ticular industries or end users may have specific requirements IND09 Ex VIB Transducer Ex Interface 17310 incl. wiring for
relating to the safety (or health) and these requirements should Intellinova Compact Ex or Intellinova Parallel EN Ex
also be met. Instructions and specifications issued by the manu-
facturer must be followed. Approved accessories
The VIB Transducer Ex Interface should normally be connected 17474 I.S. Earth bar
to isolated transducers only. However, transducers not isolated Screw mounting:
from earth can be connected if a bonding conductor is used 83271 Spacer M3 x 14
between the transducer and the Interface IS Earth. Earth bond- 82367 Screw MRTX M3 x 10
ing should receive careful consideration by a competent person 82027 Washer BRB 3.2 x 6 x 0.5
and particular care should be taken where the requirements of Cable lug:
EPL Ga (zone 0) have to be met. Please consult the transducer 93542 M4, 2 – 5 mm2 (10-14 AWG), non-insulated
installation instructions, certificates, IEC60079-14 and relevant
93543 M4, 3 – 5 mm2 (10-12 AWG), insulated (yel)
regulations (local or national) for further details. The interface
93544 M4, 1 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG), non-insulated
must not be used in a chemical environment that is known to
93545 M4, 1.5 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG), insulated (blu)
damage plastics or electric components.
I.S. Earth cable:
Marking 90601 4 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, −40/+90°C)
90602 1.5 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm,
I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
II (1) GD [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC −40/+90°C)
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
CML14ATEX2077X, CML14ATEX4078X Spare parts
IECEx CML 14.0031X
93774 Pluggable screw terminal, 3 pos. 5 mm (for J1)
Ta: –40°C to +70°C
93775 Pluggable screw terminal, 3 pos. 7.62 mm (for J2)
83267 Saddle type pressure plate (for J3, J4)
Electrical IS parameters 83269 Screw M4 x 8 (for J3, J4)
UO = 26.3V, IO = 92.3mA. PO = 607mW, Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 mH 83270 Washer for 83269
Vibration Transducer Ex Interface 17640
Explosive Area Non Explosive or Zone 2 Area
Transducer
Vibration
J9 J10
B 1 1 – to measuring
A 2 2 + instrument
3 3
Shielded TP cable
Transducer
Vibration
J7 J8
A 2 2 + instrument
3 3
Shielded TP cable Ex
interface
Transducer
Vibration
J5 J6
A 2 2 + instrument
3 3
Shielded TP cable
Transducer
Vibration
J1 J2
A 2 2 + instrument
3 3
Shielded TP cable
J3, J4
The SPM 17640 is a four channel interface (Associated Appa- Marking

ratus) for SPM vibration Ex transducers (I.S. Equipment). The I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
transducer interface enables connection of a non-hazardous II (1) GD [Ex ia Ga] IIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
area measuring instrument to intrinsically safe transducers II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
located in explosive areas. Any suitable vibration transducer Ta : −40 °C to +70 °C
with matching IS parameters can be used together with the CML 14ATEX2077X, CML 14ATEX4078X
transducer interface. IECEx CML 14.0031X
The transducer interface has extremely low capacitance and Electrical IS parameters
are carefully shielded to obtain maximum performance also UO = 26.3 V, IO = 92.3 mA, PO = 607mW, Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 mH
in disturbed (EMC) environments.
Screw holes or a DIN-rail clip make mounting easy and flex- Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx
ible. A front mounted earth rail enables easy mounting of Environment: −40° to +70° C
multiple interfaces. The transducer interface can be installed Enclosure: IP54
in the non-hazardous area or in zone 2 (in a suitable enclosure). Mounting: On DIN rail or M3 screw mounting
Connectors:
Safety J1, J5, J7, J9 Pluggable M3 screw terminal, 5 mm pitch, 0.34
This interface must only be installed, used and maintained by – 2.5 mm2 wre (12-24 AWG), I.S.
competent personnel. Such personnel shall have undergone J2, J6, J8, J10 Pluggable M3 screw terminal, 7.62 mm pitch,
training, which included instruction on the various types of 0.34 – 2.5 mm2 wire (12-24 AWG), Non-I.S.
protection and installation practices, the relevant rules and J3, J4 M4 screw, I.S. Earth
regulations, and on the general principles of area classifica- Weight: 270 g
tion. Appropriate refresher training shall be given on a regular
basis (See EN 60079-17). Approved Accessories
17474 I.S. Earth bar
The installation, use and maintenance of this interface must Cable lug:
comply with the appropriate European, national and local 93542 M4, 2 – 5 mm2 (10-14 AWG), non-insulated
regulations, which may include reference to the IEC standards 93543 M4, 3 – 5 mm2 (10-12 AWG), insulated (yel)
IEC60079-14, IEC60079-17 and IEC60079-19. In addition, 93544 M4, 1 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG), non-insulated
particular industries or end users may have specific require- 93545 M4, 1.5 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG),insulated (blu)
ments relating to the safety (or health) and these requirements I.S. Earth cable:
should also be met. Instructions and specifications issued by 90601 4 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, -40/+90°C)
the manufacturer must be followed. 90602 1.5 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, -40/+90°C)
Mounting set:
17816 Mounting set, including spacers, washers, nuts and screws
The VIB Transducer Ex Interface should normally be connected for mounting and stacking
to isolated transducers only. However, transducers not isolated
from earth can be connected if a bonding conductor is used Spare Parts
between the transducer and the Interface IS Earth. Earth
93774 Pluggable screw terminal, 3 pos. 5mm (for J1,J5,J7,J9)
bonding should receive careful consideration by a competent 93775 Pluggable screw terminal, 3 pos.
person and particular care should be taken where the require- 7.62mm (forJ2,J6,J8,J10)
ments of EPL Ga (zone 0) have to be met. Please consult the 83267 Saddle type pressure plate (for J3, J4)
transducer installation instructions, certificates, IEC60079-14 83269 Screw M4 x 8 (for J3, J4)
and relevant regulations (local or national) for further details. 83270 Washer for 83269
The interface must not be used in a chemical environment that
is known to damage plastics or electric components.
Vibration Transducer Ex Interface 17779
192 6,3
143
131
ø 4.0 x 4
6
204.5
The SPM 17779 is an interface for SPM vibration Ex transducers. Marking

It consist of two 17640 interfaces making an installation of total
eight channels, with possibilities to replace Ex interface 15226. I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
The transducer interface enables connection of non-hazardous II (1) GD [Ex ia Ga] IIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
area measuring instruments to intrinsically safe transducers lo- II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
cated in explosive areas. Any suitable vibration transducer with Ta : -40 °C to +70 °C
matching IS parameters can be used together with the transducer
interface.
Electrical IS parameters
The transducer interface has extremely low capacitance and are
UO = 26.3 V, IO = 92.3 mA, PO = 607mW, Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 mH
carefully shielded to obtain maximum performance also in dis-
turbed (EMC) environments. Individual shielding of each channel
minimizes cross coupling between channels. Technical specifications
The mounting plate has the same dimensions and screw hole Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx
placements as the old interface, 15226. So it can easily replace Environment: –40° to +70 ° C
the old interface using the same mounting equipment. Enclosure: IP54
Channels: 8
Differences with Ex Interface 15226
Weight: 1020 g
Compared to the Ex interface 15226, this new interface has a
lower Uo at 26.3 V compared to 27.15 V for 15226. SPM 17779 has Dimensions: 211 x 143 x 24.5 mm
improved EMC performance and its lower internal capacitance
will cause less influence to signal quality. Approved Accessories
Cable lug:
Safety
93542 M4, 2 – 5 mm2 (10-14 AWG), non-insulated
This interface must only be installed, used and maintained by
competent personnel. Such personnel shall have undergone 93543 M4, 3 – 5 mm2 (10-12 AWG), insulated (yel)
training, which included instruction on the various types of 93544 M4, 1 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG), non-insulated
protection and installation practices, the relevant rules and 93545 M4, 1.5 – 2.5 mm2 (14-16 AWG),insulated (blu)
regulations, and on the general principles of area classifica- I.S. Earth cable:
tion. Appropriate refresher training shall be given on a regular
90601 4 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, -40/+90°C)
basis (See EN 60079-17).
90602 1.5 mm2 (grn/yel, 500VAC, 700VDC, 0.1mm, -40/+90°C)
The installation, use and maintenance of this interface must
comply with the appropriate European, national and local
regulations, which may include reference to the IEC standards
Spare Parts
IEC60079-14, IEC60079-17 and IEC60079-19. In addition, 93774 Pluggable screw terminal, 3 pos. 5mm (for J1,J5,J7,J9)
particular industries or end users may have specific require- 93775 Pluggable screw terminal, 3 pos.
ments relating to the safety (or health) and these requirements
7.62mm (forJ2,J6,J8,J10)
should also be met. Instructions and specifications issued by
the manufacturer must be followed. 83267 Saddle type pressure plate (for J3, J4)
83269 Screw M4 x 8 (for J3, J4)
The VIB Transducer Ex Interface should normally be connected
83270 Washer for 83269
to isolated transducers only. However, transducers not isolated
from earth can be connected if a bonding conductor is used
between the transducer and the Interface IS Earth. Earth
bonding should receive careful consideration by a competent
person and particular care should be taken where the require-
ments of EPL Ga (zone 0) have to be met. Please consult the
transducer installation instructions, certificates, IEC60079-14
and relevant regulations (local or national) for further details.
4-20 mA vibration transmitters, Ex
Ø 14.8
Ø 24
A B
TB
2 60.9
24
Ø 14.8
Ø 24
TCP
2 55.3 11.5 L
24
Vibration transmitters in the SLD800 series are accelerom- Installation example

eters that measure vibration and generate a 4-20 mA signal
proportional to the velocity of the vibration in the specified Hazardous area Safe area
frequency and measuring range. The transmitter can be
RL
connected to suitable certified instruments inside an area White/Pin A (+)
3 1 + 24 V
with a potentially explosive atmosphere. Connection to non- Ex Barrier
Transmitter
MTL7787+ DC Power
certified equipment must be made through a suitable and Supply
Black/Pin B (–)
certified Ex barrier (e.g. SPM 83234, MTL7787+). 4 2 0V
Shield
The housing and base are made of stainless acid-proof steel,
suitable for aggressive environments. For mechanical fasten-
ing, mounting studs (available as accessories) with thread
size M6, M8, M10, or UNF 1/4” are used. The connection
of the mounting studs is made through a tapped hole with
an M8 thread on the transmitter. The electrical interface Technical specifications
uses a 2-pin connector (MIL-C-5015) or an integrated 2-wire
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA
cable with shield. Tolerance: 4 mA ±5%, 20 mA ±10%
Turn-on time: < 60 s
Marking Transverse sensitivity: < 5 %
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Repeatability: < 3%
II 1 G Ex ia IIB T4 Ga Operating temp.: –40° to +85 °C (–40° to +185 °F)
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T99 °C Da Power requirements: 24 V DC
Ta –40 to +85 °C Loop resistance: R L max. 300 Ω at 24 V DC
Ui : 28 V Ii : 93 mA Pi : 0.66 W Casing: stainless acid-proof steel
Ci : 603 nF Li : 10 µH Sealing: IP66/67
Part number Measuring range Frequency range
Mounting thread: M8, tapped hole
SLD822 0-12.5 mm/s, 0.5 ips 2 -1000 Hz Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft)
SLD823 0-2 5 mm/s, 1 ips 2 -1000 Hz Weight: approx. 70 grams (2.5 oz) excl. cable
SLD824 0-50 mm/s, 2 ips 2 -1000 Hz
Accessories
SLD832 0-12.5 mm/s, 0.5 ips 10-1000 Hz 16100 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015, stainless steel (TD-314)
SLD833 0-25 mm/s, 1 ips 10-1000 Hz 18177 Mounting stud M8-M6 (TD-287)
SLD834 0-50 mm/s, 2 ips 10-1000 Hz
18179 Mounting stud M8-UNF 1/4”x28 (TD-287)
ARTICLE NO: SLD8XX T X X - X X 81385 Protection tube, Ø 9.3 mm
A B C
83234 Ex barrier, MTL7787+
A. Part number See table 90389 2-wire cable with shield (TD-394)
TC P = Integral cable, adapter for
protection tube
C. Cable length (L) 3, 5, 10, or 20 m (integral)
SERIAL NO: XX X X X X X
Year Week Number
Vibration transducer, SLD244
Ø14.8
Ø24
B
TB
A
2
24 47.9 13
The vibration transducer SLD244 is a piezo-electric accelero- Installation example

meter of compression type with built-in electronics, designed
for vibration monitoring of industrial machinery. The trans-
Explosive Area Safe area
ducer can be connected to IS instruments with matching
IS parameters inside an area with a potentially explosive Ex
barrier
Transducer
atmosphere. Connection to non-certified equipment must
Vibration
J1 J2
be made through a suitable and certified Ex barrier (e.g. B 1 1 –
A 2 2 +
SPM 17310). 3 3 to non-IS
Shielded TP cable measuring
The housing and base are made of stainless acid-proof steel, J3, J4
equipment
suitable for aggressive environments. The transducer is in-
stalled on a flat machine surface and connected via a twisted
pair cable with a 2-pin connector. For mechanical fastening,
mounting studs (available as accessories) with thread size
M6, M8, M10, or UNF 1/4” are used. The connection of Technical specifications
the mounting studs is made through a tapped hole with an Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx
M8 thread on the transducer. The electrical interface uses Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 10 mV / m / s2 * = 100 mV/g
a 2-pin connector (MIL-C-5015). For vibration sensors with
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain typical
side entry in Ex version, see TD-638. Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz
In addition to acceleration measurement, temperature meas- Max. peak acceleration: 600 m/s2
urement is available as an option for SLD244. When used
Bias voltage: 11 to 13 V (typical 12 V)
with the Intellinova Parallel EN online system (TD-562), the Power requirements: 12 to 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
transducer can measure temperature in the –20° to +120 °C Isolation: case isolated, > 10 Mohm
range. Temperature measurement is performed above 10 Operating temp. T3: −40° to +125 °C (−40° to +257 °F)
kHz, where it does not interfere with the acceleration signal. Operating temp. T4: −40° to +115 °C (−40° to +239 °F)
Measuring range, temp.: −20° to +120 °C (−4° to +248 °F)
Marking (accuracy +/− 4 °C)
Ex ia I Ma (−40 °C <= Ta <= +125 °C) Casing: stainless acid-proof steel
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (−40 °C <= Ta <= +115 °C) Sealing: IP66/67
I M1 Ex ia IIC T3 Ga (−40 °C <= Ta <= +125 °C) Connection: 2-pin connector, MIL-C-5015
II 1G Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da (−40 °C <= Ta <= +115 °C) Mounting thread: M8, tapped hole
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T145°C Da (−40 °C <= Ta <= +125 °C) Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft)
Ui : 28 V Ii : 93 mA Pi : 0.66 W Ci : 603nF Li : 10µH Weight: 115 grams (4 oz)
ARTICLE NO: SLD244 TB - X
A B C
Accessories
A. Part number SLD244 15168 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015, composite (TD-217)
16100 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015, stainless steel (TD-314)
C. Temperature T = temperature measurement (optional)
1731X Ex barrier (TD-495)
SERIAL NO: XX X X X X X 18177 Mounting stud M8-M6 (TD-287)
Year Week Number 18179 Mounting stud M8-UNF 1/4”x28 (TD-287)
90389 2-wire cable with shield (TD-394)
Vibration transducer, SLD244S
57 13
39
34.5
Pin A Pin B
+ –
7
22.5 t
43 24
The vibration transducer SLD244S is a piezo-electric Installation example

accelerometer of compression type with side entry and
built-in electronics, designed for vibration monitoring of
Explosive Area Safe area
industrial machinery. The electrical signal is isolated from
the transducer housing. Ex
barrier
Transducer
Vibration
SLD244S can be connected to IS instruments with matching J1 J2
B 1 1 –
IS parameters inside an area with a potentially explosive A 2 2 +
atmosphere. Connection to non-certified equipment must 3 3 to non-IS
Shielded TP cable measuring
be made through a suitable and certified Ex barrier (e.g. J3, J4
equipment
SPM 17310). For vibration sensors with top entry in Ex ver-
sion, see TD-637.
The housing and base are made of stainless acid-proof steel,
suitable for aggressive environments. The transducer is in-
stalled on a flat machine surface and connected via a twisted
pair cable with a 2-pin connector (MIL-C- 5015). Mechanical
Nominal sensitivity,
fastening standard thread size is M8. The transducer has a main axis: 10 mV/m/s2 * =100 mV/g
captured bolt for installation. Transverse sensitivity: max. 10%
Marking Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz (± 1 dB)
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Max. peak acceleration: 600 m / s2 = 60 g
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Settling time: 6 sec
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T114 °C Da Bias point: 10 to 13 V (typical 12 V)
Ta –40 to +100 °C Power requirements: 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
Ui : 28 V Ii : 93 mA Pi : 0.66 W Isolation: case isolated, > 10 Mohm
Ci : 54nF Li : 5µH Operating temperature: – 40° to +90 °C (– 40° to 194 °F)
Casing: stainless acid-proof steel
ARTICLE NO: SLD244S - M8 Sealing: IP66/67
A B Connection: 2-pin connector, MIL-C-5015
Thread (t): M8 x 1.25
A. Part number SLD244S
B. Thread (t) M8 Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft)
SERIAL NO: XXXXXXX * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Year Week Number Accessories

15168 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015, composite (TD-217)
16100 2-pin connector MIL-C-5015, stainless steel (TD-314)
1731X Ex barrier (TD-495)
90389 2-wire cable with shield (TD-394)
DuoTech accelerometer SLC244
SLC244TB SLC244TC
PIN A PIN B
+ –
Ø 10.9
Ø 20.8
21 8.5 1.5 13 (B) 6.8 L
41.9 17 (E)
SLC244TD SLC244TCP
WHITE +
BLACK –
Ø 10.9
Ø 20.8
PIN A = +
21 8.5 1.5 10 18.3 L
PIN B = – 41.9

used for vibration or shock pulse measurements or both in Explosive Area Inside nR Enclosure
combination. The accelerometer is mounted in a countersunk
mounting hole identical to holes normally used by shock pulse Ex
transducers. It can be connected to IS instrument with match- interface
SLC244
J1 J2
ing IS parameters inside the area with potentially explosive B 1 1 –
atmosphere. Connection to non-IS equipment must be made A 2 2 +
3 3 Measuring
through an Ex interface. Shielded TP cable
J3, J4 system
Mounting thread: M6 x1.0, M8 x1.25, M10 x1.5
Marking or UNC 5/16"-18
I M1/II 1G/II 1D Torque limit: 10 Nm
CML 15ATEX2003X Weight: approx. 75 g (excl. cable)
IECEx CML15.0043X Connection: 2 pin MIL-C-5015, 4 pin M12
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +115°C) or integral cable
Ex ia IIC T3 Ga (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +125°C) Cable length (integral): standard 3 m, max. 100 m
Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +115°C) Cable type (integral): SPM 90381, shielded twisted
Ex ia IIIC T145°C Da (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +125°C) pair, −65 to +200°C **
Transducer line: max. 100 m to instrument,
Electrical IS parameters cable capacitance 180 pF/m
Ui = 28V, Ii = 93mA, Pi = 0.66W, Ci = 58nF, Li = 10 μH
Technical specifications ** Shield not connected to case
ARTICLE NO: SLC244 T X - X X X - X X - X
Measuring range, vibration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g A B C D E F
A. Part number SLC244
Frequency range, vibration: 2Hz to 10 kHz (±3 dB) C = Integral cable
Settling time: 3 sec. CP= Integral cable, adapter for
Bias point: 10 to 13V (typical 12 V) protection tube
D = 4 pin M12 male connector,
IEC compliant
Temperature range: −40 to +115/125 °C E = Extended 2 pin connector (17mm)
Sealing: IP65, IP66/67 with sealed D. Thread (t) M6, M8, M10 or UNC
connector (IP66/67 or higher)
E. Cable length (L) Desired integral cable length in meters,
Casing: stainless acid proof steel, standard 3m, max. 100m
Sandvik Grade:1802, F. Cable type (H) 90381
EN:1.4523
Isolation: case isolated, > 10 Mohm SERIAL NO: XX XX XXX
Year Week Number
DuoTech accelerometer with Quick Connector TRC200
67
ø 36

used together with the handheld instrument Leonova Dia-
mond IS and Emerald IS, for measurements on permanently
installed adapters inside the area with potentially explosive
atmosphere. The quick connector forms a screw connection
together with the permanently installed adapter. The accel-
erometer is internally isolated in a Faraday shield providing
maximum protection from ground loops and RF interference.

Marking
I M1/II 1G/II 1D
CML 15ATEX2003X
IECEx CML15.0043X
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +115°C)
Ex ia IIC T3 Ga (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +125°C)
Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +115°C)
Technical Data
Environment: −40° to +115/125 °C Enclosure: IP66/67, Stainless acid-proof
Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 100 mV/g * steel, Sandvik Grade:1802,
Measuring range, vibration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g EN:1.4523
Measuring range, shock pulse: −12 to 75 dB Weight: 165g
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10% * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/μstrain
Frequency range, vibration: 2 Hz to 5 kHz (±3dB) Part Numbers
TRC200 DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector
IEPE bias point: 10 to 13 V (typical 12 V) for SPM adapters
IEPE power: 19 to 24 V, 2 to 5 mA CAB82 IS Measuring cable, 8 pin–2 pin, 1.5m spiral
Isolation: 500 V withstand (enclosure
CAB83 IS Measuring cable, 8 pin–2 pin, 10m
to IEPE), > 10 MΩ
CAB83 IS-L Measuring cable, 8 pin–2 pin (L=length in meter)
Electrical connector: 2 pin MIL-C-5015
Mechanical fastening: quick screw connector
Year Week Number
DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector, TRC250
66

used together with the handheld instrument Leonova Dia-
mond IS and Emerald IS, for measurements on permanently
installed adapters inside the area with potentially explosive
atmosphere. The quick connector forms a bayonet con-
nection together with the permanently installed adapter.
interference.

Marking
I M1/II 1G/II 1D
CML 15ATEX2003X
IECEx CML15.0043X
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +115°C)
Ex ia IIC T3 Ga (-40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +125°C)
Approvals: CE, ATEX, IECEx Enclosure: IP66/67, Stainless acid-
Environment: −40° to +115/125 °C proof steel, Sandvik
Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 100 mV/g * Grade: 1802, EN: 1.4523
Measuring range, vibration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g Weight: 230 g
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10% * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/μstrain
Frequency range, vibration: 2 Hz to 5 kHz (±3dB) Part numbers
Settling time: 3 sec. TRC250 DuoTech accelerometer with quick connector
IEPE bias point: 10 to 13 V (typical 12 V) for SPM adapters
IEPE power: 19 to 24 V, 2 to 5 mA CAB82 IS Measuring cable, 8 pin – 2 pin, 1.5 m spiral
Isolation: 500 V withstand (enclosure CAB83 IS Measuring cable, 8 pin – 2 pin, 10 m
to IEPE), > 10 MΩ CAB83 IS-L Measuring cable, 8 pin – 2 pin (L= length in
Electrical connector: 2 pin MIL-C-5015 meter)
Mechanical fastening: quick bayonet connector
Year Week Number
Airius – Wireless vibration sensor, Ex
Ø28
16
Ø45
82
12.6
Airius is a wireless, battery-powered sensor designed for Technical specifications

vibration monitoring of industrial machines in areas with Approvals/Certificates: ATEX, IECEX, CE, FCC, Canadian
potentially explosive atmosphere. It performs a user-defined RSS, China MIIT, Japan MIC, Korean
number of vibration measurements per day in the 10-1000 CRM, Taiwan NCC, Wi-Fi Alliance,
Bluetooth SIG
Hz or the 2-1000/10-5000 Hz frequency range. The MEMS
Enclosure: stainless steel body, acid proof;
(micro-electro-mechanical-systems) type sensor with digital plastic lid, ESD protected
output measures triaxial vibration and temperature. Weight: 220 g
Power supply: replaceable lithium battery,
The vibration sensor is optimal for use on standard produc-
SPM 18425 only
tion equipment, such as pumps and fans. Airius provides
Readings: RMS, peak, peak-to-peak, crest,
warning of vibration-related problems, such as imbalance, kurt, skew, temperature
misalignment, impeller and fan blade issues, resonance, and Condition evaluation: ISO10816 Part 2, 3, 4 >600 rpm
cavitation, as well as gear and bearing faults. The sensor Temp. measurement:
is ideal wherever wireless transmission of vibration data is Range –40° to +85 °C (–40° to +185 °F)
practical or a matter of safety, as in inaccessible machines Resolution 0.1 °C
or machines placed in hostile or risky environments. Accuracy +/– 2 °C
Ambient temperature:
The favorable choice of battery technology, along with the Operational –20° to +85 °C (–4° to +185 °F)
careful design, ensure four-year battery life at four measure- Ex safety –40° to +85 °C (–40° to +185 °F)
ments a day under ideal conditions. Storage –40° to +85 °C (–40° to +185 °F)
Airius is compatible with both Condmaster.NET, the cloud- Relative humidity: 0 to 100% (non-condensing)
based application providing easy access to measurement Wi-Fi: 802.11 b/g/n, 2.4 GHz
data through a user-friendly interface, and the analysis and Wi-Fi Security: WPA/WPA2 PSK/WPA2 Enterprise
(PEAP-MSCHAPv2 and TTLS-
diagnostic software Condmaster Ruby.
MSCHAPv2 without certificates)
The SPM Connect app, downloadable for mobile devices, Bluetooth: v4.2 BLE
is used to configure the parameters required to connect to Antenna: Internal PCB antenna only, 3.7 dBi
Condmaster Entity Server (CES) or SPM Cloud. Only certified Installation: Installation foot, glue (Loctite 326
and activator 7649) or screw (M4,
mobile devices are allowed to be used in Ex-hazardous
M6, M8, 1/4" UNF)
areas. The app allows you to
• search for Airius vibration sensors via Bluetooth Part numbers
• verify server connection AIR01-01-EX Airius Ex sensor, 2/4/8 g, 16 bits,
• set up connection to Wi-Fi and CES/SPM Cloud. 10-1000 Hz, 800/1600 lines
AIR01-10-EX Airius Ex sensor, 2/4/8/16 g, 16 bits
Marking 10-5000 Hz, 800/1600 lines or
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Airius Ex sensor, 10/20/40 g, 20 bits
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 2-1000 Hz, 800/1600 lines
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T135 °C Da
Ta –40 °C to +85 °C Accessories
CML 19ATEX2081 18470 Installation kit (installation foot, M4 screw,
IECEx CML 19.0018 M4 washer, M6 screw)
18471 Installation kit (installation foot, M8 screw)
18466 Installation foot, glue installation
Spare parts
18524 Ex lid kit (lid with gasket, 4xM3 screws)
18425 Ex battery assembly

71700B Catalogo General

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

71700B Catalogo General

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

71700B Catalogo General

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product catalogue

© Copyright SPM Instrument AB. ISO 9001 certified.

2 Continuous monitoring systems

4 Shock pulse transducers, adapters and tools

5 Vibration transducers and transmitters, DuoTech

6 Accessories for remote monitoring

7 Cables, connectors and tools

9 Instruments approved for potential explosive atmosphere

Measuring results are indicated by green-yellow-red Stethoscope

For prepared kits containing instruments, carrying case, Part numbers

TLT 19 TRA: EXTERNAL

BC200 BC250 VC200 VC250

Frequency range: 0 (DC) to 40 kHz Stethoscope

vibration measurements MOD136

• Supports up to 12.800 lines, 20 kHz MOD139

DIA290 Credits for limited functions

Gear symptoms SPM HD time signal

The signal Output data

Input data SPM Spectrum HD

Technical speciﬁcations High Deﬁnition Order Tracking

Normalized condition scale

Input: Rpm plus shaft diameter

• Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm)

Evaluation boxes determined by bear-

HD ENV time signal

With Leonova, the HD ENV method is offered as an analys- Patented algorithms:

Input data: Random Impact Rejection

HD ENV time signal

The SPM HD method produces different types of results:

* Integral Electronic PiezoElectric

EVAM evaluated vibration analysis Post trigger

FFT Spectrum with Symptoms Time signal

Three channel simultaneous vibration monitoring is a Technical speciﬁcations

The effect of order tracking

Measurements with order tracking disabled on a machine with rpm varia-

Two or several spectra from the same machine with variable

Dual plane balancing

For all methods, a ﬁnal run can be made to check the

LineLazer Alignment Kit LLA450

Shaft alignment is an optional Leonova function for either Part numbers

CHA01 LineLazer Alignment Kit CAS25A-1

Technical speciﬁcations Vibration monitoring

Weight: 860 g Frequency range: 0 (DC) to 20 kHz

Keypad: Sealed, snap action Resolution: Max. 12 800 lines

Power supply: Rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery Bearing monitoring

General features: Language selection, battery status Resolution: 0,2 dB / HD,

ISO 10816 Balancing

Platform Optional functions Module in Ruby

The signal Output data

Input data SPM Spectrum HD (part of EME195)

Normalized condition scale

Input: Rpm plus shaft diameter

Measurement Technical speciﬁcations

Evaluation boxes determined by

With Leonova, the HD ENV method is offered as an ana- Patented algorithms:

Input data: Random Impact Rejection

The SPM HD method produces four different types of